Beech 1900 Airliner Maintenance Training Manual V.I
Beech 1900 Airliner Maintenance Training Manual V.I
Beech 1900 Airliner Maintenance Training Manual V.I
24-i-24-58
25-i-25-32
26-i-26-22
27-i-27-22
28-i-28-26
29-i-29-12
30-i-30-42
31-i-31-12
'Revision
No.
.. ................................ ............
.. .... .. ...... .. ..............................
..............................................
..............................................
.................................. .. .. ........
.. .. .. .. ......................................
...... .... .. ................ ..................
.................. .. ..........................
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
NOTICE
The material contained in this training manual is based on information obtained from the
aircraft manufacturer's Airplane Flight Manual , Pilot Manual and Maintenance Manuals. It
is to be used for familiarization and training purposes on ly.
At the time of printing it contained then-current information. In the event of conflict
between data provided herein and that in publications issued by the manufacturer or the
FAA, that of the manufacturer or the FAA shall take precedence.
We at FlightSafety want you to have the best training possible . We welcome any
suggestions you might have for improving this manual or any other aspect of our training
program .
Courses for the Beech 1900 and other Beech aircraft are taught at the following FlightSafety
learning center:
FlightSafety Learning Center
Hawker Beechcraft Maintenance Learning Center
9525 East Central Avenue
Wichita , Kansas 67206
(316) 612-5400
(800) 808-0976
FAX (316) 612-5449
CONTENTS
VOLUME 1
Chapter Title
ATA
Number
INTRODUCTION
ATA lOa
AIRCRAFT GENERAL
AIR CONDITIONING
AVIONICS
5-12
21
22, 23, 34
ELECTRICAL POWER
24
25
FIRE PROTECTION
26
FLIGHT CONTROLS
27
FUEL
28
HYDRAULIC POWER
29
30
31
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
This training manual provides a description of the major airframe and engine systems
as installed in the Beech 1900 airliner. This information is intended as an instructional
aid only: it does not supersede, nor is it meant to substitute for any of the manufacturer's
maintenance or operating manuals. This material has been prepared from the basic design data, and all subsequent changes in airplane appearance or system operation will
be covered during academic training and subsequent revisions to this manual.
The first chapter of this manual, "ATA 100," is an introduction to the Air Transport Associatio n format for aircraft maintenance manuals. It is intended to describe simply the
basic format for all ATA laO Maintenance Manual chapters and also to explain where
variations may exist from one manufacturer to another.
Each chapter following "ATA I 00" of this book has listed on the divider tab the ATA chapter(s)
in cluded , such as "24 Electrical." In some cases it was appropriate , for training purposes, to include more than one ATA chapter in one chapter of this book, such as Chapters 4 through 12 in
"Aircraft General." The tab marked ''Aircraft General 4-12" indicates that applicable ATA 100
Mail/renance Manua! Chapters 4 through 12 are covered in that chapter. Any chapter not included
in the manufacturer's Main/enance Manua! for that particular airplane is not included in that
chap ter of this training manual.
1-1
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M A INTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Locate major component s without reference to documentation and other components with the aid of documentation.
Describe the operation of all major systems in the normal and variou s abnormal
operating modes.
1-2
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ATA 100
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to describe the arra ngement, numbering system, and special features of the Air Transport Association form at for aircraft maintenance manual s.
To take advantage of all the material presen ted in an ATA 100 manual , the maintenance
techn ician must become thoroughly familiar with the outline and contents presented for
any given airplane.
GENERAL
The Beech 1900 Maintenance Manual , ILlus trated Parts Catalo g, and Wiring Diagram
Manual are prepared in accordance with the
Air Transport Association Specification No.
100 for Manufacturer's technical data.
21
CHAPTER/SECTION NUMBERING
SECOND ELEMENT
FIRST ELEMENT
------,1 I
-----'IT'l-IIiRD ELEMENT
21-20-01
lr
L I- - - -
SECTION (SUBSYSTEM)
DISTRIBUTION
EXAMPLES:
21-20-00
COVERAGE
WHEN CHAPTER (SYSTEM) ELEMENT
NUMBER IS FOLLOWED BY ZEROS IN
SECTION AND SUBJECT ELEMENTS.
INFORMATION IS APPLICABLE TO THE
ENTIRE SYSTEM.
21-60-00
SYSTEM _ _ _ _-IT
AIR CONDITIONING
SUBSYSTEM _ _ _ _ _--'T
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
SUB-SUBSYSTEM
21-61-00
DUAL TEMPERATURE _ _ _ _ _----'T
CONTROL
UNIT
21-61-05
DUAL TEMPERATURE _ _ _ _ _ _----'T
CONTROL VALVE
2-2
Flight...~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Information beyond the scope of these man uals may be found in the Beech Overhaul
Manual, Structural Repair Manual, "Tool
and Equipment List" or Component Maintenance Manuals.
Technical publications available from the manufacturer of the various components and systems which are not covered in the Maintenance
Manual must be utilized as required for maintenance of those components and systems.
These manuals have been designed for
aerofiche presentation. To facilitate the use of
the manual for aerofiche , fichelframe numbers have been added to the various tables of
contents and alphabetical and numerical indexes as applicable. Refer to the header of the
applicable fiche for location of various indexing information .
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TEMPORARY REVISION
Additional information which becomes available may be provided by temporary revision .
This service is used to provide, without delay,
new information which will assist in main taining safe flight/ground operations. Tempo rary revisions are numbered consecutively
within the ATA chapter assignment and page
numbering, utilizing the three-element number which matches the manual (Figure 2-1).
Temporary revisions are normally incorporated into the manual at the next regularly
scheduled revision.
REGULAR REVISION
Pages to be removed or inserted in the ma nual are controlled by the effectivity page.
Pages are listed in sequence by the three-element number (chapter/section/subject) and
then by page number. When two pages display
the same three-element number and page number, the page displaying the most recent Date
of Page Issue shall be inserted in the manual.
The date column on the corresponding chapter effectivity page verifies the active page.
REVISION BARS
Additions, deletions, or revisions to text in an
existing section are identified by a revision bar
in the left margin of the page adjacent to
the change.
When technical changes cause unchanged text
to appear on a different pagels), a revision
bar is placed in the margin opposite the page
number of all affected pages, provided no
other revision bar appears on the page. These
pages are updated to the current regular revi sion date.
When extensive technical changes are made to
text in an existing section that requires complete retype of the copy, revision bars appear
full length of the tex t.
2-3
Flight!!!!;!ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
DIVISION OF SUBJECT
MATTER
Th e 1900 Maintenance Manual is divided into
four major sections:
Aircraft General
Airframe Systems
Structure
Powerplant
Depend ing on the manufacturer, some maintenance manuals may be broken down into
more major sections , if required, Each major
sect ion is, in turn , separated into chapters,
wi th each chapter having its own effectivity
page and table of contents , Only the app li cable chapters are included in any particular airplane 's maintenance manual.
STANDARD NUMBERING
SYSTEM
The numbering system identifies and segregates subject matter by chapter (system), sec tion (s ubsystem) , and subject (unit). The
sys tem is a conventio nal dash number breakdown, and each number is composed of three
elements consisting of two digits each. When
referred to as a unit , the three- e lemen t num ber (c hapter/sec tion /s ubject) is called the
" chapter/section" number. The chapter/section number is located on the lower right corner of each page with the page number and date.
Figure 2-1 illu strates the numbering system.
2-4
NOTES
SERVICE BULLETIN
COMMUNIQUE INFORMATION
In addition to the maintenance manual, manufacturers also issue Service Bulletins to identify areas where safety may become
compromised, areas of improvement to enhance convenience or extend the life of specific parts etc.
Service bulletins
ORDERING BEECH
PUBLICATIONS
See Beech Service Bulletin number 2001 for
ordering and subscription information.
NOTES
GENERAL
The 1900 airliners are identifie d as:
MODEL
SERIAL NUMBER
1900
UA -2 and UA -3
1900C
UB-I-UB-74
1900C
1900C (CI2J)
UD-I-UD-6
1900D
UE- l
1900 MAINTENANCE
PUBLICATIONS
The following publications will be used in, or
be available for reference during training:
1900 Maintenance Manuals
Wire diagram manual
Parts catalog
Component maintenance manual
2-5
Flight~tY.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
FORWARD CABIN
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
l..J.U
~.J!I'=I'Ld"onon
AFT PARTITION
BAGGAGE WEB
2-6
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
1900 AIRCRAFT
DI FFERENCES
MODEL COMPARISONS
1900D
1900C
16 ,710
16 ,600
16,100
14,000
In creased Weights
6,899
2,430
ATA-24 Electrical
Current sensors for pitot and stall warn ing heat
Dual AC buses (one)
Power for the fuel shutoff valve , fire extinguisher, and attitude gyros separated
for rotor burst protection
ATA-22 Autopilot
Optional Collins APS -65 (Sperry APZ2000 or S PI -4000)
ATA-23 Communications
ATA-28 Fuel
2-7
Flight~~ty'
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
MAIN TANK
2-8
1.
11.
2.
12.
AILERON
13.
14.
15.
16.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
CARGO DOOR
ELEVATOR T RIM TABS
17.
TAl LETS
18.
STABILONS
CARGO DOOR PULLDOWN HANDLE
19.
20.
TAX I LIGHT
2-9
FlightSafety.
.rtemalla oal
FORWARD
ENTRY DOOR
EXITS
2-10
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ATA-61 Propellers
ATA-31 Instruments
o
ATA-71-80 Engines
PT6A-67D engines 1,279 SHP
(PT6A -65B, 1,100 S HP)
ATA-33 Lights
o
ATA-35 Oxygen
o
NOTES
is-
CAI2...9cN (jCiI3U2 -
ATA-51-57 Structures
o
2-11
Flight~tY.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
PILOT'S SUBPANEL
COPILOT'S SUBPANEL
Figure 2-6.
2-12
UE Subpanels
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
SERIES UAiUB
2-13
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
2-14
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CD
BATTERY
24 VO LT, 23-AMPERE HOUR OR OPTIONAL
34-APHERE HOUR NICKEL CADMIUM
TIRE PRESSURE
(FULL FUEL, NO PASSENGERS, NO BAGGAGE)
MAINS 97 +5-0 ON GROUND (UE)
MAINS 93 +5 -0 ON JACKS (UE)
NOSE 60 +5 -0 (UE)
MAINS 95 PSI ON GROUND (UB/C)
MAINS 91 PSI ON JACKS (UB/C)
NOSE 60 PSI
2-15
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
SYSTEM OPERATIONAL
DIFFERENCES
1900C Engine
T.O ...................... ........... 3,400 fool -Ib torque
1900D Engine
T.O ................................. 3,950 foot -lb torque
Maximum
Continuous Torque .... ........ .................... 3,750
Maximum
Continuous Torque ...... ..................... ..... 3,400
Low Idle .......................... ............. ....... 58-61 %
High Idle .............................................. 70 1 %
1900C Propeller
1900D Propeller
None
2-16
Flight~ty.
BEECH 190 0 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 5-12
AIRCRAFT GENERAL
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION ......................................... .. ................................ .... ..................... ..... .......... 5-1
TIME LIMTTSIMISCELLANEOUS CHECKS .................... ....................... ............. ...... ........ 5-2
Description ................................................................... .. ... ........... .............................. ,..... 5-2
Continuous Inspection Program ............. ........ .... .................. ..... ... .... ........ ....... ................. 5-3
DIMENSIONS AN D AREAS............. ... .... ...... .. .... ..... ........ .... ...... .... ........ .......... .................... 6-1
Description....................... ........... ..................................................................................... 6-3
Airplane Stations ......................... ..................................................................................... 6-5
Airplane Zones ............................................... ..... .................... .. ................ ... ............. ... ... . 6-9
Airplane Access Panels.......... ..... .. ......... .. ...... ...... ...... ..... ............ ..... ................... .... ....... 6-13
LIFTING AND SHORING ........ .... ... .... ....... ........... ......... ... .... ................................................ 7-1
Description ............. ...... ... ..... ...................... .... ...... .......... .. ....................... ....... .... ....... ...... . 73
Hoisting......... .......... .... ......... ........... ... ... ..... ............ .. ... ........... ....... .... ... .... ........................ 7-3
Jacking .................................................................. .......... .......... .... .................... .. ............. 75
LEVELING AND WEIGHING ........................................................................... .................... 81
Leveling ... .. ...:......................... .. ................. ... .. ........... ................. .... ............ .......... .. ..... ..... 83
Weighing .... ............ ... ........ .. ...... .... .......... .... ... ...... .. ....... ....... .......... ... ................... ......... ... 85
TOWING AND TAXIING...................................................................................................... 91
Description.......................... ............................................................................................. 9-3
Operation ............... .......... ................................................ ........... .... ...... ......... .. ................. 9-5
Turning Radius .................................................. ............. .................................................. 97
5-i
Flight~..!!i~t~
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
PARKING AND MOORING ..................... .. .... .. .... ..... ... ..... ......... ..... ...... ........... .... ...... ......... 10Description ....... .... ...... .... ... .... .... ....... ...... .... ... ... .................................. ............. .... .. .... ... .. 10Parki ng ..... ..... ... ...... .... ... ..... ..... ... ..... .... ...... ...... ... .. ..... ..... ........... ...... .. ............... .... .......... 10Storage. ..... ..... ..... ..... .... ........ ..... ...... ....... ........ ..... ....... ........ .................. .... ..... ....... ...... .... 10Mooring ........... .... ........ ........ ............ ............ ...... ........ .. ..... ...... ..... ...... .......................... 10-1
PLACARDS AND MARKINGS ..... .. ............ ... ...... ................... ............. ............. .................. 11Description .. ...... .... .. ... ................................................. ......... .......................... .. .............. 11SERVICING .... .... ........ .... .. .. ..... .................. .......................... ...... .... .... .... .... ...... .......... ........... 12Description.. .. ...... ........ ... .... .. .... ...... ... .. ..... ................ ...... ............. ........ ........ ... ..... ........... 12Scheduled Servicing ............ .... .... ....... .. ......... ............ .......... .. ..... ...... .. ............. .... ..... .... . 12-
5-jj
Flight!!!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Title
Page
6-1
Airplane Dimensions ... ... ... ... ..... .... ... ................. .... .... .... ... ............ .................. .......... 6-2
6-2
Fuselage Stations Diagram ... ....................... ..... ... .. ...... ........... .................................. 6-4
6-3
Airplane Areas .... .... .. ......... ..... ..... ............... ............ .. .. ........... ..... .... ............. ..... ..... ... 6-6
6-4
Airplane Reference Stations .. ...... ....... ..... ... .. ... ...... ...... ... ...... ...... ..... .. ........ .... ... .. ...... 6-7
6-5
Fuselage Zones Diagram. .... .. ..... .. .... ............. ....... .............. ........ .... ... ....................... 6-8
6-6
Wing Zones Diagram .. ... ..................... .. .. .. ..... .. ..... ............. .. ..... .. .. ..... ... ... ... .. .. .... ... 6-11
6-7
Airplane Access Panel Numbering ....... ..... ..... .... .... ....... ........... ....... .. ...... .... .......... 6-12
7-1
Airplane Hoisting Sling and Lifting Jack ....................... ... ........... .. ... ... ............ .. ... .. 7-2
7-2
Nose Gear Jacking Point ......... .... ......... .. .... ......... ....... .................................. .......... .. 7-4
7-3
Main Gear Jacking Point .... .... ........................ ......... ... ... ..................................... .. .... 7-6
7-4
Tail Stand Location...... ... ..... .. ... ... ...... .................................................. .... ................ 7-7
8-1
Leveling the Airplane ......... ..... ........... ......... ....... .... ........ ... ....... .. .. ............. ...... ......... 8-2
8-2
Dimensional Data ........ .. ......... ... .......... ... .... ... .. ... ...................................................... 8-4
9-1
9-2
Towing the Airplane................................. .. ......... .. ... .. .......... ......... .. ...... .. .. ...... ........ . 9-4
9-3
Airplane Ground Turning Clearance .......... ....... .......................... ....... ...... ....... ......... 9-6
10-1
Gust Control Surface Lock Assembly ....... .. ............................... .. ........... .. ...... ...... 10-2
10-2
10-3
Protective Covers .... .................. ........ ........... ........ .. ......... .... ....... .......... ...... ............ 10-6
10-4
Ground Points. ...... ..... ..... .. ............... .... ......................... .. ..... ...... ...... .......... ... ......... 10-8
10-5
Mooring the Airplane... ........... ...... ................ ......... ........ ....... ....... ................. ....... 10-14
10-6
Main Landing Gear Shock Strut Limiters.. ........ .. .. ............... .. .. ............ ....... ....... 10-16
12-1
Lubrication of Threads.... ... .. ... .................... .. .... ...................... ....... .. .... ...... ............ 12-9
5-iii
Flight~1!!.~ty,
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
12-2
Nacelle Engine Controls and Inertial Anti-Ice Lubrication ...... .. .......... .. ......... .... 12-1 0
12-3
Flight Compartment Engine Controls and Propeller Lubrication .............. .. .. ..... 12-1 2
12-4
Nose Landing Gear Lubrication ......................... .. ........... ....... .. .................... .. ..... 12-1 4
12-5
Main Landing Gear Lubrication ........................... .... .......... .. ......... .. .................... 12-1 6
12-6
Flight Compartment and Elevator Controls Lubrication.. .......... ........... .............. 12-1 8
12-7
Rudder Control System Lubrication .......... .. .......... .... ... ... .................................... 12-20
12-8
12-9
Avionics Compartment Door Lubrication ................... .. ......... .. ....... ................ ... . 12-24
12-10
12-11
Cargo Door Lubrication ........... ... .. ... .. ... ............................. ............................... .. . 12-28
TABLES
Table
Title
Page
5-1
Continuous Inspection Schedule Example .. .. ......... ...... .............. ................... .. ........ . 5-8
6-1
12-1
Thread Lubricants Chart ..... .... ....... .......... ......... ................ .. .... ........................... .... 12-8
5-iv
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 5-12
AIRCRAFT GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
This chapter presents information pertaining to Chapters 5 through II of the Beech 1900
Airliner Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM). It is meant to be an overview or guide to
the type of information found in these chapters and not a specific source. References
for this chapter and further specific information can be found in Chapter 5-"Time
Li mits/Mi scellaneous Checks," Chapter 6- "Dimensions and Areas," Chapter 7"Lift ing and Shoring," Chapter 8- "Leve1ing and Weighing," Chapter 9-"Towing and
Taxiing," Chapter lO-"Parking and Mooring," and Chapter ll - "Placards and Markings"
of the AMM.
5-1
Flight~1!!~t~
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
TIME L1MITSI
MISCELLANEOUS
CHECKS
DESCRIPTION
Factory Aircraft Comprehensive Tracking
System (FACTS) program is the factory computerized maintenance-tracking and forecasting system for the Model 1900D airliner. The
FACTS program for the Model] 900D airliner
adheres to the guidelines established in the
AMM. Any variation to the inspection program mu st be approved in writing by the FAA
Flight Standards District Office (FSDO) or
Airworthiness Authority. The FACTS program
meet s the requirements of both 14 CFR Part
91 and 14 CFR Part 135.
NOTE
A flight cycle is defined as: Engine
s tart-up and increase to full or partial power (as required during a normal flight), one landing gear
retraction and extension and a compl e te shutdown .
5-2
WARNING
I CAUTION I
Jacking of an airplane for the purpose of landing gear operation, inspection, servicing, or maintenance
should be accomplished within an
enclosed building or hangar. In the
interest of safety, should it become
necessary to jack the airplane in
the open, wind velocity in any direction and terrain variations must
be compensated for prior to jacking
the airplane.
Inspection Program
The Model 1900 Airliner inspection progra
and the computerized maintenance-track! D
system enables an owner/operator to accomplis
in spections and maintenance on an on-golD
Time-Limited Inspections
This section lists items that are subject to a
thorou gh inspection based on flight hours, cycles of operation, or calendar ti me. These timelimited inspections do not meet the criteria
establi shed for more detailed and frequent inspections listed in the Continuous Inspection
Program section. The first time-limited inspection of an item must be accomplished not later
than th e period stated in this section unless
prior experience indicates otherwise. Record
any discrepancies noted and corrective action
taken during these time-limited inspections in
the appropriate airplane records.
Requi rements added to the time-limited in specti ons, time -limited major maintenance
schedule, or the Continuous Inspection
Program need not be complied with immediately. Unless otherwise directed by relevant
Com munique or Service Bulletin accomplish
these new requirements at their next scheduled
interval based on the published revision date
or the airplane time/cycles on that date.
For example , a new inspection requirement
added to the second 200-hour-interval delailed
in spec tion need not be accomplished until the
next scheduled second 200-hour-interval detailed inspection. A new requirement added to
the time-limited inspections that specifies a 12month Inspection interval may be introduced
uSIng a reasonable phase in schedule.
Revision .01
Time-Limited Major
Maintenance
The section under this heading is a major
maintenance schedule. This schedule lists
components of the Model 1900 Airliner that
require periodic major maintenance.
Accomplish the first major maintenance of
an item no later than the period stated in this
section unless prior experience indicates
otherwise. The components listed may re quire complete replacement or major repair
based on numbers of flight hours , cycles of
operation, or calendar time applicable to the
particular component. If more frequent
checks or servicing of one or more of these
components are necessary , these additional
requirements will be listed in the Continuous
Inspection Program.
Unscheduled Maintenance
Checks
This section is assembled in chart form to
allow a technician to perform checks for damage after operating the aircraft in conditions
that could require unscheduled maintenance .
Specific conditions, such as lightning strikes,
turbu lent air penetration and hard landings
etc., are included. Inspection instructions are
included for each of the conditions listed.
CONTINUOUS INSPECTION
PROGRAM
The Hawker Beechcraft-recommended
Continuous Inspection Program provides a
means of inspecting and maintaining the aircraft on a 50- and 200-hour basis . Routine inspections and servicing are conducted every 50
hours of operation. A detailed inspection of specific areas and systems of the aircraft is conducted every 200 hours for a period of 1,200
hours. Work sheets are provided at the end of
the routine and each detailed inspection to
record discrepancies and corrective actions
taken. At the end of each I ,200-hour cycle,
the owner/operator will have performed a complete inspection of the entire airplane. Although
the times of routine and detailed inspections
5-3
Flight?..!tfi!ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTE
When warranted by service experi ence or engineering recommenda tions, an approved maintenance
program , including the inspection in tervals , may be changed at any time
with prior notification and approval of
the local FAA FSDO or as required by
the national aviation authority.
5-4
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTE
In addition to the inspections prescribed by this schedule , the altl1neter instrumen t and static system, and
all ATC transpo n ders MUST be
tested and inspected at 24-month Intervals or anytime the system is
opened in compli~~ce with the re quirements specIfIed III 14 CFR
Part(s) 91.41 I and 91.413 or as spec ified by the directives of the national
aviation authority. Information con tained herein is applicab le to all
Model 1900 Airliner except where
differences are indicated by serial
number effectivity.
Revision .01
Definitions
The terminology pertaining to the inspection
procedures and their use as explained in the
AMM ar e i n accordance with the Code of
Federal Regulations, Parts 1,43 and 91, issued
by the Federal Aviation Adm inistration. These
terms are defined as follows:
5-5
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
lfthe Continuous Inspection Program is discontinued , writ ten noti fication must be sent to the
local FAA FSDO or as specified by the national
aviation authority.
Inspection Procedures
Routine Inspections (50-Hour
Intervals)
Conduct a routine inspection of the airplane
each 50 hours of time the airplane is in service.
This inspection consists mainly of a visual inspection of the maj or components of the airplane
so that the general condition of the engine and
propeller can be checked. This inspection may
be conducted by persons qualifi ed to do preventative maintenance. Refer to Chapter 5-20-OJ of
the AMM for complete instructions for conducting routine inspection.
5-6
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Discrepancies that occur during a flight are en tered on the In-Flight Work Sheet by the pilot
in command or other responsible person. At the
end of the flight , this work sheet is then submitted to the responsible person in the
Transportation Maintenance Department or
local equivalent.
Discrepancies
Discrepancies found on the airplane during an
inspection is listed on the Continuous Inspection
Work Sheet. Two lines are provided on the work
sheet for each item. The discrepancy is entered
on the top line of the entry space, and the corrective action taken is noted on the bottom lin e.
If more than one line is required to state the discrepancy, as many entry spaces as are necessary
may be used. Use the same method for corrective action explanations that require more than
one line. Each separate entry on the sheet is
num bered in the ITEM block I, 2, 3, 4, etc. As
many work sheets as necessary are used to list
all discrepancies with the entry numbers in the
ITEM block continuing in sequence on each of
the additi onal pages. All discrepancies listed
must be corrected before the work sheet is routed
to th e airplane file .
Di screpancies that affect the airworthiness of
the airplane require the necessary corrective
action to be accomplished before the airplane
is return ed to service.
Di screpancies that do not affect the airworthine ss of the airplane may, at the discretion of
the maintenance crew chief, be carried over to
the next inspection period. All discrepancies
thus carried over are retained in the Shop File
Away-From-Station
Requirements
Away-From-Station Inspection
If the airplane is to be away from the home lo-
Away-From-Station Discrepancies
Discrepancies affecting the airworthiness of
the airplane, when the airplane is away from
the local station, are corrected by one of the
following:
A certificated airframe repair station
An appropriately rated certified mechanic
The discrepancy and the corrective action
taken is to be listed on the In-Flight Work
Sheet. The pilot is responsible for all work
sheet entries with signature and identification of the mechanics and/or inspectors.
5-7
Flight~ty'
"""""
Table 5-1.
Access Panels,
RTN
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
X
Security and
Attachment
Accessories,
Engine
Actuator, Main
Gear
Actuator, Nose
Gear
Aileron Quadrant
Air Cycle
Machine, Fog
Nozzle, and Filter
Air Cycle
Machine Oil
Change
5-8
6th
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
c ontinuous Inspection
Schedule
The Continuous Inspection Schedule Charl in
Table 5-1 lists the major components of the airplane that require periodic inspections. For
maintenance ltems refer to the AMM.
5-9
Flight!!f~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 6
DIMENSIONS AND AREAS
6-1
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
1 - - - - - - - - , - - 5 7 FT 11.17IN _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- i
(1765.7 eM)
26.74 IN~""F~='j:f=;""
9 FT 21N
(67.9 eM)
(279.4 eM)
\
1225 IN
(31.1 eM)
17FT21N
(523 .2 eM)
6.12FT
(15.5 eM)
18 FT 5.8 IN
(563.4 eM)
1 - - - - - - - - - - 5 7 FT1 0 IN _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~~~_.,
(1 762.8 eM)
WL
100.00
Figure 6-1.
6-2
GROUND LINE
WL 39.05
Airplane Dimensions
Flight~tY.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
DESCRIPTION
This chapter describes:
Major dimen s ions of the airplane
(Figure 6-1)
Major stations of the fuselage, wing,
nacelle , horizontal stabilizer, and vertical stabilizer
Airplane zones
Airplane access panels
6-3
Flight~ty,
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
534.00
430.75
400.75
370.75
340.75
132~r71
: ~ ff~
WL
160.08
WL
100.00
WL
318 .25
310.75
303.25
280.75
250.75
2207
01
pi 10
1_
22.3 ,04
1
L9: ~ ~ ~!~
"d
~W~L;;;----+"~+f+~U1=l=+"'~~W
==H+:H_1 -lr---t-'+-H-++-H~TV ----'
~~
\!
131.94
75.00
660.64
605.84
588.10
605 .95 CANTED
570 .107
588. 10 CANTED
14.20
30.00
47.50
557.50
57.50
70 .75
84.00
100.50
107.00
116.00
134.00
150.60
177.35
228.25
243.25
258.25
273.25
288.00
531 .00
509.50
482.75
456.00
438.25
423.25
408.25
393.25
378 .25
363.25
348.25
327.63
6-4
<a
570.107 CANTED
Il>
!~:h~r\:
/
Flight~fi!ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
AI RPLANE STATIONS
To facilitate the location of various assemblies, components, areas, and structural members of th e airplane , reference points are
mea sured in inches along three axes, When a
specific component, assembly or structure is
located by reference points, it can be easily
foun d by measuring from known points on the
airplane.
The station diagrams in Figures 6-2, 6-3, and
6-4 illustrate the position of reference poi nts
on the airplane . The following reference points
are used in this manual:
CENTERLINE (CL)- A vertical plane
dividing the airplane, nacelles , and engines in half longitudinally.
FUSELAGE STATION (FS)-A length
measurement along a perpendicular to
the centerline of the airplane (Figure 62). FS 0.00 is located 14.20 inches forward of the nose radome.
NOTES
6-5
Flight~ty,
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
~j
RIGHT FORWARD
EMERGENCY EXIT
f "-'\
P l ~ I-
""W,~ \
lZ'------'
LE FT AILERON
AILERON TRIM TAB
(LEFT SIDE ONLY)
lZft"""=====,,./
t
I
LEFT FLAPS
LEFT AFT
EMERGE~~i
LEFT ELEVATOR
~'\
~
RIGHT AFT
'\
RIGHT WING
RIGHT AILERON
RIGHT FLAPS
EMERGENCY EXIT
W~ I
LEFT STABILON \ ) )
"---'
\
LEFT HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER \
RIGHT NACELLE
RIGHT STABILON
RIGHT HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER
LEFT ELEVATOR
TRIM TAB
RIGHT ELEVATOR
TRIM TAB
VERTICAL
STABILIZER
AIRSTAIR DOOR
"RADOME
\~Qlill-::--=--=---:fCll-::-:::-::I~=r=::::::::Z-/.~l--O"
\-
1- ~S.O!
0~~~
_ ---=~ 0 0 ~-\
AVIONICS
COMPARTMENT
DOOR
\ \
TAIL CONE
VENTRAL FIN
CARGO DOOR
6-6
1---
FS 14.20
FS 00.00
6-7
Flight!!tfi!ty,
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
FS 100
FS 111
~
->-
FS 84.0
FS 121
FS 122
FS 133
FS 131
FS 143
FS 132
FS 145.00
FS 175.60
--FS273.5
FS 163
FS 290.5
FS 161
FS 730
FS 162 I
-rl---
FS 740
FS 328.00
ZONE
100: INCLUDES RADOME AND
THE AREA BELOW THE FLOOR
FS 30.00 TO FS 557.5
INCLUSIVE
100:
110:
120:
130:
140:
150:
160:
170:
180:
FS 173
FS 171
FS 172
f-J'-t-'-+-------- FS 451.00
h - + t - i k - - - - - - - - FS 557.5
ZONE
700:
710:
730:
740:
Figure 6-5.
6-8
AIRPLANE ZONES
In order to simplify th e location of airplane
componen ts, aid in maintenance planning , and
provide a simple way of identifying access
doors and panels , the airplane has been di vided into easily identifiabl e areas referred to
as zone s (Figures 6-5 and 6-6).
NOTES
Table 6-1,
ZONE
MAJOR ZONES
DESCRIPTION
100
Lower half of fuselage (radome, side nose avionics compartments, compartments under the
lower nose she lf, area below the flight compartment floor, cabin floor, and cabin seat decks to
the aft pressure bulkhead).
200
Upper h'alf of fuselage (compartments above the lower nose shelf, area above the flight
compartment floor, cabin floor, and cabin seat decks to the aft pressure bulkhead including
the baggage compartment) .
300
Empennage
400
500
Left wing
600
Right wing
700
800
6-9
Flight~~ty,
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
( )=
311 (312);
320;
331;
332;
333;
340;
350;
360;
RIGHT SIDE
FUSELAGE AFT OF FS 557.5
DORSAL FIN
VERTICAL STABILIZER
FORWARD OF HORIZONTAL STABILIZER MAIN SPAR
AFT OF HORIZONTA L STABILIZER MAIN SPAR
RUDDER
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER
ELEVATORS
FS
271
(272)
FS
482.75
FS
30.0
211
(212)
840
(841)
820
811
(812)
221
250
(222)
850
261
(262)
830
240
231
(232)
( ) =
811 (812);
820;
830;
840 (841) ;
850;
RIGHT SIDE
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
FORWARD CABIN DOOR
FO RWARD EMERGENCY EXIT
AFT EMERGENCY EX IT
CARGO DOOR
BELOWWL 115
271 (272); FS 143.0 TO FS 482.75
ABOVE WL 115
281 (282); FS 482.75 TO FS 557 .7
Figure 6-5.
6-10
332
333
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAININ G M ANU A L
WS
147.74
WS
FS
147.74
290 .5
fi--,---'Jr-- FS 84.0
WS
WS
291.735
291 .735
WS
WS
194.829
194.829
WS
WS
124.616
124.616
o
541
550
542
543
532
5 11
641
512
642
643
632
650
510
520
530
540
550
( ) = RIGHT SIDE
500: LEFT WI NG
600, RI GHT WING
610): FU SELAGE TO WS 124.616
620): NACELLE AFT O F FIR EWALL
630): WS 124. 616 TOWS 194.829
640): WS 194.829 TO WS 291 .735
650): WING TIP (OUTBOARD OF WS 291.735)
Figure 6-6.
6-11
Flight~ty,
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAIN ING MANUAL
541 AB
Tf
' - - - - - - - LOCATOR
---------i
PRIMARY IDENTIFIER
Figure 6-7.
6-12
T
TC
B
BC
L
R
Z
BL
BR
TL
TR
-TOP
_ TOP CENTER
-BOTTOM
- BOTTOM CENTER
- LEFT
- RIGHT
- INTERNAL
- BOTTOM LEFT
- BOTTOM RIGHT
- TOP LEFT
- TOP RIGHT
Flight!!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
Various panels are located throughout the airplane to allow e ntry into enclosed areas for
maintenance and servicing purposes. These
consist of:
Access panels
Floorboard panels
Service doors
Fairings
Each access panel is located and indexed with
an identifying number. When the identifying
number is e nc losed in parentheses 0, the panel
is on the right side of the fuselage , wing, nacelle, or the stabilizer.
The identifying number is composed of two
parts (Figure 6-7 ):
Three-dig it airplane zone number designating the smallest zone in the panel
One -to-t hree letter suffix
The first letter, the primary identifier, in the
suffix id ent ifi es the panels in seq uence (i .e.,
inboard to outboard, front to rear, bottom to
top), starting with A within each zone. The second and third letter, the locator, locates the panels in relation to the airplane (i.e., top, bottom ,
left, right, etc.). Panel s on the boundary between two airpl ane zones are identified by the
zone from which they are removed. Areas such
as the landing gear wheel wel ls, wing leading
edges, nose radome , etc. are identified by the
zone number only since each of these areas is
a zone in itself. For removal and installation
of the individual panels, refer to the AMM.
6-13
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 7
LIFTING AND SHORING
7-1
Flight~~ty
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
~~""----- FS 392.25
PLACE AFT
STRAP HERE
FS 164.25
PLACE FWD
STRAP HERE
PICK UP POINT TO
CONNECTING
CORRESPOND WITH
LINK \ / FS 264.00
II~~
~."rr
CABLE
BAR
STRAP
AIRPLANE HOISTING SLING
JACK
(10,000 POUND CAPACITY)
7-2
Flight!!!.~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTE
DESCRIPTION
WARNING
CAUTION
plane with one or both engines removed, use a sling under the tail of
the airplane.
A hoisting sling assembly (Figure 7- 1) is available from Hawker Beechcraft Aircraft
Company. This sling assembly is designed to
lift a 1O,OOO-pound airplane, the approximate
empty weight of the 1900 airliner.
NOTES
NOTE
It is recommended to disconnect the
standby electronic flight instrument
system (EFIS) battery prior to maintenance requiring the airplane to be
put on jacks.
HOISTING
The airplane may be hoisted for maintenance
or parts replacement. An overhead crane capable of 20 feet of vertical lift is required to
lift th e aircraft 4 feet from the ground, allowIng fo r 1 foot of vertical stretch in the nylon
webbing.
7-3
Flight~ty'
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING M ANUAL
o
JACK
EXTEN SION
~I-----
FOLLOWER NUT
T"'rr=;=\l- - - - JACK
JACK LEGS
----R.......<..d,fl
Figure 7-2.
7-4
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
JACKING
Each of the three jacks used to lift the airplane should have a lifting capacity of at least
JO ,OOO -pounds (see Figure 7-1).
WARNING
Never jack the airplane in an unshel tered area where winds in excess of
35 knots can be encountered.
Thi s airplane is provided with three jacking
points (Figures 7-2, 7-3 , and 7-4). The forward
point is on the left side of the wheel well open in g near the aft end of the nose wheel doors.
The aft points are on the rear spar just inboard
of each nacelle fairing. All three points are easil y identified by the placards entitled, JACK
PAD . The areas around the jack pads are unobstructed to facilitate the use of jacks.
7-5
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
:n.; rJC; 2; 1
2; 0
W~c{frl-p.,
11
Kt\)'. .6AS
oJ::.-
CHAPTER 8
LEVELING AND WEIGHING
8-1
Flight~ty'
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
FS
177.35
UPPER PHILLIPS
HEAD SCREW
lJI! )I
r-l
LOWER PHILLIPS
--_:0__________l~l~n
A'if---!
1
,
!I
I / HEAD SCREW
FS
14.20
PLUMB BOB
----------:GJr
THUMBSCREW
___.i!:F
CORD
t.J
~~\
PLUMB BOB
SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
CORDTO
PLUMB BOB
8-2
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
LEVELING
The airplane can be leveled by using a precision level, a plumb bob, and plumb bob support assembly (Figure 8- 1), The plumb bob
support assembly attaches to the upper fuselage skin just aft of the cabin door frame. A
Phillips-head screw in the fuselage skin (immediately aft of the lower end of the cabin
door) marks the plumb bob target.
8-3
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
FS 0.0
FS 14.2
1--------------693.97IN---------------J
000
185.70 IN
GROU ND LINE
LEVELI NG
SCREWS
WL 39.05
i-----285.36IN-----i
FS 30.13
FS
315.49
AFT JACK POINT
FS326.10
1.
2.
3.
4.
Figure 8-2.
8-4
Dimensional Data
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
WEIGHING
NOTES
Peri od ic weighing of the ai rplane may be required to keep the basic empty weight current. Frequency of weighing i s t o be
determined by the operator. All change s to
the airplane affecting the weighing and/orbal ance are the responsibility of the airplane op erator. A dimensional data illustratio n is shown
in Figure 8-2.
NOTE
Each new airplane is delivered with
a basic empty weight and center of
gravity (CGl , and equipment list, all
pertinent to that specific airplane. It
is the responsibility of the owner to
ensure that changes in equipment are
reflected in a new weight and balance and in an addendum to the equipment list. There are many ways of
doing this; it is suggested that a run ning tally of equipment changes and
their effect on basic empty weight
and CG is a suitable means for meeting both requirements.
NOTE
It is recommended that duplicate
copies of the Basic Empty Weight
and Balance sheet and the Equipment
List be made and kept in an alternate
location in the event the original
handbook is misplaced.
8-5
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAIN T ENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 9
TOWING AND TAXIING
9-1
Flight~ty,
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRA INING MANUAL
DETAIL A
TRACTOR TOW BAR
DETAIL B
MANUAL TOW BAR
Figure 9-1.
9-2
Tow Bars
NOTES
DESCRIPTION
The procedures in this chapter may be us e d
when the airplane must be moved to perform
required maintenance procedures.
I CAUTION I
Never use the manual tow bar with
a tow vehicle (Figure 9- 1).
9-3
Flight~ty,
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
I
Figure 9-2.
9-4
TOW
TURN LIMITS
\
REACHED WHEN
RED LINES ALIGN
DO NOT EXCEED
CAUTION. DO NOT
TOW WITH RUDDER
LOCKED INSTALLED
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
OPERATION
Witb tbe tow ba r connected to the towing lugs
on the upper torgue knee fitting of the nose
strut, the airplane can be steered with the nose
wheel when moving it by hand or with a tug .
Although steering is automatic when the ai rplane is being towed by the nose strut , someone should ride in the pilot seat to operate the
brakes in the event of an emergency. Do not
tow the airplane with rudder locks installed,
except on airplanes equipped with power steering, as severe damage to the steering linkage
can result. When using a tug, observe turn
limits marked on the nose gear strut to prevent
damage to nose gear (Figure 9-2). When spot tin g the airplane , do not push on the propeller
or control surfaces.
I CAUTION I
Never exceed tbe turning limits
marked on the nose gear strut during
ground handling. The nose gear
steering stop block is designed to
withstand tbe loads normally im posed through steeri ng from the
cockpit, not to prevent turn limitations from being exceeded during
towing . It is possible to overcome the
stop during ground handling and
damage the steering linkage and nose
strut. Tfthe steering stop limitations
are exceeded inspect tbe nose gear
steering stop lugs for cracks, bending , or distortion.
I CAUTION I
Never tow or taxi with a deflated
strut. Even brief towing or taxiing
with a deflated strut may cause se vere damage.
9-5
Flight~tY.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
41' 2"
RADIUS
RADIUS
RADIUS
RADIUS
RAD IUS
9-6
M)
M)
M)
M)
M)
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AINTENANCE TRAININ G MANUAL
NOTES
TURNING RADIUS
Turni ng radii data is prov ided in Figure 9- 3.
Turnin g radii are predicated on the use of partial brak ing action and differenti al power and
th e nose gear tu rn ed fu ll trave l in th e direction
of the turn .
9-7
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAIN ING MANUAL
CHAPTER 10
PARKING AND MOORING
10-1
Flight!!!~tY.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
SPECIAL TOOLS
GUST CONTROL SUR FACE
LOCK ASSEMBLY
10-2
FlightSafety.
_~1iOnaJ
DESCRIPTION
WARNING
PARKING
Before starting the engines or touring the airplane , remove the control
locks. If the airplane is towed with
the rudder lock installed, serious
damage to the steering linkage can
result.
Parking Brakes
The brakes can be set for parking by depressing the pilot brake pedals and pulling out the
parki ng brake control. Do not attempt to lock
the parking brake by applying force to the
parking brake handle ; it controls a valve only
and cannot apply pressure to the brake system.
To release the brakes, depress the brake pedals and push the parking brake control in.
NOTES
NOTE
Do not set the parking brake when
the brakes are hot from severe use or
when an accumulation of moisture
may cause the brakes to freeze.
10-3
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
H/16 INCHES
!
RADIUS
ilT
{fr
q;-L.. ~4
i
~
,
UPPER
DRAG
BRACE
INSTALL MAIN GEAR
DOWN LOCK ASSY ON DRAG
LEG ASSY AS SHOWN
/
LOWER
DRAG
BRACE
DETAIL B
MANUAL LANDING
GEAR DOWNLOCKS
DETAIL E
DETAIL D
NOSE LANDING
GEAR DOWN LOCK
MAIN LANDING
GEAR DOWN LOCK
10-4
-.L
HARDWOOD SHOCK
STRUT COLLAR
MATERIAL: HARDWOOD
THICKNESS: 3/4 INCH MIN
INSTALL DOWNLOCK
ASSY ON ACTUATOR
ROD AS SHOWN
DETAIL C
1/2 INCH
MINIMUM
NOTES
Landing gear downlocks (Figure 10-2) manually lock the main landing gear and the nose
landing gear in the down position while the airplane is on the ground . Install the downlocks
for safety reasons to prevent inadvertent retraction of the landing gear while the airplane is
parked.
The nose gear downlock is a channel that is installed over the nose gear hydraulic actuator
rod and secured with a safety pin.
The main gear downlocks are installed on the
forward side of the mai n gear drag brace and
secured in place with a safety pin installed
through the lower hole of the upper drag brace
and the downlock.
10-5
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
DETAIL D
DETAIL A
( ~ I~
I
;
I
'"
DETAIL C
DETAIL B
Figure 10-3.
10-6
Protective Covers
FlightSafety.
"'omatlonal
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
10-7
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
GROUND HERE
cJ
~
o
GROUND HERE
0 0 0
\
GROUND HERE (TYPICAL LH/RH)
10-8
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Ground Points
Preservation Procedure
STORAGE
Description
The following procedures protect the airplane
while it is scheduled to be inactive for periods of time. Consi der these procedures to be
the minimum necessary to protect the airplane. Each operator should take whatever additional steps to protect the airplane they
consider necessary. These procedures are not
intended to be accomplished on airplanes that
are not flown because of extensive mainte nance activities or for reasons other than scheduled periods of inactivity, however the operator
may choose to accomplish any or all of these
procedures at their discretion.
10-9
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTE
For complete starting instruct ions
and limitations refer to the FAA-approved Airc raft Flight Manual
(AFM). For a complete descrip ti on
and operation of the starter-generator system refer to Chapter 24"Electrical Power System" or the
appropriale vendor publi cation.
I CAUTION I
Under no circumstances permit th e
pre servative oi l 10 enter the e ngine
where it may come into contact with
th e thermocouple prob e assembly .
Oil contami natio n oflhe probes may
cause a complete failure of the thermocoupl e system.
I CAUTION I
Observe starter mOlor operating limits when performi ng the following
procedures .
5. With the ignition sys tem OFF, fue l con dition lever to GROUND IDLE and power
control lever to TAKE-OFF, carry out
the normal mo toring run un til all preservative oil is displaced. During the motoring run , move the power contro l lever
from TA KE-OFF to GROUND IDLE and
back 10 TAKE-OFF and fuel con dition
lever from GROUND IDLE to OFF and
back to GROUND IDLE to displace fuel
from the sys tem.
6. After the motoring run has been completed, check to see if preservative oil is
coming from the open fuel line. If not, repeat motoring cycle unti l preservative
oil flow s from the opened fuel lin e.
7. Return power control lever to GROUND
IDLE and the fuel condition lever to CUTOFF and reconnect the fuel supply to the
oil -to-fu el heater and the fuel line to the
fuel divider inlet.
8. Install caps, covers, and plugs as necessary to prevent entry of foreign material
and accumulation of moisture.
For continuous motoring without engine start , the use of the starter is limited to:
UE-20 seconds ON,S minutes OFF
UA, UB, and UC- 30 seconds ON,
10 minutes OFF
10-10
Flight~i!i~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTE
Carry out inspection of a preserved
un it every 2 weeks if the aircraft is
stored outside, or every 30 days if the
aircraft is stored inside. If re lative
humidity is less than 40% or Jess as
indicated by the humidity indicator,
no further action is required. If indicated humidity is grcater than 40% ,
desiccant bags must be replaced or
reacti vated.
I CAUTION I
Compound must not be applied to any
bolt threads used to retain accessories .
These threads must be coated with
regular engine oil as required during
normal tightening procedures. Under
no circumstances is the compound to
be used in or permitted to enter any
area where it could contaminate the
engine lubrication system.
10-11
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Preservation of Power
Section/Power Section Module
1. Preservation is done as part of th e engine
5. With the ignition OFF, place power controllever to TAKE-OFF and fu el condition lever to GROUND IDLE.
I CAUTION I
Depreservation Procedure
o to 7 Days of Inactivity
No depreservation required
8 to 28 Days of Inactivity
I. Remove covers from inlet and exhaust
and unobstructed.
3. Remove desiccant bags and racks as applicable.
29 to 90 Days of Inactivity
I. Perform a 8 to 28 day s de preservation
procedure.
I CAUTION I
Under no circumsta nces permit the
preservative oi I to enter th e engine
where it may come into con tact with
the thermocouple probe assemb ly.
Oil contami nation of the probes may
cause complete failure of the temperature indicating sys tem.
3. Disconnect the fuel line at the flow divi der inlet to permit drainage into a su itab le conta in er.
4. Connect the aircraft fuel supply to the
englne.
10-12
Prestar! check
Shipping Container
NOTE
During motoring, chec k fo r stiffness, audible scraping binding and/or
rubbing of the rotating components
within the engine.
3. After engine run, and completion of all
checks, examine all drain valves for oil.
If oil is found se nd the engine to an ap proved overhaul facili ty.
4. Examine all fuel fi lters and clean or replace as necessary
S. Exami ne the oil filter, reduction gear box
10-13
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOSE WHEEL
MOORING POINT
WING MOORING
POINT
DETAIL A
TAIL MOORING
POINT ---j;---;--~$;}....
DETAIL B
(WING & TAIL)
00000000
1n_14
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
MOORING
NOTES
10-15
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
1------
DETAIL E
DETAIL C
[Q]ooo
TAIL STAND
ASSEMBLY
---+
STRUT LIMITER
DETAIL B
DETAIL D
10-16
DETAIL A
Flight!!i~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
PLACARDS AND MARKINGS
11-1
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
DESCRIPTION
Model Designation Placard
The model designation placard is on the externa l fuselage (left side), below the stabilon.
The placard identifies the airplane by its mode l
and serial number. Shou ld a question arise
concerning the care of the airplane, it is important to include the airplane serial number
in any correspondence to Hawker Beechcraft
Aircraft Company.
NOTE
Any time an airplane is repainted or
touched up, inspect all placards and
markings to ensure they are not covered with paint, are legible , and are
securely attached.
11-2
Revision .01
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 12
SERVICING
12-1
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
DESCRIPTION
Scheduled Servicing
Servici ng information contained in this chapter is limited to the types of servicing that are
general in nature to the overall airplane.
Servicing procedures required for installation
of specific components of the airplane are
covered in the chapter applicable to the com ponent. Servicing required during overhaul
of the components is covered in the Model
1900 Airliller Component Maintenance
Manual.
Chapter 12-20-00 of the AMM contains information concerning lubrication of compone nts
and cleaning of the airplane ex teri or and interior parts. These servicing procedures are normally performed according to time schedules.
WARNING
I CAUTION I
NOTE
Refer to Chapter 12-00-00 of the
AMM for further details on lubrication and products.
Lubrication necessary for the performance of
maintenance procedures, such as packing of
bearings in gearboxes, is covered in the Model
1900 Airliner Component Maintenance
Manual . Servicing, such as lubrication of
spline drives or lubrication required for installation, is covered in the chapter applicable to
the sys tem or component being serviced.
Unscheduled servicing
Chapter 12-30-00 of the AMM contains information for unscheduled servicing, su ch as the
removal of ice and snow.
12-2
Flight~!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Engine External Washing
Procedures
I CAUTION I
Never wash an engine while it is running or hot. After the engine has been
shut down, allow it to cool for at
least I hour prior to washing.
Electrical components and plugs on
the engine and in the engine compartment should be covered/protected
during the engine wash. Use dry shop
air to dry all components after washing. Do not allow water into the engine air inlet or the exhaust. Do not
direct high -pressure water or sol vent directly into mechanical parts
having air vent holes, such as the
fuel control units .
CAUTION
If the engine inhal es a fire extinguishing compound , it must be cleaned,
removed, and disassembled for a thorough internal cleaning. Ifthe engine
fire extinguisher is di scharged , the
engine baffling prevents entry of the
extinguishing compound into the engine ; thus only an external engine
washing is required. Most incidences
of fire extinguisher compound inges tion are the result of ground personnel using an external extinguisher
during engine operation.
12-3
CAUTION
A good coat of wax protects the airplane fi nish from sun rays and protects the surface
against oxidation. Use a high quality automotive or airplane wax. Do not use a wax containing silicone because silicone materials are
difficult to remove from surfaces.
Check the surfaces of the deicer boots for indications of engine oil after servicing and at
the end of each flight. Remove any oil spots
that are found with a nondetergent soap and
water solution. Care should be taken when
cleaning to avoid scrubbing the boots because
the conductive coating (A56B) must not be removed from the boot surface. The boots are
made of soft, flexible stock that can be damaged if fuel hoses are dragged over the surface
of the boots or if ladders or platforms are
rested against them.
Landing Gear
I CAUTION I
Placard Replacement
Ascertain that all placards are in place and
legib le whenever the airplane has been repainted or touched up after repairs. Replace
any placards that have been inadvertently defaced after such repainting or repairs.
Plastic Windows
Keep the plastic windows clean and waxed at
all times. To prevent scratches and crazing,
wash the windows carefully with plenty of
soap and running water.
12-4
Revision .01
Flight!!.~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
Windshields
Glass windshields with antistatic coating
should be cleaned as follows :
Wash excessive dirt and other substances
from the glass with clean water.
Clean the windshield with mild soap
and water or with a 50/50 solution of isopropyl alcohol and water. Wipe the glass
surface in a straight rubbing motion with
a soft cloth or sponge. Never use any
abrasive materials or any strong acids or
bases to clean the glass.
Rinse the glass thoroughly and dry, but
do not apply wax.
NOTE
It is equally essential that the wind-
12-5
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Upholstery
The mo st effective method of cleaning uphol ste ry is directly dependent on the type of up hol stery invol ved. For in stance, a fabric type
of upholstery that has been flame -proofed
should never be treated by the application of
cleaners with a water base. The reason for this
is that the flame retardant on the fabric is
water so luble and will be diluted to a point
where the fire-resistant quality is rendered
use le ss. Also, the natural capillary action of
the water in the fabric will cause the sa lts of
the flame-retardant chemicals to rise to the surface resulting in unsightly faded spots.
NOTE
Clean wool and wool-blended upholstery fabrics by dry-cleaning ONLY.
After five dry cleanings, have the uphol stery treated with a fire retardant
at a service company or spray the fab ric with a fire retardant or equivalent.
12-6
NOTES
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
I CAUTION I
To prevent damage to the plastic interior trim, never use methyl ethyl
ketone, naptha , mufti , stoddard solvent , gasoline, lacquer thinner, or
other types of pain! cleaners as cleaning agents.
NOTES
Lubrication
Sealed Bearings
Sealed bearings are prepacked with grease
and require no periodic lubrication. Sealed
bearings are replaced when normal airplane inspection procedures indicate that the bearing
is no longer operate satisfactorily. The lubrication of sealed bearings must not be attempted
unless facilities are available for removing
and replacing seals. When sealed bearings are
cleaned and lubricated, the work must be done
in strict compliance with applicable bearing
maintenance directives.
Spline Drives
The 1900 engines have we! spline lubrication
and lubrication of the splines is not required
when installing an accessory. The air conditioning compressor end of the quill shaft requires 1ubfi cati on.
12-7
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
TYPE THREAD
1. Pressurization Control
Tapered
36, MIL-T-27730
Straight
None
8, MIL -H -5606 or
34 , Loctite 545
32, VV -P-236
5. Oxygen
Tapered
Straight
None
Tapered
Straight
None
36, MIL-T-27730
7 . Vacuum
8. Refrigerant, Freon
12-8
9. Deicer
CRES
Aluminum
-100
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Lubrication of Threads
NOTES
LUBRICATE
TAPERED
PIPE THREADS
LUBRICATE
LUBRICATE
STRAIGHT THREADS
DO NOT LUBRICATE
FEMALE THREADS
NEVER ALLOW
LUBRICANT
TO CONTACT
THESE SURFACES
12-9
FlightSafety.
..
CAUTION
CHECK TO ASCERTAIN THAT
TH E RID ENDS ROTATE FREELY
;,@~
AIR-CONDITIONER
COMPR ESSOR
QUILL SHAFT
DETAIL B
-~~.,-....>.:O,--
CAM PLATE
AND PINS
I
I
~-
I,
- '"
-----=;~--I
------
HINGE POINT
BUSHINGS
.
I
-~
-DETAIL A
WARNING
DETAIL D
12-10
NOTES
Lubricate each area with the following at intervals called out in Chapter 12 of the AMM
(F igure 12-2).
I. Cam plate and pins-Grease, aircraft and
instrument Mil -G-23827 Super Mil
Grease No. A 72832 or Lubriplate 130AA
2. Hinge point bushings-Lubriplate
130AA
3. Air-co nditioner compressor quill shaftMolykote M-77
12-11
WARNING
DO NOT LUBRICATE ENGINE CONTROL
CABLE UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES.
THESE CABLES ARE LUBR ICATED BY THE
MANUFACTURER IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THEIR SPECIFICATION. THE
MANU FACTURER RECOMMENDS THAT NO
FURTHER LUBRICATION BE APPLIED
ENGINE CONTROL
LEVERS AND PUSH
PU LL TUBES
DETAIL B
PROPELLER
r-~---',.
HUB
PROPELLER HUB
GREASE FiniNG
(NOTE 3)
PROPELLER HUB
GREASE FiniNG
(NOTE 2)
DETAILC
NOTE 1:
DETAIL A
AS INSTRUCTED IN CHAPTER
61 -1 0-00 OF THE AMM.
NOTE 2:
LH FITTING (ON CYLINDER
HALF) GREASE INPUT
NOTE 3:
Figure 12-3.
12-12
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
12-13
Flight!!L~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
GREASE
FITTINGS
STEERING
BELLCRANK
GREASE FITTING
UPPER AND
LOWER NOSE
GEAR STRUT
BEARING
(NOTE)
DISCONNECT
CAM
GREASE
FITTINGS
(USE ALEMITE
Z-737 NOZZLE)
~~~~-=_
UPPER AND
LOWER NOSE
GEAR STRUT
BEARING
(NOTE)
DETAIL A
NOTE:
WHEN LUBRICATING THE LOWER OR UPPER BEARING ON
GREASE
FITTINGS
..
--===1~~~~~:::".
STEERING
BELLCRANK
GREASE FITTING
c.....;.,;.-++-_
WHEEL
BEARINGS
-~ ~"~
~
...... ~
<>
~-- ~
DETAIL A
WITH OPTIONAL
POWER STEERING
12-14
Flight!!!.~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
12-15
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
GREASE
FITIINGS
GREASE
FITIINGS
DOOR HINGES
AND LINKAGE
BEARINGS
GREASE
FITIINGS
(NOTE)
GREASE
FITIINGS
NOTE:
USE ALEMITE
Z737 NOZZLE
DOOR HINGES
AND LINKAGE
BEARINGS
DOOR
RETRACT
CAM
WHEEL
BEARINGS
DOOR HINGES
AND LINKAGE BEARINGS
Figure 12-5.
12-16
GREASE
FITIINGS
(NOTE)
Flight!'!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
12-17
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
DETAIL A
DETAIL F
ELEVATOR
TRIM TAB
CHA IN
DETAIL B
ELEVATOR TRIM
TAB ACTUATOR
GREAS E FITIINGS
DETAIL E
~
- ',
CONTROL
CABLES
RUDDER
PEDALS
DETAIL D
Figure 12-6.
12-18
CABLE
PRESSURE
SEALS
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
Flight Compartment
I. Chai n- Cleaning sol vent, PD-680 Type
12-19
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENAN C E TRAINING MANUAL
,7
DETAIL A
CONTROL CABLES
AND CABLE
PRESSURE SEALS
RUDDER TRIM
TAB ACTUATOR
GREASE
FITTINGS
DETAIL B
RUDD ER TRIM
TAB CHAIN
DETAIL C
Figure 12-7.
12-20
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
12-21
CONT ROL
CABL ES
~-'--~_~__
- ________
~
CA BLE
PRES SU RE
~
SEALS
_~
------'~'-It.~~1
DETAI L F
DETAI L A
'""___ i
L
FLAP ASYMMETRY
SWITCH HUB ASSEMBLY
(MODIFIED BY KIT 129-5046)
FLAP ASYMMETRY
SWITCH HUB ASSEM BLY
FLAP
TR ACKS
FLAP TRACKS
DETAIL B
FLAP
TRACKS
DETAIL E
TRIM TAB
ACTUATOR
GREASE FITTINGS
DETAIL C
DETAIL D
12-22
I CAUTION I
Flaps
I . Flap motor gearbox-Pack gearbox with
MIL -G 10924 or MIL -G-8 I 322 grease
(Mobilgrease 28) to .3 inch from cover.
NOTES
12-23
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
DOOR HINGE
t,.
IJ
l='
r \\ \\
\\\
\
\\
\ \
\ \
GAS SPRING
END FITTINGS
\ \
't4
\I
\I
\1
\I
DETAIL A
12-24
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
joint and lubricate sparingly with MILG-23827 Super Mil Grease No. A72832
2. Door hinge-Apply lubricant W-L-800
(Brayco 300) or LPS-2 and wipe off excess
12-25
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
DOOR HINGE
CAM SURFACE
OF PRESSURE LOCK
PUSH ROD,
CLEVIS AND PINS,
OUTSIDE HANDLE,
HOOK, AND COUPLIN G
DETAIL A
DETAIL D
PIN
GUIDES
PIN
GUIDES
~o
~
~r- ""I
,/,
~ \~\
~
C
,0
DETAIL C
======ti'
II
II I
FiniNG
PUSH ROD
CLEVIS AND PINS:
OUTSIDE HANDLE,
HOOK, AND COUPLING
J>
'
CAM
HOUSING
GREASE
PUSH ROD,
CLEVIS AND PINS,
OUTSIDE HANDLE,
HOOK, AND COUPLING
DETAIL B
EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR (3 PLACES)
12-26
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
12-27
FlightSafety.
""'""""'"
DOOR HINGE
GAS SPRING
END FITIINGS
\'-2;:77;-':::::'.,.
GAS SPRING
END FITIINGS
"T"'----
DETAILC
DETAIL A
DOOR CAM
LOCKS
12-28
GAS S P R IN G
END FITIINGS
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
I CAUTION I
Disassemble Index No.1 joint only
when the cargo door is fully open
and stabilizer is in place.
I. Gas spring end fittings-Disassemble
the joint and lubricate sparingly with
MIL-G - 23827 Super Mil Grea se No .
A 72832
2. Door cam locks-Wipe clean and lubri cate the lip of the cam lock with Door
Ease (do not apply to the face of the cam)
3. Pushrod pin and bushing-Apply lubricant MIL-L-7870 or W-L-800 (Brayco
300)
4. Latch pin and latch plate-Wipe clean
and lubricate the pin and the hole in the
latch plate with Door Ease
5. Door hinge- W-L -800 (Bra yeo 300) or
LPS-2
6. Door handle- Aeroshell 17 or MIL-G23827 Super Mi I Grease No. A 72832
12-29
Flight9f~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 20
STANDARD PRACTICE AIRFRAME
CONTENTS
Page
20-i
CHAPTER 20
STANDARD PRACTICE AIRFRAME
INTRODUCTION
This chapter describes the standard maintenance practices used in maintaining the airplane in
an airworthy condition. The information in this chapter is applicable during main tenance in sev eral chapters of the Aircraji Maintenance Manual (AMM). Maintenance procedures in a particular chapter supersede the general information in this chapter.
20-1
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
WARNING
ELECTROSTATIC
DISCHARGE
SENSITIVITY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
OF ESDS EQUIPMENT
Observe the following procedures when removing or installing electro static discharge
sens itivity (ESDS) equipment.
HANDLING ESDS
COMPONENTS
I CAUTION I
Tools with plastic or insulated handles should not be used around ESDS
devices. These tools can carry a static
charge that does not readily dis charge during the grounding process.
In su lated tools should be u sed only
during power-on testing of aircraft
syste ms to prevent e lectrical s hock
to maintenance personnel performing the tes ts.
202
CAUTION
Flight,'l!!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
2. Before unsealing ESD protective packages, place the packages on the work surface of a static control workstation .
3. Do not use pressure air nozzles to remove dust from ESDS printed circuit
boards. Rapid movement of air, com bined with airborne dust particles, can
create an electrostatic charge that will destroy ESDS components.
4. Always wear a grounding wrist strap when
opening any ESD protective package.
5 Avoid touching circuit components or
connector pins when handling ESDS
components or equipment.
6. Never place any ESDS component, before
or after assembly, on a nonconductive
surface or in a container not specificaIly
designed for storage of ESDS devices.
7. Protect ESDS components and equip ment with protective containers, conductive caps, and/or pin-shorting devices.
8. Store and transport ESDS components
and equipment in ESD protective containers. Seal all protective containers with an
ESD warning label prior to shipment.
9. Place all loose E SDS components and
equipment into ESD protective containers BEFORE removing a grounding
wrist strap.
10. Keep the workstation free of any material not required to accomplish the as signed task.
II. Follow established ESD protection rules
and procedures.
12. Always use a static control workstation,
either permanent or portable, when re moving ESDS components and equip ment from protective packaging.
CONTROLLING STATIC
CHARGE BUILDUP
Four basic techniques are employed in ESD
control:
I. MINIMIZE THE CHARGE B UILDUP-
20-3
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
PERMANENT STATIC
CONTROL WORKSTATION
A static control workstation provides for staticfree handling ofESDS components and equipment by diverting, to ground, electrostatic
c harges on conductive objects.
I CAUTION I
Never wear a grounding wrist strap
over clothing. The strap mu st be in
contact with the wearer 's skin to adequately dissipate any electrostatic
charge. Under certain conditions ,
personnel using a grounding wrist
strap may need to use a lotion-type
skin moisture enhancer to provide a
low -resistance connection between
the wrist and the wrist strap.
CONDUCTIVE FLOORING-Conduct_
Ive floonn g IS used when additional Control ofESD is required. To maintain total
control over ESD, use conductive chairs
a grounding heel strap, and cond u cti v~
shoes. Conductive flooring in ESD control areas must be free of all wax or other
nonconductive coatings .
HARD GROUND CONNECTIO N_
Grounding of the static control wo rkstation is accomplished through one or more
copper ground rods driven into moist earth
to a depth sufficient to provide a low resistance path fro m the workstation to
ground. All workstation connections to
ground are made through a one megohm
resistor to protect workstation person nel
from electrical shock hazards by li miting
current flow to ground.
NOTE
Check building grounds to ensure
that there is no current looping fro m
other nearby grounds.
NOTE
Ensure that the source of current is
external and not static .
20-4
PORTABLE STATIC-CONTROL
WORKSTATION
A portable static control workstation provides
for static -free handling ofESDS components
and equipment during maintenance operations
at the airplane. The typical portable workstation is available as a field service kit that is
used to dissipate electrostatic charges before
the charges can damage ESDS components
and equipment.
A typical portable static control workstation
consists of the following items:
GROUNDING WRIST STRAP- Each
person who handles ESDS components
and equipment must wear a grounding
wrist strap to dissipate bodily electrostatic charges. The wrist strap must fit
firm against the skin and should release
qu ickly in case of emergency. The wrist
strap incorporates a I-megohm currentlimiting resistor, in series with the
ground cord , to protect the wearer from
electrical shock hazards .
20-5
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ON ESDSCOMPONENTS
Humidity is a factor in the control ofESD . The
lower the humidity, the greater the chance of
damage to ESDS components and equipment.
Humidity at the worksta ti on shou ld be maintained between 30 and 65 percent.
Repair of ESDS circuit boards, including replacement of ESDS components should be
performed in a dust-free environment.
PACKAGING OF ESDS
COMPONENTS
All ESDS components and equipment require special ESD protective packaging. Seal
all ESDS packages with an appropriate cautionary label.
I CAUTION I
Do not use clips or staples when sealing any ESDS package. Do not use
carbon-filled, conduc ti ve bags.
Remove ESDS compo nents and
equipment from protective, staticshielded containers on ly at a staticcontrol work stati on after attaching
a grounding wrist strap and verifying that ESD producing items are
not on the static-di ss ipative work
s urface.
20-6
ESD protec tive packagi ng requirements, unless otherwise defined by specification, shall
conform to the follo wing:
Cla ss I-Package in multi-layer conductive type bags consisting of an inner
and outer lay er of anti static (surface resistivity of 109 to 1014 ohms per square
inch ) or static dissipative (s urface resistivity of lOS to 109 ohms per squ are
inch) material with a middle layer of
conductive material (s urface re sistivity
of 10 ohms or less).
Class 2- Package in a static dis sipative
mate rial possessing a surface resisti vity
of 105 to 109 ohms per square inch.
Materials specified for Class I may also
be used.
Class 3-Package in an antistatic material possessing a surface resistivity of
109 to 1014 ohms per square inch.
MARKING OF ESDS
COMPONENTS
I CAUTION
NOTE
ESDS symbols (circle with arrows
pointing into the circle from equidistant positions or a hand inside of a
triangle with an angling bar across
the triangle) are yellow on a black
background or black on a yellow
background.
Mark unit containers with the ESDS caution
label on the outside of the package. Mark exterior containers with an ESD caution label.
Apply marks directly to each ESDS printed
circuit board, assembly cover, equipment
enclosure, or access door that would expose
ESDS devices if removed. Mark appropriately using decal transfer, stencil, silk screen,
or any other method meeting permanent leg ibility requirements. Display ESDS symbols
in a prominent package location to alert all
personnel to the presence of ESDS devices
and equipment. The ESDS symbol shoul d be
at least 114" in diameter. ESDS symbols that
are attached to circuit boards should con trast with the circuit board base color.
Enclosures that contain ESDS circuit boards
should be identified by bright orange paint
on the outer face of the enclosure.
Never use ordinary plastic con tainers or packing materials when transporting ESDS components or
equipment.
When preparing ESDS devices for shipment,
ensure all assemblies and equipment have
been protected against
ESD through appropriate handling at static controlled workstations.
ESDS packages, which have been properly
enclosed in protective packages, require proper
storage and transfer in conductive static-dis sipative, or static -free containers. Shipping
information and other instructions, accompanying ESD-protected packages, shall be con tained in anti-static materials. ESDS
components, that are received in damaged or
opened packing containers , are not acceptable, and should be returned for repLacement.
20-7
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M A INTEN A NCE T R AINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 21
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTENTS
Page
21-i
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Title
Page
21-1
21-2
Bleed-Air System Annunciators .... ... .. .... .... ....... .. ... ... .................... ......... .. ............. 21-3
21-3
Environmental System Schematic ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .. .. .. ... ............ ... .. ..... ... .......... .. . 21-4
21-4
Temperature Controller .... ...... .... .............. ....... ..... .. .... .... ... .... ... ...... .. ... .... .. ..... .... .... 21-6
21-5
Precooler and Valves ........ ....... ....... ... ................. ... ...... ......... ... ...... ... .............. ... .. ... 21-8
21-6
Precooler Valves-Condition I
(Bleed Air OFF, Engine Not Running) ..... .. ...... ... ... ... .. ... ........ .. .. .... ........... .... .. ...... 21-9
21-7
Precooler Valves-Condition 2
(Bleed Air OFF, Engine Running) ......... .. ......... .. ......... ......... ... .. ..... ... ... .......... ....... 21-9
21-8
Precooler Valves-Condition 3
(Bleed Air ON , Temperature Sensed>450F) ....................................... ......... ...... 21-10
21-9
Precooler Valves-Condition 4
(Bleed Air ON , Temperature Sensed<450F) .. ........ .. ......... ........ ... ..... ...... .. ......... 21-10
21-10
Environmental Circuit-UE
(Condition I-Bleed-Air Valves OPEN) ............................................................. 21-11
21-11
Environmental Circuit- UE
(Condition 2-0verpressure Fault) ........ .... ..... ....... ..................... ........ .. ..... ... ... ... 21-12
21-12
Environmental Circuit- UE
(Condition 3-0vertemperature Fault) ...... .. ..... .... .. ...... .... ..... ........ ...................... 21-13
21-13
Environmental Circuit- UE
(Condition 4- 0verpressure TEST) .... .. .. ..... ..... .. ........ .. .. ...... ......... ... .............. .... 21-14
21-14
Environmental CircuitUC-39/46-174 (OFF) .... ... ......... ... .. ..... ........... ..... .... ...... .. ....... ............ ............. .. ... 21-15
21-15
Environmental CircuitUNB/C-I-38, 40-45 (OFF) ....... ...... ..................... ..... ............. ..... ....... ........... ... . 21-16
21-16
Environmental CircuitUA/B/C-I-38, 40-45 (ON) ... ... ............ ... .... ............. .. ....... .. .................................. 21-17
21-17
21-iii
FlightSafety.
"'''''''''''"''
21-18
21-19
Air Cycle Machine Simplified-UB/C ........... ...... .. ... ............ .. ............................ 21-20
21-20
21-21
Distribution System ............... .... ........... ....................... ... ... ...... ..... .. .... .............. .. . 21-23
21-22
Vent Blowers-UE (Auto/Auto) ....... ... ... ................... ... .. ........ .. .... ... ... ..... ............ 21-25
21-23
Vent Blowers-UB/C (Auto/Auto) ... .... ................ ...... .. ..... ....... ... ........ ... ..... .. ...... 21 -26
21-24
Vent Blowers-UE (Manual/High) .. .. ... .. ... ... .. ...... ...... .. .. ... ..... .. .. .. ...... ... .. .... .. ... ... 21-27
21-25
Vent Blowers-UB/C (Manual/High) ................... ......... .. ......... .. ..... .. .. .... ....... ... . 21-28
21-26
Vapor Cycle System ...... .. ...... .... ... .. .............. ..... ................. ... ....... .. ........... ... ... .... . 21-29
21-27
Vapor Cycle SchematicUE (Clutch Engaged) .... ...... ............. .. .. ... ......... .. .. ............................................ .... 21-30
21-28
Vapor Cycle SchematicUB/C (Clutch Engaged) .............. ... ........ ...... ....... .... ..... .. .... .... .. ................. .... ... ... . 21-31
21-29
Vapor Cycle SchematicUE (Low Pressure) ..... ......................... .. ......... ......... ... ............... ... ... ......... ............ 21-32
21-30
Vapor Cycle SchematicUB/C (Low Pressure) .... ............... ......... ...... ........ .... .......... .... ... ... ........ ... .. ... .. ....... 21-33
21-31
Temperature ControlUE (AUTO, Cool) ........ .. .... ............ ..... ................ .............. .. ....... ......... .... .. .... ....... 21-34
21-32
Temperature ControlUB/C (AUTO, Cool) ..... ..... ..... ..... ... ... ..... ......... ............................. ..... ... ... .. .. ..... .. . 21-35
21-33
Temperature ControlUE (MANUAL, Heat) ...... .......... .. .... .. ..... .. ..... ........ ... ...... ................... .................. 21-36
21-34
Temperature ControlUB/C (MANUAL, Heat) ........ ... ... ........ ...... .. ..................... ......... ............. .. ....... ... . 21-37
21-35
Pressurization Control Diagram-All. ... .. .. ... ... ...... .. ............ .... ... .... ... ..... ....... ...... 21-38
21-36
Pressurization SchematicAll (Infli ght, PRESS) ......................................... .... .... .. ........ .. .... .. ........................ 21-39
21-37
Pressurization SchematicAll (Infli ght, DUMP) ......... .... .. .... ...... ... ... .. .......... .. ... ..... ...... .. .. .... ...... .................. 21-40
21-iv
Flight~..s.t~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAIN ING MANUAL
21-38
Pressurizati on Schematic- All (TEST) ... ... ... .. ............... .. .... ...... ... .. ..... ..... .......... 21-41
21-39
Pressurizati on Waming Circuit-UE .. ... ... ....... .. .. .... .... ...... ...... ...... .............. ........ 21-42
21-40
Pressurizati on Warning Circuit-UB/C ...... .. ... .... .. .. ..... ........ .... .... ...... ......... .... .. .. 21-43
21-41
Cabin Pressure Controll er Diagram .. ........ ...... .... .. .... ...... ..... .. ........................... ... 21-44
21-42
Outtl ow Valve Diagram .. .. ....... ...... ... ..... .. ... ... ... .. .. ........ ... .... .. ........ ...... .... ... ...... ... 21-45
21-43
Pneumati c Relay Diagram ... ... .... .. ..... .. .... ... ... ... .. ............. ... ..... .... .......... ..... .. ..... .. 21-46
21-v
FlightSafety.
.1tUi,.IkA ...
BEECH 1 900 AIRLIN ER MAINTENANCE TRA INING MANUAL
CHAPTER 21
AIR CONDITIONING
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides a description of two se parate but interrelated systems and is presented in three sections. The first section presents information regarding air distribution within the cabin and how it is controlled and serves as a basis for the descriptions
contained in the second and third sections, Air Conditioning and Pressurization. As each
section is corrected, emphasis is given to components and their operation. Within the
Air Conditioning section is coverage of the Hamilton Standard system. References for
this chapter and further specific information can be found in Chapter 36, "Pneumatics; "
Chapter 21, "Air Conditioning;" Chapter 5, "Time Limits/Maintenance Checks;" and Chapter 12, "Servicing," of the Maintenance Manual.
ENVIRONMENTAL
SYSTEMS
The 1900 uses engine bleed air for the environmental sys tem s which consists of press urization , and cabin temperature co ntrol.
Engi ne bleed air is also used to provide the mo-
21-1
FlightSafety.
.......BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
21
21
UE ~LY
UB/C ONLY'-..
r,i=='0~~~7~==="~=====i~~'9:=~
~ 19 19 ~__ :
;~--li
~I~r ) :
15
11
8(
7
44' p~>i =
18
Aef-1
401".51
11
10
20
'"
12
13
14
14
'i3
1. ENGINE COMPRESSOR
2. OR IFICE
3. PRECOO LER
4. INSTR AIR SHUTOFF
5. P RECOOLER BYPASS VALVE
6. PRE COOLER TH ROUGH VALVE
7. OVERTEMP SE NSOR
8. PR ESS REGULATOR
9. ORIFICE
10. SURGE TANK
11. OVERPRESS SWITCH
12. VENTURI
( ) 8
9 E
12
13. OR IFICE
14. CHECK VALVE
15. VENTURI
16. ACM BYPASS VALVE
17. EJECTOR BYPASS VALVE
18. AIR CYC LE MACHINE
19. MUFFLER
20. EJECTOR
21. CH ECK VALVE
22. INSTR AIR PRESS REGULATOR
23 . VENTURI (VACUUM)
21-2
10
FlightSafety.
'.tel lilllIoI"
NOTES
L OIL PRES LO
CABIN DOOR
LAC BUS
AlPTRIM FAI L
CARGO DOOR
R OIL PRES LO
RAC BUS
AlP FAIL
UE MODEL
L FUEL PRESS
R FUEL PR ESS
L OIL PRESS
R OIL PRESS
A/PTRIM FAIL
UB AND UC MODELS
21-3
FlightSafety.
..
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
LEGEND
BLEED-AIR SYSTEM
PRESSURIZATION CONTROL
NOTE:
UC 39, 46, AND SUBSE~UENT, AND
THOSE MODIFIED BY SB2257 HAVE
AN ADDIT IONAL OVERTEMP AND
OVERPRESSUR E SWITCH LOCATED
JUST PRIOR TO TH E ACM INLET.
NOTE:
UE MODELS DO NOT HAVE
AN EJECTOR BYPASS VALVE.
VOLUME TANK
FOI,WI'RD EVAPORATOR
EJECTOR
AIR DUCT
TEMPERATURE SE"S"'G
EJECTOR
COMPREo'SOR
TANK
VALVE
CONTROL LINE
1.~Y~~~3,~~~E0~T~~HROUGH
TEMPERATURE em"'Q,",
TEMP ERATURE COI,TROLL
_ -'E"PERI':TU"E CONTROLLER
OVERPRESSURE ~WIT"'"/
A~~~~:~~:I
'~~E~~~~~~~:B:~LOWEA
SWITCH
'I
OVERTEMPER~A;T~U~R;:E)~;~~::;:::; I
CABIN TEMPERATURE
S~~,:,:,I'~E,~~~;,:/
LOW-PRESSURE
LOW-PRESSURE CUTOUT
I
STATIC PORTS
OUTFLOW VALVES :::"",::=::::::!:---=~\
CABIN PRESSURE DUMP VENTS
'",,-uUMCONTROL LINE
I PORTS
PRESSURE BULKHEAD
21-4
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
The engine air coo ling is automatically controlled to provide 4500F air to the pressure regulator. The precool e r valves and pres s ure
regulator will be powered whenever th e bleedair valve switch is in the OPEN pos ition for
each respective engine. When the sw itch is selected to ENY1R OFF, they will be depowered OPEN to provide air for the air supp li ed
flight instruments. In the INSTR and ENYIR
OFF position all the valves will be closed in cluding the instrum ent air valve which will be
powered closed.
NOTES
21-5
FlightSafety.
Intematiollal
I
,
~G(1l})a~
BALL
VALVE
o
ARM _
QUARTZ ___.
ROD
21-6
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AI NTENANC E T RAINING MANUAL
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
NOTES
21 7
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENAN C E TRA I N I NG MANUAL
VIEWB
PRECOOLER THROUGH
VALVE
COL
::-....,,=--.
VAL-ViS
PRECOOLER
BYPASS VALVE
rt cJT
........
TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER
"..--;~
INSTRUMENT AIR
PRECOOLER
VIEW A
21-8
VA L ve:c-
ONJOFF SOLENOID
(NORMALLY CLOSED)
HIGH PRESSURE
REGULATION SOLENOID
FROM
PRECOOLER
OVERPRESS URE
AIR
LINE
SERVO AIR LINE
ON/OFF
SOLENOID
(NORMALLY
OPEN)
FILTER
QUARTZ
Figure 21-6. Precooler Valves-Condition 1 (Bleed Air OFF, Engine Not Running)
ONIOFF SOLENOID
(NORMALLY CLOSED)
HIGH PRESSURE
REGULATION
I
FROM
PRECOOLER
OVERPRESSURE SWITCH
PRESSURE REGULATORI
SHUTOFF VALVE
SURGE TANK
LINE
SERVO AlA LI NE
FILTERS
FILTER
TO AIR CYCLE MACHINE
AND EJECTOR TUBE
SOLENOID
(NORMALLY
OPEN)
QUARTZ ROD
21 -9
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ON/OFF SOLENOID
(NORMALLY CLOSED)
HIGH PRESSURE
REGULATIO N SOLENOID
FROM
PR ECOOLER
OVER PRESSURE
PRESSURE REGULATOR!
SHUTOFF VALVE
SURGE TANK
AIR
LINE
FILTERS
FILTER
TO AIR CYCLE MACH INE
AND EJECTOR TUBE
QUARTZ ROD
Figure 21-8. Precooler Valves-Condition 3 (Bleed Air ON, Temperature Sensed >450F)
ON/OFF SOLENOID
(NORMALLY CLOSED)
HIGH PRESSU RE
REG ULATION SOLENO ID
TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER
PRECOOLER
THROUGH
FROM
PRECOOLER
OVERPRESSURE SW ITCH
PRESSUR E REG ULATOR/
SHUTOFF VALVE
AIR
ON/OFF
SOLENOID
(NORMALLY
OPE N)
QUARTZ
ENGINE
COMPRESSOR
21-10
I ~~
~ I~
<
~'"~~
--",
21-11
u::
en
:::l
'"e
o
......,
">r:
r:
Q)
r:
-.,
r:
o
:.-::
'ii
r:
'~"
Q.
zW
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
21-12
'L'
%.
I "i=:~_
1-_~FJ--+l-----11-~~...j i.
'---
l!~'
..-
FlightSafety.
'+-----'+-_----',a~~
~tr
~<
15
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
:::I
~
f!
:::I
E
Q)
a.
E
~Q)
o>
I
'"oc:
E
"t:I
c:
o
::J
.4
:::I
e
u
c;;
cQ):
c:
.s;
c:
w
......N,
N
f!
:::I
0)
u::
21-13
FlightSafety.
..
'W
::J
.4
:::I
iii
~.
p ,
'F-+ i,.---'1'....
1---< ,
I,
c::
Q)
E
c::
e
.~
w
....,
....
('oj
!!!
:::I
Cl
u::
21-14
"
"'127F~ LT
I ANNUN
.--
l~
'" .,
DETECT PWB
I'!,
,
"
' V'...wJ~~
,I
"
"
L ....- -.LU
--~ "
--
J:J
--i
J:J
=
'" "
)AIR
" "'"
:!::
z
z
"
SWITC~"
Ul
"'"
""'" ""
HEFT
@:I
: I
,~"'"
TEMP SENSOR
0>; r,;
",
SJl ~ N::M
KI
r4~
l' ,..
,..,.,,
,
!..
r--t.
S WEHEST
"
"
i
O\IERPRESSURE
SWITCH
..
AllVlSORY
'Kh-
SHEET2
~~
H ~'",,,.,,
'"
TH~
VALVE
-"'TEST
[!>
,
"'''l\IE
CO~PARTMENT
RIGHT
TEST
OVER PRE~
TEST
rr
~
-7
TO KIIB
SHEET2
""
I{
IT
CR19
t(u.
~
, -
~
~,
..
REO ft
[!>
'8\1.~ ~
SHEET 2
CLOSE Aru PS I
~ P,"ESSU~ FNJll
[):>
TE~RATU,"E FNJll
!(SS
-"'""
"" k
,~
A311
,
,
,,
::a
;::
"'.
,I
::a
!:
--i.
GREE~ ~
...
--""'1
j'" .
[l>
SliEET2
0
0
~~!'.:;52
OYERTEMP
DETE CTOR
..z
-...
II)
r '!
'"
SHEET 2
m
m
n
~~:Ir-
A213ENiJINE
"
III
,,,.,,
t.fFTEfrMAOff j
C.0.6IN
TE IAP
MODE
lO t - - - 1
.1.
LEFTENVIRFAll l
r-"
[101
,,
,,
,,
,---
J:J
oZ
SHEET 2
TEMP SEN S~
""0
Ul
V,t.LV[ (LEFT)
T 531$-1
A'~
[In PNEUMATIC
""0
C
."':'. ,J"-"""""
~
SlO3LEFI
1
OVRPAESSURE
Gl
L... ,
1 $115
1ENVIROFF
[NVIR
Cf'F
'" -p-'l1
"
~~118
: OPEN
A'.' ANNUNPWFIPCB
BLEED ...IRVALVES OI'EN
"Tl
-'""
1-
""O~[ 1
z
--i
m
z
z
()
m
--i
J:J
z
z
Gl
~ULE
;::
z
c
U1
AIR CONDITIONING
."
I~~
':<
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING M ANUAL
r
~---~t~~N:r~~~~~~~~~~~~Jn
~,~t'!t~TROL ~6~~IR ~~RVS[
FHUTO:
:r,
~I:L R PNEUMATIc; tlLEl:::u
.v-
"", VALVE
\()I
... I
F,
r-- lRA
~_
BL AIR:
O,FF
CLOS ED
OPEN
C
F
38
OFF
R BLEED
AIR CONTROL
SWITCH
r- :
AJ
~_
=-
~_
;--
=-
R PRECOOLER - R PRECOOLEA
THROUGH VALVE BYPASS VALVE
hL
~t====~::::===+============~W1_~
LUF- ~ ~
=--
' PSIG
R BLEED-AIR PRESSURE
CONTROL SWITCH
-=- "L,JP"'R"'E~C"'O"'O~LE"'R'"
Lor37\---+'1
:L.- 45 ,
'---- - -+---,
EJECTOR H EATER
K5 ~ ;
A12 L1- 4~
L 8 LEED
ON
bA_
'R_C_O_N_T_R_O_L_9-!'
7.5A
/'
TO l BLEED-AIR
RELAY
IV\ VALVE
_'Q' CLOS ED
CONTROL
SWITCH
...----J
& I
r 18
;p OFF
TO L PNEUMATIC
t~ BLEED-AIR
OFF SHUTOFF VALVE
L 11
'
:
~-"""'""
,...-- 12
R BLEED-AIR
OVERTEMP
SENSOR
1~ 1
15
L BLEED-AIR
DEACTIVATE RELAY
'
R ENVIR FAIL
1---<:>.-"'-
6i
L BLEED-AIR
OVER PRESSURE
SWITCH
CABIN TEMP
CONTROL
AUTO
4
5A
L BLEED-AIR
OVERTEMP SENSOR
0
14
_Q
18 1
MAN
0
44
C"A"B""NrSWITCH
Ti EMPERATURE
L~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~;;~~~~~~..:=.I-rMODE
21-16
o
~ 0
O~ 4~ .~~
1~~__ 1L _ ---.!5~ _4~E~T
\7 ~
11:
K2
A 121
, ,J:'" 16
-
L BLEED-AIR
PRESSURE REGU LATOR
SHUTOFF VALVE
>-,
10~
ENVIR
~.bt;::==j---I
_
~
L--B'"L'E"EnO_"'A"IR,--l'"
OVERTEMPERATURE
DETECTOR
Ir->----ltG
r+-<
:;~~~=Jn
~-+--~I~;
~
I
,
, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _+_+-IC-_-l' 4f-::==::;~
.. :
47PSIG
AK"2'
BYPASS VALVE
~r
B
LBLAIROFF
<:-<>O
-P-E-N--1 ~ f---+'==="-'-------------------~
r,,~ ~ 1
BL PRECOOLER
__
dJ
R BLE ED-AIR
QVERPRESS SWITCH
>- A ~
"*
"
R BLEED-AIR
DEACTIVATE RELAY
THROUGH VALVE
Iv -
,x=- B ~
;~ 41
I...AJJ
2
3
l,?-4
~ 38
r!
PSIG
. .,
~
- A ~
4
44
EJECTOR HEATER
..
T
0
48
FlightSafety.
,ota.6I1u Ml
I ON
7.5A
R BLEED
....~ yAlVE
CLOSED
<,
OPE N
WB
B -~FF
PSIG
:O ENVIR
R BLEED
A PRECOOLER A PRECOOLER
AlA CONTROL
SWITCH
-=-
J
J
[ :~ [ :~
OFF
B
4
TO A PNEUMATIC BLEED
AIR SHUTOFF
THROUGH VALVE
9
6
R BLEEDAIR
DEACTIVATE RE LAY
A BLEED-A IR PRESSU RE
CONTROL SWITCH
~
K5
A1 20
4
44
42
r - A[ 3
-I
~
41
37
-=EJECTOR HEATER
l BLEED
7.SA
38
PSIG
TO L BLEED-AlA
CONTROL
SHUTOFF VALVE
OFF
L ENVIR FAIL
13
,,7~
~
,,
15
I -
BYPASS VALVE
14
10
c: 1811 ~
TO l PNEUMATIC
BLEEDAIR
>--
SHUTOFF VALVE
12
'6
a
R BLEED-AI R
OVERTEMP
SENSOR
L:::L
r--
,l,
-61
~
3
A ENVI R FAIL
L BLEED-AIR
OVERPRESSURE
SWITCH
CABIN T EMP
CONTROL
~
L~.AIR
lJJ ~~2 1
lBlEED-AIR
~
..... :
DEACTIVATE RELAY
-:!:-
5
14
1
1
3
2
4
Bl PRECOOLEA
r - 13
17
:r-
E--,
P RESSURE REGULATOR
~.
~ OFF
B
A
C
F
L BLEED-AIR
R BLEED-AI R
/ ' : O ENVIR
SWITCH
-F
ON
OVERPAESS SWITCH
A lA CONTROL
....~ yALVE
8-
~ A [3
I~3 I
RELAY
L PRECOOLER
T HROUGH VA LVE
EJECTOR HEATER
-f"""" B
43 ~
,, CLOSED
-Co, OPE N
C5
~ ~fi
J~ 7
L ~:21
BYPASS VALVE
LUF- ~ Ff
~
,,
VALVE
~ OFF
A IR CONTROL
AC
--i
OVERTEM P SENSOR
16
15
5A
__
14
BLEED-AIR
OVE RTE M PERATURE
DETECTOR
'~
81
18
4~
OFF
__
46
AUTO
.~,
P
i _ TE1T
MAN
0
44
0
48
CABI N TEMPERATURE
MODE SWITCH
21-17
FlightSafety.
hi"""""",,
cQ):
:::I
c-
Q)
U)
.c
:::I
C/)
"0
c:
C\I
a;'"
C")
,
u
e-c:
--
c:
~
N
";:
:::I
U)
U)
!!!
[L
,...:
,
~
~
<'II
!!!
:::I
C)
u::
21-18
FLEXURE
SUPPORT
SPACER
SECONDACM
BYPASS MUFFLER
/,
/'><"" .~~\~~~~~~~
WATER COLLECTOR
/'"
FIRSTACM/
BYPASS MUFFLER
FOG NOZZLE
WATER HOSE
WATER
COLLECTOR
DRAIN TUBE
COUPLING
21-19
9NIN0l111lN03 11111
--0I
-
....
I\)
I\)
-- --
- -----------------, ,-------------------,
r
.... ,
:
PRIMARY
:
I
WATE R
COLLECTOR
./
! COM PRESSOR
HEAT
III
COO LIN G
TURB INE
EJECTO R
-n
:IJ
-I
:IJ
0
0
,.
:D
r-
Z
Gl
"':;::
:D
""tl
C
:IJ
CABIN
""tl
o
(J)
:>
-I
(J)
oz
'<
"'"'
...co:z:
()
'J '----'
z
z
:>
EJECTOR/
BYPASS
0
ACM BYPASS
NOTE:
UE MODELS DO NOT
HAVE AN EJECTOR
BYPASS VALVE
____~~
:IJ
:>
z
z
.
'--
-~ r=:
-I
SECONDARY
HEAT
EXCHANGER
38 PSIG ANDT450 F
Gl
~ \ I~~----------~----------------------------__
0-
--
- - . ___ . - . __ .""- - -
--
:;::
:>
:>
r
-_'T1.
(Q
it
I~....
':<
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
21-21
FlightSafety.
..BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
MAXIMUM HEATING
LEGEND
[J
COLD AIR
AIR
CABIN
~
EJECTOR
BYPASS
E:XHAUEiT AIR
(N/ AUE )
MAXIMUM CDOLING
LEGEND
D
D
COLD AIR
MODIFIED COLD AIR
AIR
MIXED HOT/COLD
CABIN
~
EXHAUST AIR
BYPASS
HOT/COLD MODULATED
LEGEND
o
D
COLD AIR
MODIFIED COLD AlA
CABIN
MIXED HOT/COLD
~
EJECTOR
BYPASS
(N/A UE)
21-22
CONDITIONED AI R
FLAPPER VALVE
RIGHT SIDEWALL
PLENUM
CONDITIONED
BLEED-AIR
FLOOR OUTLETS
(6 PLACES)
PASSENGER
COOL AIR
OUTLETS (18)
RAM-AIR DOOR
SOLENOID VALVE (E103)
RAM-AIR
II
SIDEWALL
PLENUM
In
In
..
RAM-AIR MANUAL'
SH UTOFF VALVE
(II
"T1
0
0
:IJ
--I
FROM
AIR CYCLE
MACHINE
:IJ
:!:
z
Z
Gl
"D
:IJ
"D
I>
:II
RECIRCULATING
EJECTOR
WITH HEATER (E184)
(fJ
AFT VENT
BLOWER
(B112)
FORWARD EVAPORATOR
DETAIL A
(fJ
oz
AFT EVAPORATOR
DETAIL B
(4 PLACES)
I'"
In
:II
:;::
--I
()
CONDITIONED
BLEED-AIR
PILOT'S OUTLET
--I
:IJ
\~L-JL-
LEGEND
WINDSHIELD
DEFROST DUCT
COND ITIONED
BLEED-AIR
FLOOR OUTLET
...
I\)
UE MODELS
I\)
'"
AIR CONDITIONING
RAM-A IR INLET
z
z
Gl
:;::
z
c
r-
"T1
=:
I~
":<
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
WINDSHIELD
DEFROST DUCT
PILOTS OUTLET
YVALVE
CONDITIONED
BLEED-AIR
PILOTS OUTLET
FLIGHT
COMPARTMENT
COOL AIR
OUTLETS
RAM-AIR DOOR
SOLENOID VALVE
~~~~~~~----- DEFROSTDUCTS
CONDITIO NED
BLEED-AIR
FLOOR OUTLET
NP=::::,,___
CONDITION ED
BLEED-AIR
FLOOR OUTLETS
DUCT TEMP SENSOR
CONDITIONED
BLEED-AIR
FLAPPER VALVE
_----y--.....
CONDITIONED BLEED-AIR
FLOOR OUTLETS
LEGEND
DUCTS INSTALLED
ON MODEL 1900
RAM-AIR INLET
UB/C MODELS
21-24
F102
LO
28
30A
A184W2
-rI
I
I
CR186
HI
W1
COM
CB7
VENT
BLOWER
CONTROL
CR335
HI
.,FWD BLOWER
(B106)
K203
S4
BLOWERS
SWITCH
LOW'
OFF"
K204
AUTO
CR334
CABIN
TEMP
MODE
(S6)
/0 ___
0
o
\
CR102
&..--0-
.,I
I
I
HI
-'-
AUTO
F 104
'OFF
MAN
COM
K143
LO
30A
A185W2
AFT BLOWER
(B112)
21-25
..-
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
0
0
S198D
?
I
I
I
I
0
0
S198B
OVER TEMP
=:J
OVER PRESS
F102
--;-
30A
,: "'-----0
A184A1W 1
W228
TEMP
CONTROL
HI
P---.--OCOM
S198A
K203
FWD BLOWER
HI
W220
5A
VENT
BLOWER
CONTROL
S205
BLOWERS
lOW
t------+
AUTO
K204
~ l J
S198C
0/ ~
o
o
T (H I TEMP) TE8T
0
8198
CABIN
TEMP
MODE
K143
REG/SHUTOFFVAlVE
F104
HI
30A
lO
A185A1W1
P(HIPRE88)TE8T
0""-
6---.., -
AUTO
....... OFF
MAN
21-26
I>-. . --COM
AFT BLOWER
F102
CBl
VENT
BLOWER
CONTROL
r\ 0~5
rI
iLX
123 24
(gJ4K141
'-
I
I
.~
CR335
K2031
L:I
M
84 :
BLOWERS
SWITCH:
...CDZ
-,..
~
21
fA
III
K204
AUTO
lJ
C
III
III
0
0
LOW'
OFF"
G)
III
()
FWD BLOWER
(B106)
'0
JJ
-;
JJ
l>
Z
Z
CR186
I
~I I
."
6 LO
30A
A184W2
W1 elJ'
Il.i
.. III
28
JJ
lJ
21
s::
CR334
l>
0
(f)
m
(f)
CABIN
TEMP
MODE
(S6)
!:(
Vi
1
T (HI TEMP) TEST
1
1 1
P(HIPRESS)TEST
1 0
0/
1
\
l
i
oO-AUTO
'OFF
MAN
....
6 COM
Z
-;
m
CR102
, I I)
F104
'd tf
A')
I !
r--w ~
HI
()
LO
30A
A185W2
l>
Z
AFT BLOWER
(B112)
-;
JJ
l>
Z
Z
G)
s::
....,
I\)
I\)
-oJ
AIR CONDITIONING
l>
Z
C
l>
r
"T1
=
CO
I~
r+
'!C:
o
o
S 198D
o
o
I
S198B
"
~
o
OVER TEMP
:=J
OVER PRESS
CABIN TEMP CONTROL BOX
HEAT/COOL COMMAN D RE LAY
MAN TEMP SW ITC H
LO
F102
30A
HI
A184A1W1
W228
T EMP
CONT ROL
P-"'--O COM
K203
'"
FWD BLOWER
HI
W220
+.
SA
,0
VENT
BLOWER
CONTROL
S205
BLOWERS
: LOW ~--------~
,,
,,
,.
AUTO
K204
~ L
L..;
0/
S 198C
BLEED-AIR PR ESSU RE
S198
CABIN
TE MP
MODE
b--....-- COM
REG/SH UT O FF VALVE
o
o
K143
F1 04
HI
30A
L-______- LO
A185A 1W1
P( HIPRESS)TEST
0/
00-
AUTO
....... OFF
MAN
21 -28
AFT BLOWER
FlightSafety.
Ua,MItIoid
LEGEND
PRESSURE
/ ' RELIEF VALVE
HIGH PRESSURE
LOW PRESSURE
SUCTION GUAGE
COMPRESSOR
'"
S
DISCHARGE GUAGE
rcT' 1
'U
SIGHT GLASS
OVERPRESSURE
SWITCH
CONDENSER
1
~
RECEiVERDRYER
BLOWER
- Cr.L=OS=E=S=A=T=45=0~====V=AL=V=E~~n-~
--J
FILTER
TEMPERATURE ......
SENSING TUBE ____
;-
CLOSES AT
~"rr==~J
/'
EQUALIZER
E
LIN
EXP NSION
A
,'"
UNDERPRESSURE
SWITCH
III
f
=
"';"" [~3:
FORWARD
HOT GAS
EVAPORATOR THERMOSWITCH
45i:::
I / ~EMPERATURE
V SENSING TUBE
h<lA BLOWER
-~
~~ _Jl
FILTER
HOT GAS
AFT
THERMOSWITCH EVAPORATOR
21-29
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
14 1
~ 13
a'
c..
40~
tblLJ~
2 ~
--- ..........
LIMIT SWITCH
(OAT) (S259)
28 VDC IN
28 VDC QUT
17
,
OFFO
044
43
MAN COOL
1B -\ TACHOMETER
GENERATOR
30
2B
41
048
r3
REMOTE RESET
40
I---
RIGHT LAN~
GEAR ON LK
SW (A10B)
...
27
UNDER PRESSURE
37
SENSE
(2BVDC IN)
26 h
ABOV~
~
2.5:t .5
PSI)
~
AIRCOND
~
CLUTCH
(CR3)
PSI)
AIR CONO COM OVER
2
1
ELECTRIC EQUIP
NACE LLE R
A
7.5
AIR CONDITION
CLUTCH (CBB)
(E16)
I-I--
"~
.......
-it" (CR340)
2
HOT
't- (CR341)
:YPASS
.......
HOT
G~~
SENSE SWITCH
(S257)
21-30
(CR3)
BELOW
390 10
. t"
ro
3
2
1
Q.J..QJ
(CLOSE: ~
: ~0A'
I BLOWER MOTOR
POWER
K3 RELAY CONDENSER
BLOWER MOTOR POWER
N1 SPEED SENSE
PCB (A130)
t~
~ .A
(CLOSED
'---'
Ji5
36
SENS E
19
~}EAT
1B
(2BVDC IN)
28VDC OUT
(COOL COMMAND)
17
t--
(G~
23
..1'
J1
'-
UGHT IN
REMOTE LOCKOUT
UNDER PRESSURE
LIGHT IN
28VDC OUT
I~ ~ ~ -r
=---
I---
35
5
7
21
(2BVDC IN)
COOL
CABIN TEMPERATURE
MODE SWITCH (S6)
28VDC OUT
(COOL COMMAND)
REMOTE LOCKOUT
OVER PRESSURE
3
4
COOL
0 47
J1
TACH GEN IN
,111
-r II
,---
18
o"'--l
45 1 l
COOL COMMAND
G~t~YPASS
SENSE SWITCH
S258
FlightSafety.
".ta,.IIeA ..
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAIN I NG MANUAL
~---------------Q I
COOL COMMAND
28 VDC IN
I - - -- - - - - - - O"l..,
1-------------------,
AIRCOND N,
LOW ANNUNCIATOR
N, LOW LIGHT
HEAT
1------'
CABIN TEMP
0DE SWITCH
EJECTOR
BYPASS VALVE
Lt5
HEAT-COOL
-:-
COMMAND RELAY
CONDENSER BLOWER
BLOWER LIMITER
1-- - - - - -= "'-'=-=='-'--<1
RIGHT LANDING GEAR ----<1
DOWN LOCKSW
TACHGEN ~--------------------~
GND
CLUTCH POWER
CONDENSER
BLOWER
MOTOR
RELAY
1---------,
HOT GAS
THERMOSWITCH
FWD EVAP
HOT GAS
BYPASS VALVE
HOT GAS
THERMOSWITCH
L______ J
THERMAL RELAY
60----'
AFT EVAP
HOT GAS
BYPASS VALVE
COMPRESSOR
UNDERPRESSURE
~\AlJT('1-A
21-31
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
0eL
~ 13 i, 11
,,
,
OFFO45'I
I
044
43
MAN COOL
~
-I
COOL COMMAND
17
TACH GEN IN
18
28 VDC IN
28VDC OUT
(10 SECTD)
30
28
28VDC OUT
(COOL COMMAND)
REMOTE RESET
(28 VDC IN)
REMOTE LOCKOUT
OVER PRESSURE
LIGHT IN
REMOTE LOCKOUT
UNDER PRESSURE
LIGHT IN
28 VDC OUT
(10 SEC TD)
OVER PRESSURE
SENSE
(28VDC IN)
28VDCOUT
(COOL COMMAND)
21
40
35
UNDER PRESSURE
SENSE
(28 VDC IN)
(CLOSE:~
ABOVE
2 .5:t: .5
PSI)
BELOW
390
..
10
PSI)
,---
0-"'--1
'---
5
7
1
047
r-
048
h.....
CABIN TEMPERATURE
MODE SWITCH (S6)
,--
TO(:~5~)D~I~~1"ci VALV~
RIGHT LAN~
GEAR DN LK
SW (A108)
1--'--'
RS
36
19
37
"=
~AIRCOND
I ~~
CLUTCH
(E16)
I J(CR3)
3
2
1
----..,
~ ~
I
60A
i(CB11) CONDENSER
I BLOWER MOTDR
POIIER
K3 RELAY CONDENSER
BLOWER MOTOR POWER
A 165 PANEL ASSY
ELECTRIC EQUIP
NACELLE R
7.5
AI R CONDITION
CLUTCH (CB8)
HOT
:YPASS
SENSE SWITCH
(S257)
-:-
.....
.~~
C~ (CR341)
~i
C~ (CR340)
21-32
HEAT
):
.J
-b
~ [. (CR3)
2
1
18
BLOWER
MOTOR (B103)
'--
...
-c
17
27
26
COOL
J1
(GS180)
23
~--<
4
COOL
TACHOMETER
GENERATOR
(CLOSE:~
18
-'"
~1:~~!;fo~ENSE
i
~
~LJ
14 :
COOL~
LP-- A~M
BYPASS VALVE
9r--------------'l 1
o I
28VDC IN 1---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
COOLCOMMAND I-----------~~
HEAT
N, LOW LIGHT
1-------'
CABIN TEMP
ODESWtTCH
EJECTOR
BYPASS VALVE
HEATCOOL
-:-
COMMAND RELAY
, I
CONDENSER BLOWER I - - - - --
BLOWER LIMITER
--'-:..:.......::......::..-=---<l
TACH GEN
GND
CLUTCH POWER
1----------...
BLOWER
MOTOR
RELAY
1----- - - - - ,
HOT GAS
THEAMQSWITCH
GENERATOR
COM PRESSOR
OVERPRESSURE
SWITCH
FWD EVAP
HOT GAS
BYPASS VALVE
r- ------
r-----q.-~-
I
I
HOT GAS
THEAMOSWITCH
Il ___ ____ 1
THERMAL RELAY
AFT EVAP
HOT GAS
BYPASS VALVE
COM PRESSOR
UND ERPRESSURE
SWITCH
21-33
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
I-
~
~
B
C
11
--'
12
r-
AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR (RT104)
'00t 5W
IB
C
\,1
::::::t- ~IGHT
10
13
2
14
CONTROL
CABIN AIR
15
1
4
3
TE MPERATURE
INDICATOR (A224M1)
"-
f--
28VDC
AUTO
HEAT
COOL
CABI N TEMPERATUR E
CONTROLLER (E160)
,-
BLEED AIR
QV ERTEMPERATURE
~ :"","",DETECTOR (E243)
-:!:-
CB83 ~
CAB IN TEMP
CONTROL
-f
INCREASE
B
D
MS2452327
J2
}6:
13
0---- 4
11
'-
1:l'-
10
2 1-10-00
,7 .SA
AIR CONDITION
"'-- / -
LI
CABIN TEMPERATURE
MODE SWITCH (S6)
f j COO
'"';'~
CR133
7
5
1.0
HEAT
1
~
HEAT-COOL
COMMAND
RELAY (K205)
TO PIN20F
40' LIMIT SWITCH (S259)
} SEE FIGURE 2, 21-52-00
21-34
48
MAN 43
COOL
CLUTCH
I
I
I AUTO
45 1
47
OFF O I
0
44
MAN O
17
~:
DECREASE ~
A
C
~I
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAININ G MANUAL
,--
r4t
4
B
C
11
1-1
r---
A IR DUCT TEMPERATURE
SENSE ELEMENT
I---B
C
10
13
2
14
28VDC
15
1
4
3
CABIN AIR
TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR
IlL
9
10; 0
't
E ==r ~IGHT
F
CONTROL
r---
12
COOL
"-
BLEED AIR
CABIN TEMPERATURE
CONTROL BOX
QVERTEMPERATURE
DETECTOR
?l
AUTO
HEAT
,--
g 5A
CABIN TEMP
l
CONTROL
-!-
INCREASE
MANUAL TEMP
B
D
CONTROL SWITCH
A
C
-r
15
'-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DECREASE
~I
~
~
COOL
17
VAPOR CYCLE
~ LOWAM8IENT
AIR CONDITION
CLUTCH
LIMIT SWITCH
HEAT
o !I
35
I
I
I
I
I
~
45
OFF 0
!
I
I
38
0
,[-
AUTO
47
Op
44
MAN
I
TEST
48 0
BLEED AIR
PRESSUR E
REGULATORS
HEAT.COOL
COMMAND
RELAY
..;,-
:\
A
C
~ CLOSE
B ~ OPEN
D
CABIN TEMPERATURE
MODE SWITCH
"-
EJECTOR BYPASS
VALVE
21-35
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
..
--.
r-
B
C
11
'-'
D
----'
12
CABIN TEMP SELECTOR (R1)
AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR (RT104)
'00Q5W
B
C
:::::t
E
F
A
--'
ZIGHT
CONTROL
10
13
2
14
't
28VDC
AUTO
HEAT
COOL
15
1
4
3
CABIN AIR
TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR (A224M1)
CABIN TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER (E160)
BLEED AI R
OVERTEMPERATURE
51( ~ DETECTOR (E243)
r-
CB83 ~
-!;-
CABIN TEMP
CONTROL
INCREASE
I
I
J2
r-d' i
14
I
I
r-
17
11
0-
ll'-
10
MODULE (A317)
FIGURE 1
21-10-00
"'--
44
rr
e:5
r7 .SA
V-
AIR CONDITION
CLUTCH
COOL
1'0-
~(
HEAT
'HEAT-COOL
COMMAND
RELAY (K205)
48
-j.
,
CABIN TEMPERATURE
MODE SWITCH (56)
TO PIN 2 OF
40 0 LIMIT SWITCH (5259)
} SEE FIGURE 2, 21-52-00
21-36
OPEN
7
5
MAN 43
COOL
'-
I
I
IAUTO
45 1 0
47
OFF O I
0
MAN
B
D
A ~ CLOSE
r- C
CB8
13<;> :
-~
M524523-27
MANUAL TEMP
(55) CONTROL SWITCH
DECREASE l -
1\
FlightSafety.
.1t&i .
tIoildl
F~~~FV~~~XlF~____B_L_E_ED=rA_IRtP~R_E_S_S_U_R_E
____
-=LE~FT~STATIC~P~O~R~T~S____--,
RAMAIR DOOR
SOLENOID LATCH
OUTFLOW
VALVE
RIGHT
STATIC
PORTS
CABIN AIR
I TERWITH
ORIFICE
DIAPHRAGM
TEST
G:>
METERING VALVE
NUMBER 1
b~~~~:j~~
VUL.ulVloTANK
~"j~JOFIMALLY
OPEN)
DUMP
SOLENOID
(NORMALLY III8Nl
clc:.Sf
CABIN AIR
FILTER WITH
OR IFICE
VAL.,oIJ ~M
PORT
NUMBER 2
MANIFOLD
PNEUMATIC RELAY
LEGEND
VACUUM
M'I'{Jij'fFf
VI'CL'UM
UM REGULATOR
f1'-
21-38
OUTFLOW
VALVE
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM
va lve is ope n; in th e INST & ENV IR OFF posi ti o n, bo th are clo sed.
The pressurization sys te m is designed to provide a press ure differen ti a l of 5.0 . I (UE), OR
4.8 . 1 (UA/ B/C) . Bleed air from the co mpressor sec tion of each eng ine is precooled,
and no rmall y mi xed w ith air cycle machine air
to prov id e th e condi ti oned air th at is used for
both temperature co ntro l and pressurization.
UP
..i
...
DOWN
LEFT LANDING
GEAR SQUAT
SWITCH (A 107)
PRESS
I ~ *"
...
CRI1 6
DUMP
I ,"""
CABIN PRESSURE
DUMP SWITCH
(SI18)
S OLENOID VALVE
(EI03)
CABIN
PRESSURE
CONTROL
~
NC
CRlt8
-!-
CR22t
~
5A
(CB84)
1:
-!-
CABIN PRESSURE
DUMP VALVE (E t 05)
~
NO
CABIN PRESSURE
PRESET VALVE (Et04)
21-39
FlightSafety.
~""""
TEST
UP
"
.Q..J..
DOWN
LEFT LANDING
GEAR SQUAT
SWITCH (A 107)
PRESS
DUMP
-!-
CR116
RAM AIR DOOR
S OLENOID VALVE
(E103)
CABIN
PRESSURE
CONTROL
*"
~
NC
CABIN PRESSURE
DUMP VALVE (E1 05)
...
CR118
I'
CABIN PRESSURE
DUMP SWITCH
(S118)
CR221
B:o-SA
(CB84)
NO
CABIN PRESSURE
PRESET VALVE (E104)
21-40
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
TEST
UP 0 1
Ire
: ~
DOWN
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LEFT LANDING
GEAR SQUAT
SWITCH (A 107)
PRESS
I
~
DUMP
i-
CRl16
I'
CABIN PRESSURE
DUMP SWITCH
(Sl18)
S OLENOID VALVE
(E103)
CABIN
PRESSURE
CONTROL
CRl18
NC
CABIN PRESSURE
DUMP VALVE (E105)
CR221
~
5A
(CB84)
1:
~
NO
CABIN PRESSURE
PRESET VALVE (E104)
21-41
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CABIN ALl HI
I CAB DIFF HI
NC~
I
I
NO
CLOSES AT 10,000
+0 -500 FEET
ALTITUDE INCREASING
OPENS BEFORE 8500
FEET ON DECREASING
CABIN ALTITUDE
S117 CABIN ALTITUDE
WARNING SWITCH
7.5
CB2
ANN PWR
7.5
CB17
ANNIND
29
28
A146 R CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
A127 PWB
MODULE
26
l'r
,--
27
3~
A141 PCB
MODULE
A126 PWB
MODULE
I--
41
~
21-42
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
UNPRESSURIZED VENTILATION
NOTES
ICABIN ALTITUDE I
:"0I
I
(]
CABIN ALTITUDE
WARNING SWITCH
SWITCH CLOSES AT
12,500 +0/-500
21-43
FlightSafety.
""'""""'"'
AUXILIARY VOLUME
TANK CONNECTION
PNEUMATIC
RELAYN ALVE
CONNECTION
REGULATED
VACUUM
CONNECTION
AIRCRAFT{
ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM
THIRD
ELEMENT
SECOND
ELEMENT {
-~~!!:=:;~
CABIN PRESSURE
RATE PRESSURE
REFERENCE PRESSURE
REGULATED VACUUM
CABIN AIR
FILTER ORIFICE
REFERENCE PRESSURE
METERING VALVE
METERING VALVE
FOLLOWER SPRING --~~t::::-:;::'~!l..!!
RATE SPRING
o
e
e
o
RATE DIAPHRAGM
;;=:""::;:'-fijJ
ABSOLUTEBEI_LO'W~; ---~~~~
FIRST
ELEMENT
LIGHT BLOCK
CABIN ALTITUDE _ _ _ _ __
SELECTOR KNOB
21-44
FlightSafety.
.".... _tlui'"
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
LEGEND
D
D
D
21-45
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENA NC E TRAI N I NG M ANUAL
o
e
o
o
CABIN PRESSURE
REFERENCE PRESSURE
REGULATED VACUUM
OUTFLOW VALVE CONTROL PRESSURE
CONTRO L
PORT
OUTFLOW
VALVE
PORT
METERING VALVE
FOLLOW-UP SPRING
METERING
VALVE
METERI NG
VALVE SEAT
21-46
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
QUESTIONS
1.
2.
3.
5.
6.
f".t....,.,5~
7.
8.
9.
7 o ,,,,, i2. .l
21-47
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M A INTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
21-48
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 22/23/34
AVIONICS
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION ... .. .... .... ..... ........ ....... ...... .... ... ........... ... ........ .. .. ...... .... ... .... ... .... ... .. .... .... ... . 22-1
INSTALLED AVIONICS ... ...... ... .......... .. ..... ..... ..... ............... .. ......... ....... ... .... ............ ... ........ 22-1
Standard Equipment .. .. .... ... .. .......... ..... .. ...... .... ..... ..... .. ......... .. ......... ....... ..... .... ..... ... .. ..... 22-1
Optional Equipment .... ... .......................... ............ ..... .. .. ............... ... .. .... .. .. ...... .... .. .. ... .... 22-3
AVIONICS POWER DISTRIBUTION ... .... .. .. ... .... .. ... ... .... .. .. ... ... .. ...... .. ...... ... ......... ..... ..... 22-19
PITOT STATIC SySTEM .... .. .... ......... .. ....... .. ......... .. ......... .. ......... .. .... .. .... .. ... ... ......... .... .. ... 22-23
PlTOT STATIC lNSTRUMENTS .. ... .... ....... ... ......................................... .. .......... .. ... .. ... ..... 22-27
Airspeed Indicators ........ ...... .. ... ..... ... .. .. ... ...... ......... ... .... ..... .. .... ... ..... .... ... .. ..... .. .. ... .. ... 22-27
Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicators .... .. .. .... ...... .. ..... .. ... .. ........ ... .. .. ............. .......... 22-27
Copilot's Encoding Altimeter ....... ... ........ ... .. ... .... .... ..... .... ... .. ..... ... ... .... ... ... ..... .. .... .. ... . 22-27
570-24929-412 Encodin g Alti meter ....... .. ........ .. ......... .. ..... .. .... .. ....... .... ...... ... ........ .. ... 22-27
Meggitt Encodin g Altimeter .... .. ............................................. ................. ... ... .. ... .. .... ... 22-27
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEM (EFIS) ... .. ............... .......................... 22-31
General ...................... ...... .......... ....... .... .... .. ....... ... ... ...... .. ............ ... .......... .... ...... .. ........ 22-31
System Overview ... ............. .... ... .... ... ... ..... ...... .... .. ....... .. .. .... ... ... .... ..... ... ...................... 22-31
EFIS COOLING FANS ...................... ...... ..... ....... ..... ............... .... ... ..... ..... .. .......... .. ... .. ....... 22-33
PS-835C EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLy ........ ... .. ................ ..... ...... ....... ... ... .. .... .... ...... 22-39
General .. ... .... ... ... ....... ......... ... ..... .. .. .... .... .. ..... ........ .. ..... .................... ... .. .... ..... .... .......... 22-39
Power Input ........ .. ... ........ .. .... ..... ... ... .. ......... ......... .... ... .. .. .... .... ....... ...... .. ... ..... .............. 22-39
Battery Heating ..... ..................... .... ....... .... ... ......... .... .. .. .. ..... ... ..... ....... ...... ..... ...... ... ..... 22-39
Over-Temperature Protection .... .. .... ..... .... ... .... ...... .... ... ......... ...... .. .. ... .... .... ... ...... ... ..... 22-39
22-i
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Battery Voltage-Level Detection .. ..... ...... ... ............. ......... ............... ........... ............. .... 22-39
Battery Testing ............................. .......... ................. ... ....... .... ..... ............. ...... ..... .......... 22-39
EFTS Power System Operation .......................... .......................................................... 22-41
STANDBY ELECTRIC GYRO HORIZON SYSTEM ............................................ ...... .... 22-47
General............................... .. .................. ................................ ................... ......... .... ..... . 22-47
Electrical Power..................................................... ................ .... ....... ... .. ...... ... ......... .... 22-47
Controls .............................................. ............................... .. .. ...... .................. .............. 22-47
Gyro Horizon ............................................ .. ... .. .. .................................. ........................ 22-47
AUTOPILOT FLIGHT DIRECTOR/YAW DAMPER SySTEM ....................................... 22-51
General ................................................... ..... ...... .... .... ........ .... .. ................ ........... ... ....... 22-51
APS-65 Autopilot System .................................................... ... ... ...... ...................... ..... 22-51
FYDS-65 Flight Guidance Yaw/Damper System .................................. .. ......... .. ......... 22-53
Yaw Damper System ....................................................... ...................................... ...... 22-53
Autopilot, Flight Guidance, and Flight Guidance/Yaw Damper Computers ............... 22-53
APP-65A Autopilot Panel ........................................................................................... 22-53
FCP-65 Flight Control Panel ............................................................................... .... .... 22-54
SVO-65 Servo/SMT-65 Servo Mount................. ........... ..... ................. ...... .... ........... ... 22-54
332D-ll T Vertical Reference ...................................................................................... 22-54
ADS-65 Air Data Sensor................................ .............................. ....... ........... ............. 22-54
Altitude Preselector/Alerter and Air Data Computers ................................................. 22-54
SSS-65 Slip/Skid Sensor............. ................... ..................... .......... ............. .. .... .. ...... ... 22-55
NAC-80 Normal Accelerometer ................ .. .................................................... .......... .. 22-55
YRS-65 Yaw Rate Sensor ............................................... ..... ...... .... .............................. 22-55
EFTS System Display Processor Unit ..................... ............... ... ................................... 22-55
22-ii
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
AUTOPILOT SYSTEM EXTERNAL SWITCHES ... ........... ... .. .. ..... .... ............. .............. .. 22-55
Control Wheel Disengage Switches ................... ...... ............................................... .... 22-55
Pitch Sync and CWS Switches ........................... ... ...... .. .............................................. 22-55
Go-Around Mode Switches (GA) ....................... ............................. ........................ .... 22-56
Trim Switches ........................... .. ...... ... ... ......................... ................. ............... .. ...... ... . 22-56
Autopilot System External Annunciators ................................. ... .............. .. .. .............. 22-59
RUDDER BOOST SySTEM ...................... .. ... .. ............ .. ...................... ............................. 22-61
General .... ...... ... .. ......................................... ........ ....... ................. ....................... .... ...... 22-61
Operation ... .. ................... ........................ .... ... .......... ...................... ... ................. ....... ... 22-61
ELECTRIC ELEVATOR TRIM SYSTEM ......................................... .. .............................. 22-63
VHF-22A VHF COMM TRANSCEIVER .................................................... .. .................. 22-65
General..... ................ ............ ... ........ ... ... ... .. ..... ................................ ... .......................... 22-65
AUDIO SYSTEM ............... ........ ......... .... .... .. ......... .. ... .. .......................... ... ........................ 22-67
General ......... ...................... ............... ........................ ... ............. ..... .. ............................ 22-67
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER (CVR) ........ ...................... ... .. ............. .................. .. ........ 22-69
General........ ...... .. .. ..................... .. .. ......... ....... ...... ..... .... .. ..... ............. .............. ... ........ .. 22-69
Components ................ ...... ........ ...... .... .... .................. .... ........ ... .. .... ...... ... ..... ...... ....... ... 22-69
Self Test ............................. .............................. ...... ..... ................. .... ..... ...... ..... ..... ....... 22-73
FLIGHT DATA RECORDER (FOR) ................................................................................. 22-75
General. .............................. ....... .............. ....... ........ .. ......... ... .. .. ....... .. ... ... .... ..... ... .... ..... 22-75
Components .... .................. ..... ... ...... .... ............................................... .. ............. ... ........ 22-75
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) ........... ............. ........... ............ .......... 22-79
General ...................... .. .......... .. ..... .. .......... ...... .... .... ...... .. .. .. ..... .. ........ ... ....... ..... .... ........ 22-79
Signal Flows ...... ... ...... ....... .. .. ... .... .. .... ....... .... ....... ... ..... ........ ... ... .... .... ... ...... ...... ... .... .. . 22-83
Maintenance Considerations ......................... .. ............................................. ....... ..... .... 22-83
22-iii
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INT EN A NCE TRAINING MANUAL
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Title
Page
22-1
Av ionics Units Location ............ .. ..... .... ........... ........ ..... ......... .. ... ......... ................. .. 22-4
22-2
Avionics Units Location Left Avionics Bay .. .... .. .. .. .. ... ...... ..... .. .................... .. ...... 22-7
22-3
Avi onics Units Location Ri ght Avionics Bay ...... ...... ... .. .. .. .. .... .... .. .... .. ......... .. .... .. 22-8
22-4
Pedestal Layout .. ...... .. .. ..... ..... ... .. .. ... ........ ... ....... .... .... ....... .... ...... .. ................. ........ 22-9
22-5
Control Wheel Switches ........... .. .. ......... .. .. .. ....... .. ... ...... .. .... .. .... .. ......... .. .. ........ ... 22-10
22-6
Antenna Locat ions .. .. ................ .. ...... ... ........ ....... .. ......... .. .. ........................ .......... 22-11
22-7
Av ionics Strut Switch Interface .......................... .. .............. .. .... .. .... .. ........ ......... .. 22-12
22-8
Avi oni c DC Power Buses .............. ................ .... ....... ...... .. ....... .. .. ........ .. .... ... .. .. .. .. 22-18
22-9
Avioni cs Relays - UBIC .. .... .. ...... .. ..... .. .. .... .. ... ........ ... .... .. .. ................ ... ..... .... .... .. 22-20
22-10
Avionics Re lays-Simplified (UB/C) ...... ........... ... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. ...... .......... .. ............. .. 22-21
22-11
Pitot and Static System ...... .. ........ .... .. .. ...................... .. .. ...... .. ... .... ... .... .... ...... .... .. 22-22
22-12
Pitot Static System Schematic Flight Director Installation .... .. .. .. .... .... ..... .... ...... . 22-24
22-13
Pitot Static System Schemati c Autopi lot In stallati on .. .......... ........ .. .. .. .... .. .. ........ 22-25
22-14
Airspeed Indicator ...... .... ... ....................... ..... .. ......... .... ....... .. .... ...... ...... .. ... .......... 22-26
22-15
In stantaneous Vertical Speed Pointer ......... .. .. .. ...... ....... .. .... .. ..... .... ........ .. ........... . 22-26
22-16
Meggitt Encoding Altimeter .... .. .... ................... ........ .... .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ...... .. ..... .. ... .. .. 22-26
22-17
Airspeed Warning and Copilot Encoding Altimeter .. .. ..... ... ........ ........ .. .... .. .... .. .. 22-28
22-18
EFIS System and Interface EFIS-84 (4 Tube) .. .. .. .. ............... .. ...... .... ........... ....... 22-30
22-19
EFIS Display Cooling Blower Installati on ........ ....... .. ..... .. .... ...... ... .... ... ... .. ........ . 22-32
22-20
EFIS Cooling Fans System .. .. ..... .. .... ................. .. .............. .... .. .. .. .... .... .. .. ....... .. ... 22-34
22-21
Avionic s Junction Box .. .. ... ... .. ....... .. .. ...... ... ... .... .. .. ..... .. ... ........ ......... ... .. .. ... ....... .. 22-36
22-22
PS-835C Emergency Power Supply (Internal Wirin g Schemat ic) ....... .. .. ..... .. ..... 22-38
22-23
PS-835C Emergency Power Supply (Ex ternal View) ........ ...... ...... .. .. ...... ..... .... ... 22-38
22-v
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M A INTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
22-24
EFlS AUX Power Panel Controls .................. ..... ..... ... .. ..... ....... .... .. .. ...... ......... ... . 22-40
22-25
EFlS Power System (Condition I).... .. .... ...... .. .... .. .. .............. .. .. ............ .. .. .. ......... 22-42
22-26
EFlS Power System (Condi tion 3)............ .. ........ .. ........ .. ...... .. .. ................ .... ....... 22-44
22-27
Standby Horizon System Control sIDispl ays ................ .. ........ .... .. ............ .. " .. ".... 22-46
22-28
Standby Horizon Power System .. .. ...... .. ............ " .... " .. .... ................ .. .. .. .... .. ...... " 22-48
22-29
Dual APS-65H Au topi lot System ........ .. ........ .. .. ...................... .. ........ .. " .... .... .. .... 22-50
22-30
Dual FYD-65H Flight Director/Yaw Damper System .................... .. .......... .. ....... 22-52
22-31
AutopilotlFlight Director Annunciators ........ ..... ..... .... .. .... ......... ........ .. ........ ... ... .. 22-58
22-32
Rudder Boost System .... ......... .. ...... ........... ............................ .... .... .......... ... ..... .. .. . 22-60
22-33
Elevator Trim System with APS-65 Autopilot (No. I Computer Interface) .. .. .. .. 22-62
22-34
VHF-22 Comrn Radio Controls/Displays ........ .. .... ". .... .. .. .. ...... ..... .. ...... .. ............ 22-65
22-35
Pilot's Audio Controls .. .......... ..... .... ............ ..... .. ... .. ..... .. ..... .. .... .... ..... ..... ...... ....... 22-66
22-36
22-37
22-38
Cockpit Voice Recorder Control Panel .... .. ........ ..... .. ......................... .. ................ 22-72
22-39
Flight Data Recorder Installation...... .. ...... ......... ... ...... .... ... .. ............ .. ..... .. ...... .. ... 22-74
22-40
FD R Prop Beta Switches .. .. ........ " ...... .. ........ ... .. ..................... .. .... .............. " .. ..... 22-76
22-41
FD R Flap Position Switches.............. ..................... ..... .. .. .. ...... ........... .. .. .. ... .. ...... 22-76
22-42
22-43
Emergency Locator Transmitter Artex ....... .. ................... .. ... .. .. .. .. .......... .. " .... .. .. . 22-80
22-44
ELT!Battery Pack Exploded View .................. .. .. .. .. .. ........ ".......... .. .......... .. ........ . 22-82
22-vi
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
TABLES
Table
Title
Page
22-1
Avionics Acronyms Glossary .. .. ... ......... .. .. ...... ... .. ... ......... ...... ... ... ..... ...... ..... .. ...... 22-13
22-2
CTL-22 COMM Con trol, Co ntrol s and Indications ....... ......... ... ................. ... ..... 22-64
22-vii
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 22/23/34
AVIONICS
INTRODUCTION
This chapter presents the avionics systems installed in the 19000 aircraft as standard
installation systems and also optional equipment. All the systems covered are factory
installed systems . Also covered in this chapter is the avionic units location in the aircraft. Antenna location is also covered. An avionic acronyms glossary covering the
acronyms that can be found used in the 19000 aircraft is included.
INSTALLED AVIONICS
STANDARD EQUIPMENT
The 1900D Aircraft comes equipped with the
following Avionics Systems as Standard
Equipment:
22-1
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1 900 AIRLIN E R MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
22-2
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAIN T EN A NCE TRA INING MANUAL
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
NOTES
22-3
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
TOP SHELF
!: ;
51@
SHEL~ ~
MIDDLE
WEATHER RADAR
_ _---.J
BOTIOM SHELF
VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER
(LOCATED UNDER
THROTILE OUADRANT)
..,
"
' ..
GPWS COMPUTER
(LOCATED UNDER
BAGGAGE BY FLOOR)
... .
..'
I""
DO
-r----
~~
~ I
TCAS COMPUTER
FORWARD PRESSURE
BULKHEAD
VIEW A
SERVO~
7~~
22-4
tJO
FlightSafety.
. ,Ia . elioiiill
~TA
COMPUTER
xl
AVIONICS JUNCTION 80
r----KA.90
I
- - -- _ ...
(BOnOM)
No.2DME-42
(TOP)
No.2 DG8-65
No. 1
AVIONICS
332D-l 1T
RELAY
RACK
VERTICAL
GYRO
- -- ,
NO. 2 ADF-462
SYSTEM GYRO
VERTICAL
GYRO
U
r
COMPASS
No. 2
332011 T
No.10GS-65
COMPASS
SYSTEM GYRO
U
r
- --
r-
No, 1 AOF-462
L-~~ - - - - - - -'
'- - - - - - - - ---Y-:
/
VRS65
MIDDLE SHELF
ANNUNCIATOR
POWER SUPPLY
FORWARD
No.2 FYD-65
(TOP)
WITHOUT AUTOPILOT
\~-----L COUPLEAS
WITH
AUTOPILOT
____________________-,r-__________r-____-r__\ _______
No.2 APC-65
(TOP)
No.2 YIR-32
(TOP)
NO.2TDR94
(TOP)
No.2 DPU-84
DISPLAY PROCESSOR UNIT
No. 1 DPU-54
DISPLAY PROCESSOA UNIT
No.1 DME-42
BOTTOM SHELF
FORWARD
22-5
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
r-
PS-835C
STANDBY
GYRO HORIZON
BATTERY PACK
No.1
ADS-65
No.2
ADS-65
---r--.L
-\- r-\-
AUTOPILOT
TRANSFER
RELAYS
r-
AVIONICS PC B
BOARD RACK
L--
FORWARD
DB437
PILOT
AUDIO
AMP
DB437
oPILO
AUDIO
AMP
I \
DB207
PASSENGER
SPEAKER
AMPLIFIER
DB605
AURAL
WARNING
TONE
GENERATOR
FORWARD
TOP SHELF
22-6
PS-835C
EFIS STANDBY
POWER BATTERY
PACK
NO. 1 COMPASS
SYSTEMDGS-65
No.2 DME
DME-42
No.2 COMPASS
SYSTEMDGS-65
AIR DATA
COMUTER
ADC-B5
ID
m
m
No. 1 ADF
ADF-462
..
()
:z:
.."
::rJ
-;
::rJ
~
No. 2 AUTOPILOT
COMPUTER
APC-65H
"1J
C
::rJ
:III
NO.1 AUTOPILOT
COMPUTER
APC-65H
"1J
oz
:III
o(fJ
(fJ
-,.
I'"
Z
Z
G)
CD
0
0
;;::
-;
NO.1 DME
DME-42
z
z
()
m
-;
::rJ
z
z
G)
;;::
No.1 TRANSPONDER
TDR-94
No.2 TRANSPONDER
TDR-94
I\)
I\)
....,
::!!
-.
(C
I~....
":<
AVIONICS
S:lINOIAIf
I\)
I\)
0:>
AV IONICS JUNCTION
BOX
III
No.2 NAV
RECEE IVER
VIR-32
m
m
()
:z:
...
III
0
0
-n
o:0
-i
:0
Z
Z
::a
-zm
I>
GPSINTERFACE
UNIT KA-90
r-
G)
::a
-U
C
:0
-U
o
(fJ
s::
No.1 NAV
RECEIVER
VIR-32
-i
(fJ
o
z
'<
()
m
-i
:0
Z
Z
G)
s::
No.2VHF
TRANSCEIVER
VHF-22A
No.1 DISPLAY
PROCESSOR
UNIT DPU-84
z
c
"=
CO
~~
i~
':C
EFIS POWER
CONTROL PANEL
NO.1 DISPLAY
CONTROL PANEL " "
DSPB4
"T1
JJ
-l
JJ
l>
Z
Z
Q
!UYeAl.
ALLONH02
..
'"
.
'"
ItI,YII.I.U
m...
~
/'
..
ALLON"'02
~
","'",
"
III
No.2 DISPLAY
.,/ CONTROL PANEL
DSPB4
In
In
..
Z
CD
0
0
WEATHER RADAR
CONTROL PANEL
WXRB5O
AUTOPILOT CONTROL
PANEL APP65A
I>
:D
rZ
In
"1l
:D
JJ
s:
"1l
0
(f)
m
(f)
l>
Z
-l
FLIGHT CONTROL
AND POWER STEERING
PANEL
l>
Z
()
-"....
ELECTRIC TR IM /
SWITCH
,~,
,_.
II~'"~
t
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER
/ CONTROL PANEL
s:
H~
l>
Z
eoev<T\OC RECQRDEA
l>
YAW DAMPER /
ENGAGE SWITCH
(NO AP SYSTEMS ONLY)
I\)
I\)
'"
-l
JJ
l>
Z
Z
Q
"T1
cD'
~~
I~
r+
':<
AVIONICS
INTERPHONE
SWITCH
-
_ _ MAP LIGHT
SWITCH
TRIM SWITCH
(SPLIT SWITCH)
AUTOPILOTIYAW DAM PER
DISENGAGE SWITCH (FIRST LEVEL)
ELECTRIC TRIM DISABLE
SWITCH (SECOND LEVEL)
MICROPHONE
KEY SWITCH
ATC IDENT
SWITCH
GO AROUND
TRIM SWITCH
(SPLIT SWI TCH)
MAP LIGHT
SWITCH
INTERPHONE
SWITCH
MICROPHONE
SWITCH
ATC IDENT
SWITCH
22-10
III
z
z
G)
-0
C
cJ
~OQ
..
ELT ANTENNA
(RIGHT SIDE OF FIN) ~
o
:rJ
...,
n
:z:
GPS ANTENNA
"Tl
:rJ
"'"'
VORILOC ANTENNA
(LEFT & RIGHT SIDE)
000
:rJ
-0
10
0
0
-,..
JIo
:II
"'
:II
:;::
...,z
oen
en
oz
~
GUDE$LOPE ANTENNA
(INSIDE NOSE CONE)
TRANSPONDER ANTENNAS
No.1 RIGHT
No.2 LEFT
z
z
(")
...,
:rJ
AOF ANTENNA
z
z
G)
:;::
z
c
;-
I\)
I\)
......
,
(Q
a:
I~m.
':(
AVIONICS
S:JINOIAIf
I\)
I\)
....,
A024
I\)
CR4
AU~~-"
_ GND
-n
BATTERYBUS
C829
::0
~
Z
Z
Gl
"U
C
::0
"U
(fJ
SA
AVION ICS
MASTER
'<
.
...CR3
; AIR
...
-'_
STRUT
SWITCH
RELAY
ON ANN RELAY
ONDER MODES INHIBIT RELAY
R
OWER ON RELAY COIL
IT COMPUTER
IT COMPUTER
~;-...,
GRN
...
CO
0
0
JIo
:II
rZ
s:
;..
ETER
ER CUTOUT PCB
(UE-161 thru UE-261 without KIT 129-3004)
SWITCH
n
:z:
:II
K013
JT
III
1'/1
1'/1
1'/1
AUTOPILOT PCB
A024
.... S AIR
4
(fJ
oz
1~
..:c..
---1
::0
~ ~
,
,,
,
,,
~~ -~-
Z
---1
m
Z
;..
Z
()
m
---1
::0
;..
Z
........ 11 AlA
10
~ 12GRN
z
Gl
TO COCKPIT VO ICE RECORDER UNIT
s:
;..
RIGHT STRUT
SWITCH
;..
TO CVR CONTROL UNIT
::!!
-,
CC
;r
I~...
':<
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Half Bank
ACT
Active
ADC
ADF
ADM
ADS-65
ADS85
AH
AI
ALI
Altimeter (Collins)
AlT
Altimeter
AlT-55B
AP
Autopilot
APC
Autopilot Computer
APP
Autopilot Panel
APPR
Approach
APS
Autopilot System
ARINC
ASI
ATT
Attitude
BIC
Back Course
CCU
ClM
Climb
COMM
Communications (V HF Radio)
CRS
Course
CSD B
CTl
CVR
22-13
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
DFDR
DG
Directional Gyro
DGS
DH
Decision Height
DIAG
Diagnostic
DIS
Disengage
DME
DPG
DPS
DPU
DR
Dead Reckoning
DSC
Descend
DSP
DV
Drain Valve
EADI
EFD
EHSI
ELT
ET
Elapsed Time
Fep
FCS
FD
Flight Director
FOR
FDU
FYD
FYDS
GIS
Glideslope
22-14
Flight,~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Go Around
GPS
GPWS
GS
Glideslope
GSP
Ground Speed
HOG
Heading
HF
HLD
Hold
lAS
Indicated Airspeed
INTPH
IVS I
KAS
KEA
KHF
King HF System
LCD
LIN
Linear Deviation
LOC
Loca lizer
MAAS
MB
Marker Beacon
MEM
Memory
MIC
Microphone
MM
Middle Marker
MSG
Message (GPS)
NAC
NAV
NM
OAT
OM
Outer marker
22-15
FlightSafety.
............
BEECH 1900 AI R LINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Pitot Pressure
PA
Passenger Address
PH
PPI
PRE
PRE
Preset
RA
Radio Altitude
RAD ALT
Radio Altitude
RMI
RNG
Range
RS 323
RS 422
RTA
Static Pressure
S1
S2
SMT
SR
Soft Ride
SSFDR
SSS
STB
Stabilization
STO
Store
SVO
Servo (Autopilot)
TCAS
TCAS 1
TDR
Transponder (Collins)
TGT
Target
TP
Test Point
22-16
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Time To Go
TURB
Turbulence
TWR
TX
Transmit
ULB
VG
Verticat Gyro
VIR
VOR
VS
Vertical Speed
WXP
WXR
Weather radar
XDTA
XF R
Transfer
YO
YRS
22-17
S31NOIAV
I\)
I\)
.....,
CD
I.;
"'A
AVION ICS L
No.2
CABI N BRIEFER
211
NAV No 21
.5
COM M No.2
LDEN
AV IONI CS
STALL WA RN
BUS
PLT EA DI
L GEN
BUS'
AI64F147
XP NDR No 1
DME No 1
"'A
CB PANEL
FEEDER
GPWS
lGE N
CB PA NEL
-n
oJl
ADF No 1
Des
RUDDER BOOST
TRiPlE
TeAS
FED CB
BUS'
AV IONI CS MASTER
...;
POWE R SWiTCH
Jl
ON
:l>
Z
Z
COM MNo l
OFF
A22 1S11
G)
-U
C
Jl
-U
TRIPLE
FED
PILOT SPEAKER
BUS'
COPILOT SPEAKER
COMP ASS No 1
RMI No.2
PLT OS?
COPlT ADI
RlH GEN
CB PANEL
BU S'
(fJ
oz
'<
Al85F148
RGEN
BUS'
A LT ALERT
COPlT EHSI
TRiPlE
FED CB
PANEL
BUS No 2"
"",I;
RGEN
AV IONICS
2A
XPNDR No 2
OME"'"
ADF No.2
BUS
ELEVTRIM
""
CB PANEL
FEEDER
RADIO A LTM
AURAL WARN
OV RSPD SENSOR
RMINo 1
caPlT OSP
i. ~H.C~~A~~L!'?~~':P.S~C:~~~ ~6_ .
_ . _ . _ . _ . _. _ . _. _. _ . _. _ . 1
Al85F 152
""
AV IONICS R
'NOTE
BUSES SHOWN AS
BROKEN ONLY SHOW
AVIONICS RELAT ED ITEMS
CD
-,..ro
:II
:II
;::
WIONles
~ I I <:I"<:
(fJ
...
0
0
PAN EL
BUSNo '"
PLT PHONE
III
m
m
n
:z:
:l>
Z
...;
:l>
Z
()
m
...;
Jl
:l>
Z
Z
G)
;::
:l>
:l>
r
."
='I
to
:::r
ICii
~
....
~
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M A INTENANCE T R AINING MANUAL
AVIONICS POWER
DISTRIBUTION
NOTES
The design of the 1900 avionics power distribution system al lows for all the avionics
equipment to be turned on or off with just the
avionics master switch if desired. This switch
is somewhat un ique; with the avionics master
switch in the OFF position and the battery
switch ON, the avionics relay(s) are energized. When energized they prevent power
from being applied to the individual avionics
equipment. In addition to turning the battery
switch ON prior to applying external power,
the avionics master switch shou ld a lso be
checked to ensure that it is in the OFF position. This will then prevent any possible spiking of the avionics equipment when connecting
external power. As you can see from Figures
22 -8, 22-9 and 22-10, the 1900 has three
avionics buses. Power for the avionics re lay(s)
must go through the avionics master switch in
the OFF position. A failure of the avionics
master sw it ch can be overco m e by simply
opening the avionics master circuit breaker.
That wou ld remove power from the avionics
relay(s), and all ow power to be app lied to the
selected equipment.
22-1 9
FlightSafety.
~ote..... tlo"dl
-_OJ
2SA
CB171
AVIONICS
BUS NO.2
0-.: .......
P166C22~ K137
CR166
AVIONICS
BUS NO. 2
POWER RELA Y
...s::P1 70A22N
A --_oJ
0-.: .......
P166B2t!
CR163
...s:: P169A22N
2SA
CB172
AVIONICS
BUS NO.3
K138
RELAYAVIONICS
BUS NO.3
ON
--+
2
-P 166A22 +---~_~_____
1 OFF
S 178 SWITCHAVIONICS
MASTER POWER
..I...a:r---]
P16SA22
24-54
SA
CB169
AVION ICS
MASTER
CONTROL
0-.: .......K136
CR16S, f
...s:: P168A22N.3c
RELAYAVIONICS
BUS NO. 1
---]
25A
CB170
AVIONICS
BUS NO. 1
22-20
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAIN I NG MANUAL
BATIERY BUS
(TRIPLE FED)
~~==~~
)
AVIONICS
MASTER
POWERCB
______ ________
AVIONICS MASTER
POWER SWITCH
~~
~~O ON
OFF
LEFT
GENERATOR
BUS
BATIERY
BUS
(TRIPLE FED)
RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUS
30A
30A
30A
.,.
.,.
.,.
NUMBER 2
AVIONICS
BUS
NUMBER 1
AVIONICS
BUS
NUMBER 3
AVIONICS
BUS
22-21
.-
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
SlllTlC
SELECTOR
SWITCHES
COPILOT'S
P I TnT_'~T'
ALTERNATE
SlATIC SOURCE
PILOT'S PITOT-STATIC TUBE
22-22
FlightSafety.
..."""""""
22-23
FlightSafety.
""""""'"
..
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -r==-=-=-=-==-=-=-=-==-=":; - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
rl
- - -
~O. 1 ADS-6;
II II
I'--Sii--ii~r-_2_A_D_S_-6.p5--iSr~
: II
II
~-~~riliJ~-~~P-~TI4~Pl J
-~
~
PILOT'S
- - -
- - - - - - - - - - - FS.57.50
I"No:2l
~
----------------------FsMm
COPILOT'S
------------- -
_/p~=c
FS 4275
~==~"
MAS~?
MAST
PilOT
PilOT
S2 F=========~~?=====~~~======~~=========================#==~ S1
~S=T=N='C=,r====1~~====~~~,,~=======#=#===================u==~=#~S~TA=J~IC~5-~rI
MANIFOLD
9
/
II
'IVSI
ALT
MANIFOLD
( ASI
ALT
IVSI
PPI
I )S
PILOT/
ALTERNATE
STATIC
PORT
)-<
COPILOT ALTERNATE STATIC /
AIR SELECTOR VALVE
'"j:'= d 1
r--. S
~
FS. 120.00
FS. 156.00
COPILOT/
LEGEND
PILOT PITOT
D
D
COPILOT PITOT
ALTERNATE
STATIC
PORT
S = STATIC PRESSURE
PILOT STATIC
P", PilOT PRESSURE
COPILOT STATIC
82 = STATIC PRESSURE
81 = STATIC PRESSURE
ALTERNATE STATIC
ASI = AIR SPEED INDICATOR
______
ELECTRICAL SIGNAL
ALl = ALTIMETER
IVSI = INSTANT VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR
DPG = OIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAGE
PPI = PNEUMAT IC PRESSURE INDICATOR
DPS = D IFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH
TP = TEST POINT
DV = DRAIN VALVE
ADS", AIR DATA SENSOR
FOR = FLIGHT DATA RECORDER
ADC = AIR DATA COMPUTER
FYD = FLIGHT GUIDANCE/YAW DAMPER COMPUTER
GPWS = GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM
ADM = AIR DATA MODULE
DV
-
FS.468.25
DV
FDA
22-24
I
r
FS.351.00
---------------------------------------------------- ~S.42 . 75
PS
- - - - - - - - - - -
~
~
~
~
; ADC -85
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -F. $ . 84 .00
PILOT'S
COPILOT'S
. / PITOT STATIC
F.S.57.50
PilOT STATIC
MAST
MAST
PITOT
PITOT
P ~----""
S2 F=========~~~====~,~~==~==~~=========================#==~ S1
51
I==St=A=J=IC~r=====:=~======~" ~===*====~~=====================1r==1r=~S=teAT='C~ 52
MANIFOLD
ASI
ALT
S.,.._ ...
- FS. 120.00
PILor/
COPILor/
ALTERNATE
STATIC
LEGEND
PILOT PITOT
D COPILOT PITOT
PORT
STATIC
PORT
PILOT STATIC
=PilOT PRESSURE
COPILOT STATIC
82 = STATIC PRESSURE
51 = STATIC PRESSURE
ASI = AIR SPEED INDICATOR
ALl = ALTIMETER
ALTERNATE
- FS. 156.00
ALTERNATE STATIC
- FS. 468.25
F.S.351 .00
22-25
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
INDICATED
AIRSPEED
POINTER
MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE
AIRSPEED
POINTER
AIRSPEED
SCALE
VERTICAL
SPEED
POINTER
VERTICAL
SPEED
SCALE
ZERO ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
ALTITUDE DISPLAY
BAROMETRIC
DISPLAY MILLIBARS
BAROMETRIC
DISPLAY IN.HG
ALTITUDE
POINTER
BAROMETRIC
CORRECTION
KNOB
22-26
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AI NTENANCE TR AINING MANUAL
PITOT STATIC
INSTRUMENTS
AIRSPEED INDICATORS
The pilot's and copilot's airspeed indicator
shows the airspeed of the airplane continuously
in knots per hour (Figure 22-14). The instrument has two pointers, one showing the airplane's indicated airspeed (lAS) and the other
showing the maximum allowable airspeed
(MAAS). The range of indication is 40 to 300
knots. Movable airspeed reference markers
("bugs") are installed on the bezel allowing reference airspeeds to be set.
The airspeed indicator is front mounted with
screws and receives impact air pressure and
static air pressure [or operation. The indicator requires lighting power from the light dimmer circuits for the face light and in the case
of the pilot'S airspeed indicator 28VDC for the
overspeed warning circuit.
The pilot's airspeed indicator has an overspeed warning switch that sounds a warning
tone through the aud io system when the pitot
air pressure exceeds the maximum speed for
a given altitude and the lAS pointer has overlapped the MAAS pointer. When the overspeed warning trips the indicator outputs
28VDC to the aural warning tone generator to
produce the overspeed warning tone. The overspeed warning circuit can be checked by holding "up" on the test switch located on the
copilot's inboard subpanelto trip the internal
overs peed circuit.
INSTANTANEOUS VERTICAL
SPEED INDICATOR
There are two instan taneous vertical speed
ind icators (Figure 22- 15), one pi lot and one
copilot that ind icates instantaneously the vertical ve locity up and down of the airplane .
The indicator requires static air pressure for
operation and lighting power from the light
COPILOT'S ENCODING
ALTIMETER
An encoding altimeter is installed on the copi lot's instrument panel. The altimeter provides
the copilot with baro-corrected altitude read ing and encoded altitude signals to a transponder. The instrument requires static air pressure
and 28 VDC for operation. Two different altimeters can be found installed , the 570-24929412 Encoding altimeter on SIN UE-J thru
UE-305 , UE-307thru UE-309, and the Meggitt
Encoding Altimeter on SIN UE-306 and UE309 and after.
570-24929-412 ENCODING
ALTIMETER
The 570-24929-412 encoding altimeter is a
standard mechanical direct reading instrument. The indicator requires static pressure for
its operation , 28 VDC power for the encoder
operation and lighting power from the light
dimmer circuits.
MEGGITT ENCODING
ALTIMETER
The altimeter is a solid-state unit with liquid
crystal disp lay (Figure 22-16). Barometric
corrected altitude is displayed by a digital
readout, plus a dial pointer display graduated
in 20- and 100-foot increments. Barometric
setting is displayed in both hecto-pascals and
inches of mercury. The indicator requires static
pressure for its operation and 28VDC for it's
interna l circuit operation. Lighting power is
a lso provided from the light dimmer circuits.
The altimeter is front mounted and secured by
a c lamp to the instrument panel.
22-27
S31NOlfllf
I\)
I\)
I\)
Q)
,-J
BATTERYBUS
B90
POWER
---{I LIGHTING
LIGHTING GROUND
28VDC IN
TE ST
_
S9
~.~--------------------------------1
SA I--------------~----------~~
OVERSPEED SENSOR
01
II--
OVERSPEED
WARN TEST
SWITCH
I-J BATTERYBUS
SWITCH GROUND
POWER GROUND
PILO~
"o:0
"""
:0
~
Z
Z
Gl
CB18
SPEED WARNING IN
lA
AURAL WARN
28 VDC IN
--.C1
"U
C
"U
,.
:D
;;::
:P
Z
TO PILOTS
ALTIMETER
oz
lA
m
"""
LIGHTING POWER
LIGHTING GROUND
2BVDC POWER
DTS ENCODING
,TER
TO TRANSPONDERS
ALTM 1
FROM TRANSPONDER
CONTROL HEAD
III
0
0
rZ
GROUND
C(
..
:D
TO AUDIO SYSTEM
(fl
(fl
m
m
n
:z:
:0
M143
1-____________----'
1-...,.
III
.....
ENCODER OUTPUT
:P
Z
()
m
:0
"""
:P
Z
,
ENCODER COMMON
ALTM2
ENCODER
SEL SWITCH
POWER GROUND
CO PILOTS ENCODING ALTIMETER
Gl
;;::
:P
Z
C
:P
r
!l
_.
CO
~
I~....
':<
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
22-29
S:lINOII\\f
I\)
I\)
(.0)
No.1
SYSTEM
INPUTS
No , SYSTEM INPUTS ARE
NO 1 vEAnCAL GYRO
No 1 COMPASS
AIR DATA COMPUTER
No \ NAV
No \ OME
No IIIOF
RAD ALl
GPS
NO.2
SYSTEM
No.2
APC-65H
NO.1
APC-65H
INPUTS
~
~
i
~
r----"~
NOT
NOT
ENGAGED
O~
No 2 COMPASS
eL.,___---.
RELAY
NO 2 VERTICAL GYRO
No.2 EFIS
TESTSW
ENGAGED
ENGAGED
III
RAO ALI
GPS
III
III
...
CD
"T1
0
0
:IJ
--i
:IJ
-......
:II
~
Z
Z
G)
"1J
o
(fJ
(fJ
o
z
"1J
C
:IJ
No. 1
DSP-84
10
o
o
]0
Z
III
:II
;;:
~
Z
--i
-- ~ I
No.2
z
~
z
()
m
--i
:IJ
~
z
z
G)
;;:
~
'TI
-,
~(A
..
I~
':<
FlightSafety.
.lt8Ii.lioi ....
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM
(EFIS)
GENERAL
The airplane is equipped with a Collins EFIS84 (4- Tube) electronic flight instrument system. In this system, attitude and navigat ion
infnrmation are displayed on color CRTs which
serves the function of electronic attitude director indicator (EAOT) and electronic horizontal situation indicator (EHSI). Each pilot
has an EADI and an EHSI.
Additional information, such as weather radar,
NAVAIO/ waypo int locations, flight control
system (FCS) mode annunciation, autopilot/yaw damper engage s tatus, comparator
warnings, decision height, and diagnostic messages may also be displayed.
The system gives a pilot the capab ility to display information avai lable in the area of his
central scan, by all owing the pi lot to select or
deselect information depending on the regime
of flight, and by providing the pi lot a means
of easily see ing the interre lationships of dynamically changing flight data.
The EFIS-84 e lectronic flight instrument system uses input data from the following sources:
Vertical gyro
Compass system
VORllocalizer/g lideslope
Distance measuring system
Automatic direction finding system
Rad io altimeter
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The Collins 4-Tube EFTS-84 electronic flight
instrument system (FIS) (Figure 22-IS) consists of four panel-mounted EFO-S4 electronic
flight displays, two pedestal-mounted DSP-84
display select panels, two remote-mounted
OPU-84 display processor units , one pedestalmounted EFIS power control panel, one
pedestal-mounted EFTS reversionary select
panel and two panel-mounted EFIS dimming
control panels. The weather radar system IS
used with the EFIS-84, to display detectable
weather on the EHSls.
The No.1 OPU receives information from the
No. I systems (on side systems) and No.2
OPU receives information from the No.2 systems (on side systems) for disp lay on their
respective screens. The cross side data buses
allow data from the cross side systems to be
displayed, i.e. No.2 Nav data on the pilot's displays, and allow operation of the comparator
system for p itch, roll , and headll1g.
The autopi lot computers send and receive information from their on side OPU only.
The EFIS test switch inputs a ground into the
OPU for a system confidence test. If the autop il ot system is installed, EFIS test is inhibited if the autopilot is engaged.
22-31
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRA INI NG MANUA L
1 . COOLI NG FAN
2. NUT, WAS HER
3. SCREW, WAS HER
4. MOUNT
5. SCR EW
6. WASH ER
7. NUT
8. TUBING CONNECTORS
A
1.
4.
DETAIL
22-32
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AI NTEN A NCE TRAINING MANUA L
NOTES
The EFIS-84 system requires fan forced cooling to lower the operating temperature of the
display processor unit s (DPU) and the electronic flight displays (EFD). To satisfy this requirement a series of cooling fans are installed
in the 1900D aircraft.
The DPUs are cooled by rack-mounted fans
blowing air into a plenum on the bottom of the
mounting rack. T he air is then directed up
through cooling hol es in the plenum and
through the DPU to exhaust out through the top
and sides of the DPU.
An exhaust fan is also located in the nose
avionics bay to exhaust warn air from the nose
avionics bay into the nose wheel well.
The EFDs contain internal cooling fans and are
also supplied with cooling air from a sing le
cooling b lower located on the left side of the
cockpit sidewall up under the instrument panel
(Figure 22-19). A series of hoses are connected to the cool i ng fan ou tlet to di rect air at
the individual EFDs .
22-33
S:lINOIA"
I\)
I\)
Coo)
""
No.1
DPU RACK
01
L:J-
S003
'-!.VI~
-n
I QQL i
:0
~
Z
Z
G)
""C
5F009
AMP ,i
POWER FROM
No.2 DPU
SWITCH WHEN ON
C
:0
""C
(fl
(fl
oz
---j
POWER FROM
No.1 DPU
SWITCH WHEN ON
, :
'}D
,
:
,
:
3 AMP
F006
-=-
LOCATED ON THE
_ SOTTOM OFTHE
NOSE AV IONICS- AVIONICS SAY
SAY EXHAUST
FAN
K001
I>
:III
r-
3 AMP
FUSE
F008
1 AMP
Z
'-,-----,---I
:t>
LOCATED
ON PILOT
LEFT SIDEWALL
RELAY
I ,
, I
---j
:t>
(')
"'----'S::::O;o04'---.L.,
I~
NO.2
DPU RACK
..L
:III
;;:
-=-
EFIS FAN
DC SELECT
...::z:
SLOW SLOW
5 AMP
m
m
n
ID
0
0
T ~~:J
FILTER
o:0
No. 1 MOUNT
DPU FAN
III
r::-l
L:JI--
m
---j
:0
:t>
Z
Z
G)
;;:
:t>
:t>
r
::!!
-,
to
::::T'
en
Ia!.
~
'l<
FlightSafety.
' ,bail",tlOillll
NOTES
22-35
FlightSafety.
.Itto,.IioiMl
SPARE FUSES
I::"I~
.,<'
P,l"
J "
,",,'
"'"
p.O",5
~
ii'tl
.'
"
"
"
i~
"
"
""
illi
t~ tift
ear.
Ju tJC
ill!
"'"
,.,-'
F001
FD SELECT
SWITCH FUSE
F003
YAW RATE
SENSOR FUSE
22-36
,,0'" ~ ~tt~
.,<'
,.,-'
FOOS
F009
~gti
'fIOtJ
No.2 DPU
RACK FAN
FUSE
NOSE BAY
EXHAUSTFAN
FUSE
.,<'
Flight~!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AINTENAN C E TR A INING M A N UA L
NOTES
22-37
Flight...C!!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
,<r'-';:;t-~-----,---1 11
BATTERY OUTPUT
ESTSW
-=
! --
HEAllNG
-j 10
BATTERY CHARGE
RESISTOR
EUECTFONIC
TESTASSY
BATTERY
CELLS
X 12
12
GROUND
AND
INDICAlDR
UEDSPCB
20A
FUSE
~I---J 7
GROUND
'ONLY ONE SW & LED ASSV SHOWN . THERE ARE
11
12
00 0
00 "
00 00 '
00 00
,,
CHARGING ~21VOC
o
o
25VDC
24VOC
0 20VOC
BATIERY VOlTAGE
TEST
~~~OOON
HEATER
22-38
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AI RLINER M AI NTEN A NC E TRA INING M A N UAL
PS-835C EMERGENCY
POWER SU PPLY
GENERAL
The PS-835C emergency power supply (Figure
22-22) is used to provide power for the standby
EFIS power system and the standby electric
gyro horizon system. This section covers the
operational capabilities of the model PS-835C
emergency power supply.
The model PS-835C, emergency power supply (Figure 22-23) contains sealed lead-acid
batteries having a rating of2.5 ampere-hours
capacity at the IO-hour rate. The PS-835C
consists of a chassis, two circuit card assemblies (CCAs), and assorted hardware.
The majority of the components installed in
the PS-835C operate only during te st functions. The main exceptions to this are the
battery heating system, and the over 55 C
warning system. The test functions should
be performed with no charging power being
supplied to the unit.
POWER INPUT
The aircraft 28YDC charging power is connected to the emergency power supply through
J 1- 10. The input is diode isolated from the
internal batteries and circuits in the event of
a short circuit or low input from the aircraft
main DC bus.
BATTERY HEATING
The etched foil heating resistor, built into the
battery CCA, provides varied amounts of heat
to the different battery cells. (This heating element also functions as a test load during the
time the power supply is being tested aboard
the aircraft.)
OVER-TEMPERATURE
PROTECTION
When the temperature of the power supply
exceeds +55 C , a thermal resistor imbedded
within the battery CCA will cause the OYER
55 C LED to illuminate, and turn off the heating circuitry, thereby preventing heating resistor operation. The heating circuit will
remain inoperable unti Ithe temperature of the
thermal resistor drops low enough to again
permit heater operation.
BATTERY TESTING
Depressing the remote or unit test switch on
the front panel, bypasses the thermostatic heat
control system, and applies the battery voltage to the internal battery heater. While in the
TEST mode, the batteries are placed under an
approximate three amp load. The voltage level
detection system analyzes the battery voltage
level at this time and will cause the appropriate battery voltage LEDs to light.
When 28Ydc charging power is applied to J I10 and the unit temperature is 19 C (66 F) or
less, or the TEST switch on the front panel is
depressed , the HEATER ON LED will illu -
22-39
S3INOJI\\I
'"'",
o
""
SYSTEM
WARNING
INDICATION
CONTROL
SWITCH
III
1ft
1ft
"T1
..,
JJ
JJ
z
z
HORN
SILENCE
BUTTON
AUX ON ANNUNCIATOR
ILLUMINATES WHEN CONTROL
SWITCH SELECTED TO THE ON
POSITION AND THE LEFT GEN
AVIONICS BUS HAS LOST POWER
A BLEEPING WARNING HORN
WILL SOUND WITH THIS
ANNUNCIATOR
""0
C
JJ
""0
o(fJ
n
:z:
...
(II
o
o
:II
I'"
1ft
:II
;;::
..,m
(fJ
oz
C(
()
..,
JJ
z
z
Q
;;::
z
c
:!!
cC'
~~
I~
....
':<
NOTE
If unit TEST switch (S I) or a remote
test sw itch is depre ssed at a battery
ambient temperature of 55 or
greater, the un it internal heater will
not turn on to provide a test load for
the unit battery. Thi s is not an ideal
condition for battery level tests but
the results should be considered
valid .
22-41
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
r-
-6
~ l~
~ i!:
.!
-in
zU w
~w
,0
~~
~ NO
i:i
,--
ffi
.- Jill
~-
l~
0
'in
~~
~ ~
~
-'---
!~n
M~
f~
c:
0
:;;
t;;
w
"w
~
W
W
~
0
Q
co
~
"'
~
W
'5
c:
0
U
E
Q)
'"
en>~
Q)
;;:
~
en
u::
"
Lti
N,
N
N
Q)
~
::l
Cl
Ii:
p
. -l-+------'
U ')1.
22-42
"
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
The fol lowing is a series of operational situations for the EFIS power system.
NOTES
Condition 1
EFIS AUX Power Test
When the EFIS AUX power sw itch is held in
the test position, PS-835C battery power is
switched inro the test enab le input (rest circui ts
in PS-835C) to place the PS-835C into test
mode. The battery is p laced under load and the
battery vo ltage measured. If the battery voltage is above 24VDC a ground is prov id ed
from the PS-835C test circuits to the AUX
TEST annunciator. This annunciator is a lso
supplied with battery power and will light at
th is time indicating satisfacto ry battery vo ltage (F igure 22-25) .
22-43
S31NOIAIf
I\l
I\l
""""
& :TTRY
SA
I-----------'~':::.":~'_____ SYST~"'
"Tl
:IJ
--1
:IJ
l>
Z
Z
G)
-u
5~
a
z
'<
_,
I~~
l~,:
""~w'"
.'
: -- _o~,
PlLOl
DGPL
PR(:SR
-=-
or- J
I IrP1l
I :.
SQNALERT
LSIO
.,~
r- ___
I
:J
: _
LGEN AVIONlCSI!US
QI;
. SA
EFIS ...... X
e.&.r
..- ;
POWER
oWI
POWER
POWER
GROUND
DI
~----
~m""
e1SI
NG. 1
..~:::~
,~,-~~.........r.,=
L""""='"--
No 1 OSP84
~ ~;~FANS
"--
f1U '~~y
AS
"'~,,~
OSPL
COPLT
'
~f'l.JOSP
I. "' ?
pSP"
,...
O.N,
,-' - - "- ;.
SA.
'
EAD'
.'
Q'l
~T
EAD!
EfO"",
DPU64
'
I
POWER MONITOR
N o,"
No2
'
'""
I I ~~
OPUPOWER
I ::::::~
VOLTAGE
I ,~'o'OLTAGE
POWER I ..
1~---"
I
l~~
J--..-r;;:;::~-
__
I_l~I ~;:;-~'~'~";;;~'L______
,.
.-:l1li
}>
POWER IN
Qf' ''
0
0
:l1li
.... .
L- L..
_!'_
'''' _
...:z:CD
;::
I-~""""""""""""""":-------"-;;:;:;:;:;~
SWITCH
"COPLl E.ODI
~'
~"'~
TOH'S'ANS
....- RElAYS
TOOPVTRANsPA_
m
m
TO DPU TRANSFER
[ -
LSQUAT (OlIN
~r06PLP~
l.ir:
.....
LEGEND
GE~!lUS
,~
-i
KlO!i
.IQII
__
"ro
~
~
S06~:i~:ir~
~E""Y~,
5OtI~L.ET:
~~' ~.
POWER IN
Iii:
'
S068
L.
L-lC~:~;t-{--~!_.--;-o~-----------I-t----------, HAP
L
I ,
''''
~~
-] "," ,ro"~~
~
~~y
S~TH'
GROUND
..L
EFO-eo
7.5 NIIP
~:
L_~==============tt~TESTEN
. .:TTRYOUTPUTI-- s=: II II II ,.
-f
'.
~
SlLE>fCe
"'0'
POWERMONIl'OI'I
~=-----b
-~
::;ro,
F033
EFIS ......
No. 1
No 1
oPu
"
RElAY
.~,
-u
(f)
~- - OFFI
'
~"""""
~'''~
, __ _ '2.N ,
:IJ
SUf'l'lY
AlRCfl.o.FT
a
(f)
~
'-::::::==~
P\.THISI
:~
I ~'
r~'
I_ ,:.:
~:
K,,,,,
r~~
l ~'
'"
OFF
S067
OFf'
; - -
1lI'2
f---
EHSI
611
"I.ro\OI
_ .....-J
SWITCH ON
PILOT
EADI
....
DIIoIMIOO
EFIS
AUK
POWEA
~
l GEN 80S
~
..
_UNCIA'
...
POWER IN
EHSI
No....
?
HO
: POWJ:R 1.I000Il'OFI
Z
--1
z
}>
z
0
--1
:IJ
l>
Z
Z
G)
;::
}>
z
c
l>
r
'TI
~ cn
ipt....
':<
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINI NG MANUAL
Condition 2
NOTES
Condition 3
Aircraft in flight, main power is on and EF IS
AUX power o n.
When the a ircraft becomes airborne the left
stru t switch goes to air mode , switc hin g the
EFIS standby power relay to the air mode. Tn
the air mode the EFTS s tandby power relay
switc hes the PS -835C battery into the power
supp ly circu its for the pilot's EFIS system components via isolation diodes (Fig ure 22-26).
22-45
S:lINOIAV
I\)
I\)
"'en"
'
__
--, ---- -l
Ih_'
'
,._
__,
- ......
-~,
...
-~.:..~
.....
=-_.."". . .=
..1 "":,,
- .., ,:-'
....- -. r-~--
""P'
I
~..
S- ::.., .;-i :
' _!- ~.....
, - ........
- ' ,r'- __ o,,:::. .=. 1"'":,-, .. , ;"0 r;;;;;;;- -;.,-- ~ ~
~:
I
I
...
.,.
......
,. ~,-
'"
I:)
...,..,.
e_
"'""
-.
o'a
',~
1.
..
AUD IO PANEL
HORN
SILENCE
BUTTON
AUX ON ANNUNCIATOR
ILLUMINATES WHEN CONTROL
SWITCH SELEC TED TO THE ON
POSITION AND THE RIGH T GEN
AVIONICS BUS HAS LOST POWER
A STEADY WARNING HORN W ILL
SOUND WITH THIS ANNUNCIATOR
"Tl
oJl
--i
Jl
;,:
Z
Z
G)
SYSTEM
POWER
CONTROL
SWITCH
ROLL
SCALE
PITCH
LADDER
SCALE
C
Jl
lJ
m
m
n
..
:z:
CD
0
0
I>
:II
I"
lJ
oen
III
:II
s:
;..
POWER OFF/GYRO
CAGED FLAG
AIRCRAFT
SYMBOL
en
oz
Z
--i
z
z
;..
'<
GYRO CAGING
PITCH TRIM
~ REFERENCE
~
ADJUST KNOB
--i
Jl
;..
Z
-Z
G)
s:
;..
z
;..
'T1
~ (J)
I~
':C
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AI NTEN A NC E TRAINI NG MANU AL
STANDBY ELECTRIC
GYRO HORIZON
SYSTEM
GENERAL
A standby e lectric gyro horizon system is provided as a back-up to the pilot's EADI. The
system consists ofa two inch standby horizon,
a PS-835C emergency power supp ly located
in the right side of the nose avionics compartment, two circuit breakers located on the
right circuit breaker panel labeled STB Y
HRZN AUX BAT and STBY HRZN IND, and
a STBY HORIZ PWR control panel located on
the center avionics panel.
ELECTRICAL POWER
Electrical power for the standby gy ro horizon and charg ing power for the PS-835C battery is provided from the right generator bus
through the rig ht generator av ionics bus to
the PS-835C emergency power supply charging input whic h co ntinual ly charges the PS-835
battery. Chargi ng power is also fed through
an interna l diode to the PS-835C power output and then to the standby gyro hor izon via
the standby horizon power switch. The PS835C battery is charged continua ll y when the
avionics mas ter is on and the right ge nerator
bus is powered and provides a mini mum of 30
minutes of standby gyro operation in the event
power is los t from the right generator avionic s bus. Refer to the EFIS section of this manua l for more i nformation on the PS-835C
emergency power supply. If the Meggitt altimeter is installed this system also provides
backup power for its operation if electrical
power is lost.
CONTROLS
The standby horizon control panel (figure 2227) contains an ON-OFF-TEST switch , a
HORN SILENCE button, and a cluster annunciator assemb ly, which provides the follo wing information.
GYRO HORIZON
The standby gyro horizon is an electrically operated gyroscope assembly, which displays
the attitude of the aircraft (Figure 22-27).
The gyroscope assemb ly contains a gyroscope,
w hich is insta ll ed in 2 gimbal s . One gimbal
(the pitch gimbal) is in the pitch ax is of the aircraft. The other gimbal (the roll gimbal) is in
the roll axis of the aircraft. The gyroscope is
electrica ll y operated and turns at hig h speed.
The gyroscope is stable in the vertical axi s
when it gets to its speed of operation (erects).
22-47
S:JINOII\If
I\)
I\)
""
STBY HRZN
PWRSW ON
00
BATIERY CHARGE
F029
BATIERY OUTPUT
TEST ENABLE
TESTVA Ll DGRN
A TEST
TO MEGG ITI
ENCODING I'
ALTIMETER
r--------,
r-----, I
I
I
15A_
CB45
2A
28VDC POWER
AI804 AF
..
LIGHTING POWER
SOSO
GROUND
LIGHTING GROUND
III
m
m
n
:z:
GROUND
...
III
0
0
"Tl
o
:n
--i
,.
-m
STSY HRZN
PWR HORN
SILENCE
:n
~
z
z
:II
I"
Gl
:II
"U
:n
"U
LIGHTING POWER
o(J)
(J)
oz
II
'<
;;:
SONALERT
SILENCE
RELAY
POWER
FAILURE
RELAY
--i
SONAlERT
LS09
()
m
LEGEND
AN NUNCIATOR
DIMMING
5A
SYSTEM
AVIONICS
ANN
_I
POWER
FAI LURE
RELAY
AIRCRAFT POWER
STANDBY BATTERY POWER
GROUND
--i
:n
z
z
Gl
;;:
z
c
"T1
='=
(Q
~~
I~
-:c::
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
The position of the gyroscope assemb ly (in re lation to the longitudinal axis and lateral axi s
of the aircraft) gives the aircraft pitch and roll.
The pitch display attaches to the gyro assembly and g ives the indication of the pitch of the
aircraft. The pitch displays moves in relation
to a horizontal aircraft symbo l at the center of
the display to give the pitch. A roll pointer
moves clockwise (or counterc lockwi se) in relation to graduations around the edge of the display (the roll index) to give the roll.
The face of the pitch is blue for the indication
of a climb and brown for the indication of a
dive The aircraft symbol is set horizontally in
the center of the display The aircraft symbo l,
together with the pitch display, shows the attitude of the aircraft in relation to the earth ' s
horizon.
IS
22-49
S3INOII\\f
I\)
I\)
'"
~"""ERTER
PRE &OC
""
COMPUTER
KLN-Q08
PRE SELECTOR
PRE SELECT
"LTOOITII
"'''
"-'
AOC BS
~ "' I R O"T"
COMPUTER
III
m
m
()
'"
~
DPU-a.
OISPlAY
"T1
PROCeSSOR
UN IT
::0
-;
::0
No 1 fliGHT
CONTROL
l>
Z
Z
~
~
!"'
...
I::
""
I
I
--a
0
(fJ
m
(fJ
'<
"""
I"!rn c::J
:""~~,,~~
.
---- =~
,=
c.'"
0
0
~
~
!:
:II
I:;
I""
-<:::::::>
~J~:5:=:~rcm~~~">K'
I
:II
s:
NQ2
VEFmc"-L
GYRO
",
332 111
opu~
...:z:
".
",.,.
,/,/--
~U
"~
--a
::0
8<
AUTOPILOT
~FCP-6S
R.\DA LTSWN.oI.L
No.2
DISPlAY
PROCESSOR
No. 2
...uTOPILOT
AUTOPILOT
COMPUTE R
APC..fi!>H
COM PUT ER
Apc 65H
c:J
132.1' T ~
No 1 CQl,jP\JfER SERVO DAIVE &. EOOIIGE SIGNAlS I __ _ _
swnCH
SERVO DRIVE &. ENGAGE SIGNALS
C?JIlV
AILERON SERVO
SVO..fi5
,-
FlJOOeRSERVO
z
z
()
TRo\NSFER
AOS ..,5
-;
::0
AUTOPIlOT
-;
. ,,,..,
C?JIlV
C?JIlV
ELEVATOR SEFM)
a EVATOATAIM SERVO
'''''''
SVO~5
z
z
Q
s:
r
Figure 22-29. Dual APS-6SH Autopilot System
."
::
CO
~
I~....
':C
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INT E N AN C E T RAI NING MANU AL
AUTOPILOT FLIG HT
DIRECTORNAW
DAMPER SYSTEM
NOTES
GENERAL
Either a dual APS-65H autopi lot system or a
dual FYDS-65 flight guidance/yaw damper
system is installed in the 1900D aircraft. Both
systems provide a flight director system, a
yaw damper system, and a rudder boost system. The autopilot system has the added features of full three-axis autopilot with the
addition of the aileron elevator, e levator trim
servos , and associated controls. The fo ll owing sections describe the function of the autopilot , and flight guidance/yaw damper
systems and the various equipment used in
the systems .
22-51
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA I NTENA N CE TRAINING MANUAL
.~
~~
0
"
g
~
"
HE,I,OINGICOURSEIDEVIATION SIGNALS
STEERING COMMA.NCS &. MODE DATA
~~ffi
E
Q)
.~>i'~
i'5,,!2
.j
III
!i3=o,,~~U
>-
(/)
~~
~~
~,<
~~.1
,~
"~
2
~
80
~~
d~
'"
~
~
~0
==
~ >.
Q)
Co
Q)
~
~~n
~~
ffi~
8"
~io :
~
I~! ~ --------
if
-- ~---
~
e
~~~
~~~
Cij
::I
ci
,
(')
N
N
if
Q)
~
~~ffi",
~-" .... ~
.il~~~
*8~
::I
C>
u::
~~o
"
>
~-~
~~~
22-52
ig
~
~
~
I~
~
ffi
u::
In
CD
>
u.
.2'
(/)
~~
~~
a
0
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRL I NER M AI NTE NANC E TRA INING MANU A L
FYDS-65 FLIGHT
GUIDANCENAW DAMPER
SYSTEM
The FYOS-65 flight guidance/yaw damper
sys tem is same as the autopilot system but
with no aileron servo, e levator servo, or elevator trim servo and the associated servo drive
cards in the computer (Figure 22-30). Also, the
autopilot control panel is not installed and
some of the vertical flight director mode s are
not available. The rudder servo and rudder
se rvo drive card remain s to provide the yaw
damper and rudder boo st operation.
AUTOPILOT, FLIGHT
GUIDANCE, AND FLIGHT
GUIDANCENAW DAMPER
COMPUTERS
The APC-65H autopi lot, and FYO-65 flight
g uidance/yaw damper co mputers are remotemounted, short , dwarf, ATR units . Th e re are
22-53
FlightSafety.
.1tei ....
00i ..
FCP~5FLIGHTCONTROL
PANEL
There are two FCP-65 flight control panels in stalled in the 19000 . The FCP-65 is a standard
Ozus-mounted control panel that provides the
mode select buttons, self-test button, and system annunciators for both the autopilot and
flight guidance systems. Se lected modes and
system status is indicated on an annunciator
strip at the top of the unit. Annunciated mes sages are color coded green for active, amber
or wh ite for status and arm , and red for failure. Serial data transfer is used between the
flight control panel and the system computer
to reduce the number of wires required in the
system interconnect. The flight control panels are loca ted on the instrument panel above
each EAOI.
22-54
332D-11T VERTICAL
REFERENCE
The vertical reference gyro provides 3-wire
synchro pitch and roll attitude data to the autopilot or flight guidance computer, and to
the EFlS system OPU. There are two vertical
gyros installed in the center of the middle
shelf of the no se avionics bay.
ALTITUDE PRESELECTORI
ALERTER AND AIR DATA
COMPUTER
The altitude PRE-SOC preselector/alerter and
AOC-85 air data computer provides a means
to prese lect a desired or alert altitude when
using the ALT SEL mode of operation. The
Aight~!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M A IN TENA NCE TRA INING M A NU A L
NAC-80 NORMAL
ACCELEROMETER
The normal (vertica l) acce lerometer provides
a vertical accelerometer signal that is used by
the autopi lot computer to enhance damping of
the vertical modes (ALT and VS). The normal
accelerometer is loca ted directly below the
power lever quadrant and is powered by
12VDC from the autopilot computer.
AUTOPILOT SYSTEM
EXTERNAL SWITCHES
CONTROL WHEEL DISENGAGE
SWITCHES
A two level disengage switch labeled DISC
TRIM/AP YD is located on each control wheel
to provide a convenient means to disengage
both the autopilot and the yaw damper when
pressed to the first level. Pressing the switch
to the second level will lock out the electric
trim. Operation of the disengage switch causes
all autopilot servos to disengage and all selected vertical modes to drop if no lateral
modes are selected. The vertical modes can be
re-selected after the autopilot has disengaged
and a lateral mode has been selected. Any selected lateral and vertical modes are retained
and can be used in the flight director mode.
22-55
FlightSafety.
Ua ,.,1;0"..1
GO-AROUND MODE
SWITCHES (GA)
Go- Around mode is activated by pushing the
Go-Around switch on the left power lever or
the copi lot's con trol wheel. GA mode may be
selected whenever a lateral mode is selected
on the controlling FCP-6S.
When GA mode is activated by either switch,
the selected autopi lot will disengage, the autopi lot disconnec t aural warning sounds, and
both flight directors command a wings-level,
10 nose-up attitude. Autopilot engagement,
the CWS/Pitch SYNC button, or another mode
selection cancels GA mode .
22-56
TRIM SWITCHES
(Autopilot installation only)
The split trim switches on each control wheel
are used to operate the electric trim system,
which forms part of the autopi lot installation.
For more information on the trim sw itch operation refer to the electric elevator trim system in this chapter.
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
22-57
FlightSafety.
..BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
RUDDER BOOST
OFF ANNUN CIATOR
YAW DAMPER
RUDDER BOOST
FAIL ANNUNCIATOR
FYD INSTALL O NLY )
22-58
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAI N ING MANUAL
AUTOPILOT SYSTEM
EXTERNAL ANNUNCIATORS
NOTES
T he autop ilot or flight directo rlyaw dampe r in sta ll ation inc ludes the fo llowi ng annun c iators (Figure 22 -3 1) :
All installations
RUD B OOSTOFF- R udder boo s t sys tem
turned off
22-59
S:JINOIAlf
I\)
I\)
OFF
RUDDER
0>
I BOOST
.--0
ARM I
LEFT RUDDER BOOST
TRANSDUCER
LEFT ENGINE
TORQUE
PRESSURE
('
26VDC
RUDDER
BOOSTSW
TRANSD~ER
TRANSDUCER POWER
TRANSDUCER POWER
L TORQUE SIGNAL
--i
n
:z:
...
(II
0
0
L TORQUE SIGNAL
R TORQUE SIGNAL
:IJ
~
:IJ
1ft
1ft
:IJ
-u
III
AUTOPILOT
TRANSFER
SWITCH
R TORQUE SIGNAL
"Tl
Gl
No.1
AUTOPILOT
COMPUTER
ffi
::III
rZ
" "
-u
NO.1
AUTOPI LOT
COMPUTER
1ft
::III
s::
:P
(fJ
--i
PILOTS CONTROL
WHEEL DISENG SW
(fJ
a
z
RIGHT ENGINE
TORQUE
PRESSURE
R TORQUE SIGNAL
L TORQUE SIGNAL
APC-65H
CO PILOTS CONTROL
WHEEL DISENG SW
FO
APC-65H
28VDC
:P
()
m
No.1 CO M PUTER SERVO D RIVE
a.
AUTOPILOT
TRANSFER
SWITCH
.m
RUDDER SERVO
--i
:IJ
:P
z
z
Gl
s::
:P
z
C
:P
,--
-_.
."
(C
I~
':<
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
RUDDER BOOST
SYSTEM
GENERAL
The rudder boost system (Figure 22-32) senses
eng in e torque from both engines throu g h
torque transmitters located on the forward
right side of each engine. The torque transmitter output signal is sent to the se lected
APC -6 5H or FYD -65 computer. The autopilot computer contro ls the operation of the rudder boost system. The rudder boost mode is
independent of the autopilot and yaw engage
functions and is ful ly automatic, when armed.
Thi s mode takes precedence over yaw damper
operations whenever the computer detects a
need for rudder boost and provide s either right
or left. When difference s in engine torque between the eng in es exceeds a pre se t level , th e
autopilot computer activates the rudder servo
in the aft fu se lage section which deflects the
rudder. This operation assis ts pilot effort in
controlling the aircraft yawing. Servo contribution is proportional to engine torque differential. Trimming of the rudder must be
accomplished manually by the pilot.
OPERATION
Activation of the rudder boost system is
through a switch in the pedestal extension,
placarded RUDDER BOOST- OFF- YAW
CONTROL TEST. Switching to the RUDDER
BOOST position arms the system. The rudder
boost system is disabled if the RUDDER
BOOST switch is OFF and is interrupted when
the DISC TRIM-AP YO switc h on the contro l
wheel is depressed to the fir st level.
A yellow caution an nun ciator, RUD BOOST
OFF is provided on the cautio n/advisory annunciator panel to indicate when the rudder
boost control switch is in a po s ition other th a n
RUDDER BOOST (on).
22-61
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
A,~
'r
,
~
A ~
h
~
~~
Q)
:::J
Co
E
u
.....
ci
o
-1-- -1--1----,
, " ,
! ,~
,!
!~
a ~
~ , ~~
,
~
,I~
I~
T 1..
!~
t .-
~
T-- T
-\ ~~~
- -\ ii~
- !Ftl - ~Ftl
II
II
:~~~I
II
mi
~n
.!
'"'",
('\I
('\I
~
a>
:::J
u:
22-62
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ELECTRIC ELEVATOR
TRIM SYSTEM
NOTES
22-63
FlightSafety.
"'''"'''''''''''
FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION
The active frequency (frequency to which the VHF-22A is tuned) and diagnostic
messaqes are displayed in the upper window.
The preset (inactive) frequency and diagnostic messages are displayed in the lower
window.
Compare annunciator
ACT momentarily illuminates when frequencies are being changed. If ACT continues
to flash , the actual radio frequency is not identical to the frequency shown in the
active window.
Annunciators
The comm control contains MEM (memory), and TX (transmit) annunciators. The MEM
annunciator illuminates whenever a frequency is displayed in the lower window. The TX
annunciator illuminates whenever the VHF-22A is transmitting.
The OFF/ON positions switch system power to turn the system on or off.
The SO OFF position disables the receiver squelch circuits, so you should hear noise.
Use this position to set the volume control or, if necessary, to try to receive a very
weak siqnal which cannot break squelch.
Light sensor
XFRlMEM switch
The built-in light sensor automatically controls the display brightness. The ann push
brt control knob/push button can be used to override the automatic dim controls and
force the di~layto go to full bright.
This switch is a 3-position, spring-loaded toggle switch. When moved to the XFR
position , the preset frequency is transferred up to the active display and the VHF-22A
retunes. The previously active frequency becomes the new preset frequency and is
displayed in the lower window. When this switch is moved to the MEM position, one of
the six stacked memory frequencies is loaded into the preset display. Successive
I pushes cycle the six memory frequencies throuQh the display (... 2,3,4,5,6,1,2,3 .... ).
Two concentric knobs control the preset or active frequency display. The larger knob
changes the three digits to the left of the decimal point in 1-MHz steps. The smaller
knob changes the two digits to the right of the decimal point in 50-kHz steps (or in 25kHz steps for the first two steps after the direction of rotation has been reversed) .
Numbers roll over at the upper and lower frequency limits.
ACT button
Push the ACT button for approximately two seconds to enable the frequency select
knobs to directly retune the VHF-22A. The bottom window will display dashes and the
upper window will continue to display the active frequency. Push the ACT button a
second time to return the control to the normal 2-display tune/preset mode of
operation. The active tuning feature is not affected by power removal. If active tuning
is selected (one push of the ACT button) and power is removed from the control,
active tuning will still be enabled the next time power is reapplied to the control.
STO button
The STO button allows up to six preset frequencies to be selected and entered into the
control's nonvolatile memory. To store a frequency, simply toggle the MEM switch until
the upper window displays the desired channel number (CH 1 through CH 6) , rotate
the frequency select knobs until the lower window displays the frequency to be stored ,
and push the STO button twice within five seconds.
After approximately five seconds, the control will return to the normal 2-display
tune/preset mode of operation.
TEST
22-64
Push the TEST button to initiate the rad io self-test diagnostic routine. The transceiver
performs a complete self-test routine requiring about five seconds.
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
ACTIVECOMM
FREQUENCY
DISPLAY
COMPARE
ANNUNCIATO R
TRANSFER
IMEMORY
SWITCH
PRESETCOMM
FREQUENCY
DISPLAY
TRANSMIT
ANNUNCIATOR
MEMORY
ANNUNCIATOR
FREQUENCY
SELECT
KNOBS (2)
POWER AND
MODE SE LECT
SWITCH
ACTIVE TUNE
BunON
(ACTIVE TUNING
I PRESET TUNING)
COMMVOLUME
CONTROL
LIGHT
SENSOR
TEST
BUDON
STORE
BunON
22-65
S:lINOIlIlf
I\)
I\)
0>
0>
' .
,-,
"""
~:::':''=''':-=-:........:.J''':::'-:':'
'.
-r -;.::. ; ,---;
- - '-;---;:-':!:2'-;-';;-'
=- .::..- ~~":,..':.~
~
.-,
-.~'-"
III
m
m
~""E.:-?
n
:z:
AUDIO PANE L
AUDIO OUTPUT SOU
...
SELECT SWITCHES
"T1
III
0
0
--i
!:
oJ:J
J:J
~
Z
FI LTER SWITCH
:II
-u
J:J
-u
(fJ
oz
'<
r-
Gl
o
(fJ
:II
MICROPHONE
AUDIO INPUT
SELECT SWITCH
PILOT'S SIDETONE
VOLUME ADJUST
;..
NOTE"
--i
WHEN SELECTED
ON INTERPHONE
COMMUNICATIONS
MAY BE HANDLED
WITHQUT THE
USE OF THE PTT SWI TCH
PILOT'S SPEAKER
VOLUME CONTROL
NOTE :
THIS SWITCH TURNS
OFF ALL SPEAKER
OUTPUTS INCLUDING
AUAAL WARNINGS
s:
HOT INTERPHONE
SWITCH
z
z
;..
0
m
--i
J:J
;..
Z
z
Gl
s:
;..
Z
C
;..
r
-_.
."
CC
~~
I~
r+
'l<
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AI N T EN A NCE T R AINING MANUAL
AUDIO SYSTEM
GENERAL
The audio system consists of an audio control
panel, two flight compartment speakers with
jacks for pilot and copilot headphones and
microphones, dual audio amplifiers, a passenger speaker amplifier and a supplemental
aural warning tone generator.
The audio control panel provides control over
both transmission and reception of all communication and navigation equipment installed
in the airplane. ON - OFF switches, selector
switches, and volume controls are provided for
the pilot and copilot control of each individual audio system.
existing aural warnings provided by the passenger speaker amplifier DB 207. The aural
warning tone generator also is a remote ly controlled electronic unit which operates on command from fault detection equipment.
The aud io system consists of independent
audio control systems for the pilot and copilot. As part of the audio control system, mic
key (push-to-talk) (PTT) switches and interphone key switches are provided on respective
control wheels. In addition, mic and headphone jacks are provided for use at each pilot
and copilot's station.
Refer to Figure 22-35 for locations of pilot's
audio controls.
The two audio control amplifiers DB 437 operate independently for the pilot and copilot
systems. Both units are mounted on a hinged
shelf in the upper nose avionics compartment,
adjacent to the passenger speaker amplifier,
and the supplemental aura l warn ing tone generator. Both audio con tro l units are remote ly
con trolled electronic units, which operate on
com mand from switches and potentiometers
on the audio control panel located on the avionics instrumen t pane l in the fl ight compartment. The audio amps provide aud io from the
radio receivers to the headphones and speakers and also provide interphone communication between the crew. Microphone audio is
recorded at all times on the cockpit voice
recorder.
NOTES
The passenger speaker amp lifier DB 207 provides ch ime tones and paging audio to the
cabin speakers and a signa l to mute the stereo
during paging. It a lso generates aural warning
tones to the cockpit headphones and speaker
amplifiers are provided for stall warning, landing gear warning, etc. The DB 207 is a remotely contro lled electronic unit, which
operates from flight compartment con trols
and fault detection equipment.
The aura l warning tone generator DB 605 provides additional warning tones to those of the
22-67
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
REMOTE
MICROPHONE
DETAIL
A
RECORDING
><,UNIT
DETAIL
'-
-$'
"'",
DETAIL
MOUNTING
TRAY
22-68
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAIN T E N ANC E T RAINING MANUAL
COCKPIT VOICE
RECORDER (CVR)
GENERAL
The airplane is equipped with either a L3 communication s Fairchi ld model AIOOS or
FA2100 cockpit voice recorder. The AIOOS
CYR has a 30-minute recording capacity, while
the FA21 00 CYRs have either a 30-minute or
a 2-hour recording c apacity.
The CVR system consists of a cockpit voice
recorder, a contro l unit , an area microphone ,
and an impact switch. The recorder and impact
switch are located benea th the floorboards
and forward of the aft cargo area. The control
unit is located in the cockpit pedestal. The
area microphone is located in the leading edge
of the glareshield to th e right of the fire extinguisher switch. Electrical power to the
recorder is provided by the triple fed bu s.
Input to the CYR comes from the following
four sources:
COMPONENTS
Cockpit Voice Recorder
A100S
22-69
FlightSafety.
""""""""
DETAIL
CRASH SURVIVABLE
MEMORY UNIT (CSMU)
A
CONTROL UNIT~
~~
~~
DETAIL
~~
~~=:::::~:::::::~!!d----:~8~~~~'g
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (GSE)
CONNECTOR (BEH IND DUST COVER)
IMPACT SWITCH-..............
,;:J" / '
'"
Q~~Y/ts
"
I
Q
DETAIL
DETAIL
22-70
FlightSafety.
."", 1Iu1ill
FA21 00 eVR
NOTES
22-71
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Indicating Meter
The contro l uni t funct ions as the CYR cockpit user interface. T he con trol unit contains operator con tro ls / indications and a preamp lifier
printed wiring assemb ly (PWA) for interfacing with the cockpit area microphone and wi th
the CYR. T he control unit contains the following controls (Figure 22-38):
Dur ing CYR test the indicating meter wi ll indica te the test tone leve l. The need le moving
into the green section of the arc will indicate
a satisfactory tes t.
Test Switch
Press and ho ld the test switch to carry out
self- test.
Erase Switch
Press the erase switch to bu lk erase the CYR
recording in memory. CYR recording will on ly
be erased when the aircraft is on the ground and
after the switch has been held down for more
than two seconds .
TEST INDICATING METER
NOTE:
TH IS METER ONLY
INDICATES DU RING
THE TEST NEEDLE
IN THE GREEN INDICATES
GOOD CVR OPERATION
Headset Jack
T he headset jack is provided to a ll ow monitor in g of the comb ined a ud io record ing as it
is be ing reco rded . The audio input is processed and stored into memory and then read
back from memory, processed and se nt to the
headset jack .
Prev ious ly recorded informat ion cannot be
p layed back from the CYR while it is insta ll ed
in the aircraft.
ERASE SWITCH
TEST SWITCH
HOLD DOWN TO
CARRY OUT TEST
NOTE:
ERASURE OF CVR
RECORDING CAN ONLY
BE CARRIED OUT WHEN
THE AIRCRAFT IS ON
THE GROUND.
22-72
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTEN A NCE TRAINING MANUAL
Area Microphone
The area microphone sends all the sounds in
the flight compartment to the CYR Control
Unit. The area microphone is a mini electric
condenser type microphone. The CYR control
unit contains a preamplifier for the area mic
and provides 6YDC bias c urrent for microphone operation.
Impact Switch
The impact sw itch disconnects the power supply to the CYR . The impact switch operates if
a force of 4g occurs on the aircraft in the foreaft axis and left-right axis. If the impact sw itch
is activa ted 28YDC power to the CYR is removed, used to latch a lockout relay, and illuminate an indicator lamp on the impact switch .
The impact switch wi ll remain in this condition until the reset button on the impact sw itch
is pressed with power applied to the uni\.
SELF TEST
Pressing the test switch shou ld result in the following indications if t he recorder is functioning properly:
The erase switch may be used to erase the entire recording , and will only work when the
landing gear is down, and the weight of the
airpla ne is on the landing gear. To prevent accidental erasures, a time delay circuit makes
it necessary to hold the erase switch down for
two seconds to start the erasure process. If
a headset is plugged into the control unit, a
proper erasure is indicated by 400Hz tone in
the headset. The tone wi ll last for approximately 14 seconds.
22-73
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
~ ACCELEROMETER
DETAIL
"
PITCH POSITION
POTENTIOMETER
DETAIL C
I
I
DETAIL
Figure 22-39.
22-74
...... ~
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INTEN AN C E T RA I NING MANUAL
FLIGHT DATA
RECORDER (FOR)
Engine power
Prop RPM (LH engine)
Prop RPM (RH engine)
GENERAL
The FOR records the following data into solidstate memory for the previous 25 hours of system on-time:
Time (relative)
A ltitude
Airspeed (indicated)
Total air temperature (export airplanes
on ly)
Heading (magnetic)
Acce leration
Vertical
Longitudinal
Lateral (Optional)
COMPONENTS
Flight Data Recorder
The primary purpose of the F I 000 solid state
flight data recorder (SSFOR) is to monitor
the aircraft's functional parameters and to
process and store the data in a crash protected
solid-state memory. The SSFDR also generates system performance signals, which are
mo nitored in the aircraft cockpit signifying the
operational status of the recorder.
There is an automatic test equipment (ATE) interface connector mounted on the front of the
FOR. Th is interface conforms to EJA RS-422.
It is used during bench testing of the recorder
after repairs, for testing and calibration procedures in the airplane, and with ground support equipment to transfer data.
Pitch attitude
Ro ll attitude
Pitch contro l position
22-75
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRA INING MANUAL
FLIGHT DATA UP
SIGNAL CAM
'<o l'..111
~q:;:,,.--o A
FLAP UP
____ PLASTI C
COVER
"
Sl FLAP UP
LIMIT SWITCH
INBOARD
AS INSTALLED
'-
B::::::
(BETA SWITCH)
""'"
---l~
;1~~~
,
.-
'-
SCREW
(MOUNTING BRACKET)
22-76
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INTE NANC E T R AIN ING MANUAL
The data acquisition sec tion receives the analog AC and AC signals from the various sensors and converts th e signals to digital data for
storage. The pneumatic pitot static pressures
are sensed by sol id-state transducers and converted to digital data by this section also.
Located in the store management section is the
crash survivable storage unit, which provides
protection of stored data from impact damage
and fire. This unit is the assembly that contains
the storage memory. It ha s inner and outer
steel casings, and an exterior steel cover. The
assembly is nearly cubical in shape, and is
electrically connected within the FOR. It is
protected from underwater pressure down to
20,000 feet, crushing pressure up to 5 ,000
pounds , and impact pressure up to 3,400 g
forces. Fire protection is provided by an
isotherma l shield, which is capable of withstanding I 1000 for 30 minutes , and thermal
flux of 50,000 BTU/sq. fUhr.
The FOR has "bui lt in test" equipment (BIT) .
T he FOR carr ies out power up BIT at power
up and rea l-time continuous BIT continuously
during FOR operation. When a fault is de tected, depending on the severity of the fault,
it wil l il luminate the FLT RCOR OFF annunciator, and/or store the fau lt code that can be
readout by the gro und support equipment.
The FOR has an underwater acoustic beacon
(U LB) located on its front panel. The beacon
is mounted on the front of the FOR for ease of
reading the battery replacement date and quick
removal and replacement of the beacon.
Accelerometer
The system incorporates a remotely mounted
accelerometer located under the cabin center
floor just aft of the main sp a r. The acce lerometer is a se lf-contained , sealed unit
mounted at or near the airplane's center of
gravity. It se nses vertical, longi tudinal , and
(o ptionally ) lateral acceleration in the form of
a OC s ignal. The accelerometer is powered
from the FOR.
Impact Switch
The impact swi tch disconnects the power supply to the FOR and is located on the same
she lf as the FOR on the outboard side. The impact swi tch operates if a force of4g occ urs on
the aircraft in the fore-aft axis and left-right
axis. If the impact switch is activated 115VAC
power to the FOR is removed , used to latch a
lockout relay and illuminate an indicator lamp
on the impact switch. The impact switch will
remain in thi s condition unti l the reset button
o n the impact switch is pressed with power applied to the unit.
on.
22-77
..-
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENAN C E TRA INING M ANUAL
REMOTE
SWITCH
HARN ESS
THUMB
SCREWS
CABLE
DETAIL
22-78
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INTE NAN CE T RA INING MANUAL
EMERGENCY LOCATOR
TRANSMITTER (ELT)
GENERAL
The Artex 110-4 emergency locator transmitter (ELT) system will automatically activate during a crash and transmit a sweeping
tone on 121.5 and 243.0 Mhz to aid in the locati on of the crashed aircraft. T he 110-4 ELT
is designed to meet the requirements of TSO
C9 la . The system consists of the ELT tran smitte r, located in the aft fuselage area, an antenna mounted on the aft fu se lage, and a remote
switc h with a yellow transmit light, located on
the left cockpit sidewall next to the OAT gage.
ELT
The ELT I 10-4 Unit is a microprocessor controlled internal battery powered tran s mitter
that ca n be activated by an internal G- switch,
by a sw itch on the ELT unit, or remote sw itch
input (Figure 22-42).
The microprocessor controls all ELT functions (ON-OFF, modu lation, and RESET).
The transmitter operates simultaneously on
121 .5 and 243 .0 MHz. The carrier is amp litude
modulated with an audio frequency sweeping
downward within the range of 1,600 to 300 Hz.
The swee p repeti tion rate is between 2 and 4
Hz. The power output is between 100m Wand
50mW over the 50-hour operating period.
The G-Switch or crash force activation sensor
is designed to activate with a change of velocity
of 3.5 fps 0.5 fps in the fore aft axis .
The ON/OFF switch is located on the connector end of the ELT and can be used to activate the ELT transmitter and re set the ELT
to arm after activation. This switch cannot be
positioned to prevent the automatic activation of the ELT transmitter. An ON light is located on the connector end of the ELT that
indicates when the ELT transmitter is active.
The ELT battery pack consists of six 1.5 VDC
" D" a lkaline-manganese dioxide cells connected in series. Fresh battery voltage is approximately 9.5 volts.
The ELT is housed in a high impact fire resistant Lexan plastic housing and installed in
a mounting tray with an end cap to hold the two
tray hal ves together.
22-79
S:lINOII\\I
I\)
I\)
(X)
- - ELT-ON
!Jiill
"Tl
---j
Z
Z
B200 AIRCRAFT
-U
-U
(f)
0
0
ELT RF
WHE~,.......
XMT
2564F1
1 AMP
LOCATED UNDER
PILOTS INSTRUMENT
PANEL
LED RESISTOR
TO OTHER
GROUND
COMM
SYSTEM
E~i"'--J.~~===+===========-________~~~
SWIT~H! ON
8 G - SWITCH LOOP
:III
In
:III
5:
---j
31 RESET 1
6 RESET 2
111 GROUND
()
ARM
71 EXTERNAL ON
ELT REMOTE SWITCH
.....
Z
5 G - SWITCH LOOP
1 LIGHT
(f)
...:z:CD
!Jillil
o
z
G)
C
Il
In
In
Il
Il
III
ELT
ANTENNA
---j
Il
Z
Z
G)
5:
z
c
r
Figure 22-43_ Emergency Locator Transmitter Artex
."
ee'
~~
lm....
'!C
Flight2!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M A IN TE NANCE TR A INING MANUAL
Operation
1. Ensure the main aircraft battery is install ed and connected to the hot battery
bus.
22-81
FlightSafety.
UOOii6tkA ....
EXPIRATION
DATE LABEL
ELT ASSEMBLY
THE ELT ASSEMBLY
CONSISTS OF THE
TRANSMITTER , G-SWITCH
AND MICROPROCESSOR
BATTERY PACK
THE BATTERY PACK
CONSISTS OF SIX 1.5 VDC
"D" SIZE ALKALlNEMANGANESE DIOXIDE
CELLS
2282
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
When the total of all known transmi ssions exceeds one hour
SIGNAL FLOWS
The ELT is a self-contained unit and does not
require any external power input for its operation. When the ELT is tran smitting the RF signal is sent to ELT antenna via a coax cable
(Figure 22-44) .
The cockpit remote switch annunciator panel
can be used to activate, reset , and monitor the
ELT transmitter.
The remote switch wiring between the remote
switch and the ELT is de s igned so that no
combination of short circuits between the remote switch, monitor, associated wiring, and
the airframe ground will:
Inhibit the equipment from being automaticallyactivated
NOTES
MAINTENANCE
CONSIDERATIONS
Maintenance of the ELT consists of inspections
and operational tests as required by the maintenance program and/or regulatory authori ties.
The ELT battery is a life limited item and requires replacement for the following reasons
(Figure 22-44):
After use in an emergency
After an inadvertent activation of unknown duration
22-83
FlightSafety.
-,
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 24
ELECTRICAL POWER
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION ................ .. ......... ..... ........ .. ......... .. .... .. ... .. ..... ... ... ... .. .. ... ..... ...... ... ......... ... .. 24-1
WIRING DIAGRAM INFORMATION ........................................... ..................................... 24-3
REMOTE CONTROLLED CIRCUIT BREAKERS .......... .. .................................. .... .... .... .. 24-5
ELECTRICAL SySTEM .................. ........... .. ............. .. ...... .... ....... ... ........... ............ ..... ...... 24-11
DC System ...... .. ......... .. .. ............ ...... ..... ....................... ..... ........... ..... .... ............ ... ........ 24-11
Battery ............ ... .. ..... .. ... .. ..................................................................... ....................... 24-31
External Power. .... ... ........ ... ...... ...... ........... .... ....... ........... .... ........... .. ......... .... .... ........... 24-35
Starter/Generators .... ...... .. .. .... ...... .......... .. .. ... ............ .. ......... ....... ....................... .... ...... 24-39
AC System .. ............. ................. ... .. .... ....... ... .. ...... ... .. ............ ..... ..... ... .. ....... ... .. ... ... ..... . 24-51
QUESTIONS .. ...... ...... ...... .... ....... ................. .. ................. ... .... .. ... ........................................ 24-57
24-i
FlightSafety.
I"te".tioiel
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Title
Page
24-1
Wire Numbering Codes ............ .. .. .. .... .... .... .... ............. ........... ......... .. ............ .. ... .... 24-2
24-2
Electrical Devices ... .................. ..... ........ ....... ................................... .......... .... .. .. ..... 24-4
24-3
24-4
Sample Wiring Diagram ..................... .... .. ...... ... ....... .... .. ..... .. .. ..... .................. ........ 24-8
24-5
24-6
Hall Effect Devices .... .......... .............. .. .. .. ................ .. ..... ............................. ....... 24-12
24-7
DC Electrical System Simplified Diagram ............... ............. ....... .... .. ........ ...... ... 24-14
24-8
24-9
DC System- Battery ON...... ........ .......... ............ ......... .... .. ......... .. .... .. .......... ....... 24-17
24-10
24-11
24-12
24-13
DC System- Left Engine Cross Start... ..... ..... .. ..................... ..... ....... .. .. .............. 24-21
24-14
24-15
DC System- Generator Ties OPEN ..... ....... .......... ........ ............ ............. ............. 24-23
24-16
DC System- Bus Sense Test ... ............. ............................................ .. ......... ........ 24-24
24-17
DC System-Both Generators Failed ............. .... ........... ..... .... ............................. 24-25
24-18
DC System-Right Generator Bus Short ........ ..... .................. .... ...... ...... ............. 24-26
24-19
24-20
DC System-TFB Short ..................... ...... ......................... ..... .... ....... .. ...... ..... .. ... 24-28
24-21
24-22
24-23
Battery Circuit ... ... ..... .......... ... ... ..... ...... ......... ... ................ .................... ........ ....... . 24-32
24-iii
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
24-24
External Power Circuit-Simplified ......... .... .. ... ...... ... ....... .................... .............. 24-34
24-25
External Power Circuit -UE ............... .. ... .. ..... ......... ............... ... .. ... ....... .. .. .. ...... 24-36
24-26
External Power Circuit-UB/C ........ .. .. ..... ... .. ... ....................... ........ ......... ....... ... 24-37
24-27
StarterlGenerator ... .... .. .......... ............... .. .................. ... ... .. ................ ..... ..... .. .. ..... 24-39
24-28
Generator Control Schematic-UC/E .... ... ..... .... ...... ....... ....... .......... ......... ... ........ 24-38
24-29
24-30
DC Power Panel- UE............ .. ... ... .. ... ....... ......... ... .. .... ... .. .. .... .. ..... ....... ........... .. .. 24-41
24-31
DC Power Panel- UB/C ............................................ .......... ...... .. ...... ...... ........ .... 24-42
24-32
DC Generation and Control Schematic-UE .. .. .... .. ...... ...... .. .... .. ............ ............ 24-43
24-33
DC Generation and Control Schematic- UB/C ......... ...... .. .. ... ........ ....... .. .. ........ . 24-44
24-34
24-35
A-257-Bus Tie Control PCB (UB/C) ................ .................... .... ........................ 24-46
24-36
24-37
24-38
24-39
24-40
AC Schematic-UE (Load Shed) .......... ........ ............ .... ...... ........................ ........ 24-54
24-41
24-42
24-iv
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 24
ELECTRICAL POWER
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides a description of the electrical system used on the Beech 1900 aircraft. Included is information on the DC and AC systems regarding generation, di stribution, monitoring , and system controls. Accompanying this chapter is a selection of
electrical system schematics, found in the program supplemental book, which will be
used to enhance understanding of the aircraft electrical sys tems and components. References for this chapter and further specific information can be found in Chapter 24, "Electrical Power;" Chapter 5, "Time Limits/Maintenance Checks;" and Chapter 12, "Servicing,"
of the Maintenan ce Manual.
24-1
FlightSafety.
..............
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
WIRE
SIZE
(AWG)
SEGMENT
LETIER
WIRE
NUMBER
N INDICATES
THAT WIRE
MAKES GROUND
CONNECTION
V INDICATES
UNGROUNDED
SIDE OF SINGLE
PHASE AC
A, B, OR C
INDICATES AN
ALTERNATE
PHASE
24-2
Flight~!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
WIRING DIAGRAM
INFORMATION
The phase letter "V" is used as a suffix identifying an ungrounded wire or cable in a
sing le phase system.
Flight instrument s
Ignition
Lighting
DC power
AC power
CBI0l
- Reference designator
CB
101
-Identifies it as a s pecific
circuit breaker
NOTE
Schematics in the wiring diagram
manual are shown with the aircraft
power OFF, doors s hut and locked,
contro l surface s stream lin ed, and
weight on the landing gear. Any deviations to this should be so noted on
the individual sheet s.
24-3
FlightSafety.
. ,te;.eIkNMI
Eo
~OSITIVE)
LOW~/ C
13 .;
'Jc~WE r~:::~A:IVE'
'-C"
~:-r.'
28" DC
----" I
A--
RELAY -
D
I
OPEN/DEENERGIZED
RELAY -
CLOSED/ENERGIZED
BUS TIE RELAY AND HED (CURRENT SENSOR)-275 AMPS UNIDIRECTIONAL UB/C/E.
325 AMPS BIDIRECTIONAL UE.
24-4
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AI NT ENANCE T RA IN ING MANUA L
REMOTE CONTROLLED
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
NOTES
Remote controlled circuit breakers are generally designed to keep high amperage items
out of the cockpit orlO simplify the wire routin g. Whenever a remote controlled circuit
breake r (RCCB) is installed there will also be
an indicator control unit (TCU) in the cockpit
for that RCCB. The ICU is normally a 1/2 or
3/4 amp circuit breaker which directly controls
the RCCB . Tf the TCU breaker in the coc kpit
is ope n, then the RCCB is open; thi s can be
done manually or it may have opened thermally . If the ICU will re se t (after opening
th e rmally) then th e RCCB is re se t. The
RCCB 's will also have an indicator wind o w to
show whether it is open or closed.
.~
3 \) Ne. Z
1/ 1,OJ 1.
wrCU:T7A
245
FlightSafety.
i,tbi .... tioi ....
@
,, ,,
~@
,, ,,
@
,, ,,
RIGHT
LEFT AIGHT
FIRESEAL
RIGHT
FIREWALL
LEFT
LEFT
WHEELWELl
ANTENNA
ADJUSTABILITY
GENERAL
~,,
84.0
SlA84
BULKHEAD
BATIERIE S
[fr
li
LOOP
DIPOLE
BUS
:t
---41- -1111MULTICELL
GENERAL
GENERAL
(~
TWISTED
TWISTED
SHIELDED
PAIR
TRIPLE
SINGLE
I ~
.<---J f----.-
_A
GENERAL
en.
6'0
60
_A
CS-
PUSH
_A
PUSH-PULL
BASIC
BREAKER
BREAKER
1111
,r
-I
ZENER
GENERAL
UNIDIRECTIONAL
,
+
SCR
-~
HEATER
ELEMENT
RELAY COIL
[t:
FURNISHED WITH
EQUIPMENT
RHEOSTAT
RESISTORS
~
1/1
Sf
T
CD
CD
CD
WITH 4""TE'R'Mi'NALS
SHOWN
F-
-cD
...
O OR O 0
SIGNAL LIGHT
CD
jll[
WI TH 4""i"E"RMINALS
SHOWN AND 2
BUSSED TOGETHER
SINGLE - PHASE
3- W INDING
WITH CORE
~::~
-<
FEMALE
~
FLOURESCENT
POTENTIOMETER
~
1----
+
POSITIVE
CASE
NEGATIVE
SH UNT
S PLICES
:s=L ,
l
Sf
TEST POINT
RECOGNITION
THERMOCOUPLE
GENERAL
GENERAL
PERMANENT
,f
DISCONNECT
][
TRANSISTORS
C
NONSATURATING
y.
PNP
JlI[
NPN
THERMAL ELEMENT
(TRANSDUCER)
~
GENERAL
24-6
MALE
Otr
POLARITY
PIN LETIERS
MOTOR
GENERAL
2E
SHIELD GROUNDED
TO BACKSHELL
(WITH TERM INAL)
TRANSFORMERS
00
CURRENT
-7
LAMPS
ADJUSTABLE CONTACT
CHASSIS GROUND
TO STRUCTURE
CHASSIS
(WITH TERMINALS)
CONTACTS
HALL EFFECT
Dt
l GROUND TO
MISCELLANEOUS
MATED PLUG
AND
PLUG
1>-
GROUND OR
CIRCUIT RETURN
IGNITER
METER
CURRENT
LIMITER
GROUNDS
""r
HORN - LOUDSPEAKER
.....ru1Jlr-r
NOTED.
RECEPTACLE
FUSE
,f
ZENER
BIDIRECTIONAL
RECEPTACLE
FILTER
DIODE
_A
SWITCH
BREAKER
TRIPLE
~ ~ ~ ..........
IIC~ot
SHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
CONNECTORS
?,I-Qt-
SHIELDED
TWISTED
SHIELDED TWISTED
COAX CABLE
CNDCT
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
; w~
EE
, 0
OTHERWISE NOTED.
CAPAC ITOR
,-
W301
lO 1r
E
DARLINGTON
UNIJUNCTION
WITH N-TYPE
BASE
rrm
mn
WINDINGS, INDUCTOR,
REACTOR. OR CHOKE
Flight~ty.
B EECH 1 9 00 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CLOSED
OPEN
CONTACT
CONTACT
.. ..
-L-
CIRCUIT
CLOSING
(MAKE)
TRANSFER
or-'
CIRCUIT
CLOSING
(MAKE )
C IRCUIT
OPEN ING
(BRE AK )
L..L...%
~
.t-..,r
TWOCIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
OPENING
(BREAK)
~.t-..,r
0
0 - - OFF
.t-..,r
TRANS FER
TEMPERATURE-ACTUATED SWITCH ES
'7
I
o-l-!l
Cl
CLOSES ON RISING
o-crtI
o--c;
NORMALLY
NORMAllY
OPEN
OPEN -
NORMALLY
CLOSED
NORMAllY
CLOSED -
:;:J
< .J .....eL. I
C,'
W1TH INTERNAL
HEATER SHOWN
to
~0
1
+0
o-n
I
!
J.
OPEN
TIME-DELAY
CLOSING
CLOSED
TIMEDELAY
OPENING
TOGGLE IN
"DOWN" POS ITION
TEMPERATURE
NORMALLY CLOSED
~"'-~~ -
,
I
TOGGLE IN
CENTER" POSITION
o-n
o--P
to
OPEN
TIMEDELAY
OPENING
OPENS ON RISING
NORMALLY OPEN
'100
0 - <-
0--
~ OR
HELD OPEN
HELD CLOSED
NOTE:
ANY NO. OF TRA NSMISSION
""r
THERMAL SWITCHES
~~
----E
OR
CLOSES ON RISING
TEMPERATUAE
OPENS ON RISING
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
TWO-CIRCUIT
.. ..
L..L...%
L..L...%
CLOSED
TlMED ELAY
CLOSING
~
10
NOTE :
POINT OF ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF
SWITCH OPERATION IN WHICH CONTACT
ACTION IS DELAYED.
~
to
NOTE:
ALL APPLICABLE DIAGRAMS SHOW
ON-ON-ON SWITCH IN TH IS POSITION
TOGGLE IN
UP POSITION
~
10
o-P
10
to
~
10
to
~
10
"-h
I
"-h
I
~
10
~
10
~
10
~
10
I 0
+
TOGGLE IN
UpPOSiTlON
+
TOGGLE IN
~
10
""+0
+
TOGGLE IN
"CENTER" POSITION
"DOWN" POSITION
NOTE:
ALL APPLICABLE DIAGRAMS SHOW ON-ON-ON
SWITCH IN THIS POSITION
24-7
FlightSafety.
""""""'"'
P555
24-65-01
&- W8
ON
"
H12SA20
7.5A
CBS2
L BLEED AIR
CONTROL
--;:==j2P'f.~~
H131A20 - : o - H232A20 -
t L H12SB20~ff'
,
A
C
H15SB20 -
O FF
Sl SWITCH - BLEED
AIR CONTROL, L
A224 PANEL ASSYSUBPANEL, R INBOARD 6 1
E177Jl P411
I
I
[ ]
WH - @
~----~
-<ll'Hl29D20~@RD
CR209
H252A20N
22~!H229A22
-----1-1+,
J313
P313
r415
P567 E305J1
H133A20N ----+-~-+,
H133B20
P517
f- H235B22
37
21
6 ENVIROFF
4
CLOSED
CR1~11-~H147B20 H1 47A20N
"'
315105 E- Hl30B22
H223A22
"
S303J1
P513
I
I
2 @ WH
H252B20
H229B22 - ]
H235A22 31-51-06
__] 91-46-01
BJ
2, ~~
~ = ;::~::;~
3H11....--1..,-,
H128D20 -
CLOSE AT
~ 44PSI
S303 SWITCH--0VER
P563
_~{C~===P
=R=E=S=S~U~R~E~.LO-_l
1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + H f + + - - 1 - - - - H245A20 -
I-------,-----,-""..-----H+~-+---H243A20 P155
J155
H236A20N f I q
9HO." [_ _
KEY
r-
H136A22 -
31-51-02
-:-
CA p . J
[ - H244A20 -
21-31-02
H231 A20 :==::j~:::I::j::t:=t==:;-1
H251A22
H157A20 -
L:J
H246B20 -
CLOSE AT
44 PSI
S315 SWITCH-OVER
PR ESSURE, L CENTER
Pl 1S
@
,
P2
P2-I-SP5
"
"
5
, - - - H152A22r - - H151A22 _
J104
It---
2
3
8
.:1..
""02 E- '"t"",===",,,,-----1
E243 DETECTOR -
L __] 91-13-01
P564
~--,
FP28
SP7
A r - 1 - SP7-P2S-A I
SP5-SP7 - . CR'
~ B t - SPSP28-B
GS24-S PS - . ,
E
SPS
GS24 ~
CDFI - - - - - - - . -
I
~==j9-----
E
D
~,
'f_
P2S-C-P2-K - - - - -
W ",-
P515
I---
B r-....
DD
EE
I--
J50 ~ P501
X
LL
P2-..!-P28-D
C
A
- -] 91-50-01
El'2 SENSOR- TEMP, L
P49'33.--<=:-------
H241A20N
~t~=~
24-8
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAI N ING M ANUAL
REFERENCE
DESIGNATOR
PART
NO.
DESCRIPTION
INSTL
ZONE
USABLE
ON
CODE
21-31-01
A146CB82
72772-7
A213CRl
tN4005
A213CR 2
lN400S
A213E14
129-380001 -3
A213E1S
129-38000101
A213P28
MS3476L12-8S
A213P29
MS3476W8-33S
A213SP5
11S110E19
A213SP6
115110E19
A213SP7
115110E19
A213SPB
115110E19
A214S4
, 00-389018-19
A224S1
MS27408-4A
A317
114-364140-7
A317Jl
114-364140-3
RECEPTACLE-PCB ASSY. ..
. ... ...............
CAtC1
lN4Q05
CR209
CR219
EtC1
lN4005
lN400S
114-380059-3
EtC1
114-380059-1
El01Jl
E112
El77
El77J1A
El77J1B
E184
101 -381015-1
1-480698-0
350690-1
776634-2
PIN CONTACT.. . .
E243
HYLZ5 1598
E303
E305
AYLF5102 1
118-380004-3
E305Jl A
'-480699-0
E305J18
350690-7
RECEPTACLE ..
Pl1BA
112-364017-25
66010-2
' -480699-0
350689-'
SOCKET CONTACT. ..
P411A
P493
MS27473E8B98S
P512B
SOCKET CONTACT...
P5138
350689-'
'-480700-0
350689-1
P515A
MS3456L 1OSL-3S
P515B
MS3418-10N
CABLE CLAMP..... .
P515C
MS3420-4D
BUSHING ...
P513A
511
511
511
511
521
521
521
511
143
511
511
511
P118B
P411B
246
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
420
244
143
143
511
511
521
143
143
521
521
511
611
511
511
511
511
511
24-9
FlightSafety.
"'''''''''''"''
r---
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--
~I
I
I
""
l
I
I
I
--',--'
I or L
I
~,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STR/GEN
---,
1-------
I
I
CTR
BUS
I
UNI-DIRECTIONAL HEDUAIB/C 275 AMPS ~ERY BUS
I
I
iE I
PI
AI
I
I
I
I
I
I
L GEN BUS
EXT
PWR
\,
_/
cr, - crj,
,- -,,---U
R
1'1'1'1'
BATTERY
-------------------1
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
GEN
CONT
I
I
RI'
I
IB
L'-.
I
I R GEN BUS
I
I
I
I
\
\
\
\
I
\
I
\
'-
I~-------------------
LEFT
RIGHT
BATTERY
BUS TIE
LINE CONTACTOR
SUB BUS
STARTER RELAY
EPR
STRIGEN =
GEN CONT =
EXT PWR
CRT BUS
RG
LG
24-10
RI'
I~
I
GEN
CONT
RIGHT~
I
I
I
I~
--- -----
TRIPLE
FED
BUS
I
I
I
IR
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
NOTES
DC SYSTEM
The DC power sys tem is called a triple fed bus
sys tem becau se there are three sou rces of
power available. The power sources for the DC
sys tem includes a battery and two generators.
The generators are starterlgenerators, used
for engine starting and DC power generation
when the engines are operating. The aircraft
also has provisions for connecting a 28- VDC
externa l power source to the airplane during
ground operation . Power from these sources
is distributed to the individual electrical load s
through a multi-bu s system which is shown in
the simplified component locati on schematic
in Figure 24-5.
The electrical buses are the two generator
buses, triple fed bus , center bus, (there are
two center buses physically separated but electrically joined) and the hot battery bu s.
The bu ses are protected by either Hall Effect
Devices (HED's) or current limiter s. The
HED 's on the UBIC models are rated at 275
amps and control th eir as soc iated Bu s Tie Relays. When current in excess of the rated value
and in the proper direction (unidirectiona l) is
exceeded, a signal is sent to the bus lie con trol printed circuit board to isolate the bus. The
UE mode ls have bi-directional HED 's, (sen sing in either direction for the generator bus tie
se nsors) and they are rated at 325 amp s. The
UE model al so ha s a 275 amp unidirectional
HED for the battery bus tie.
24-11
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
-"
J--
1""'....j--
_\...\I - - ( (
I /.
--.J...,....<....~-
........:
FORWARD .
OVERCURRENT
SIGNAL OUTPUT
REVERSE
OVERCURRENT
SIGNAL OUTPUT
:x
0
A-NOT USED
~
0\1
J---
G/
-----<---~
D-TEST INPUTTO
CURRENT SENSOR
24-12
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
TEST INPUT
POWER INPUT- ENABLES THE
275A CURRENT SENSING
GROUND SEEKING TERMINAL OF THE
BUS-TIE DEACTIVATE RELAY ON PCB A257
___
J--_/ er-1-I
-'-..\1
-
.,l;
/.
...-<- -I- -
./
/7i"
~0<f\/
"
FACTORY
f-:)
BENCH TEST ~
FUNCTIONS
\ )
0'[
'2..3/
>'--....
SENSE DEVICE
D-TEST INPUTTO
CURRENT SENSOR
MODES OF OPERATION-UBICIE
1.
2.
3.
4.
24-13
FlightSafety.
''',ma''''''''
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
, ~"
"~;
'"'
"~"
'"
~.
::tITOCL FWR
"'5
~,
@@@ 0 0 0@@@
00 0 0 @0000 @0 0 00
eBl
CB2
eB3
CB4
CB!i
coo
GBl
CBa
CSg
C810
CBI1
CB12
C8 13
C8 101.
e8 t 5
G816
C817
GBtB
CB19
CB20
C821
CB22
CB23
C824
CB25
C826
CB27
CB28
C829
CB30
C831 CB32
CB33
CB34
CB:l5
CB36
CB37
CB3B
CB39
CBoiO
C541
CB42
FWD
000 0 000 .
C850
C864
CBS1
eBB5
CB52
em
CB53
eB6?
CB64
CB68
CBS5
CB69
CBS6
C870
CBS7
C871
CBS8
CB72
CB09
C873
C860
C874
C861
C875
CB62
e876
CB6J
C877
24-14
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
AC METER
INVERTER SELECT
SWTCH
DC VOLTMETER
~"V
.~
. Mm~ ~
..
0/;
,.
..,
c,O
VOLTMETER
SELECT
SWITCH
DC LOAD METERS
~ El
",,,,,,,,,,,.-
< ~.
-~
ACVOLTAGE/
FREQU ENCY
:-r. METER
RIGH T
STARTEA
TO
GENERATOR
276
-
lEFT
TO t
RELAY
UB!C SERIES
FIELD
GENERATOR
FIELD
250
-D
RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUSnE
RIGHT
GENERATOR
GENERATOR
SWITCH
325
,\~~{]~~
SWITCH
lEFT
GEN ERATOR
BUSTlE
60
NUMBER 1
NUMBER 2
INVERTER
FEEDER
INVERT ER
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
(PRIMARy}
NUMBER 1
INVERTER
NUMBER 2
fEEDE R
INVERTE R
FEEDEA
(ALTERNATE)
(ALTERNATE)
EXTERNAL
POWEA
"--------r--~G;_O
BATTERY
CHARGE
MONITOR
BATTERY
BUS SENSE
LEGEND
RESET
SPRING)
l Ool.DED
TO CEm-ER
o
o
TEST
GENTlES
NOOM
OPEN
~~~RCLOSE
( LEVER LOCK
)
OUT Of CENieR
,==;r=;:
24-15
FlightSafety.
U\iiiRdboal
:-r.
TO
GENERATOR
:-r:'-.,-_ _~ r-----~
.----,l-='=FT"O
RIGHT
STARTER
RELAY
STARTEA
RELAY
. ...
UBIC SERIES
FIELD
~
~ -0
75
--"""T'"" 250
TO t
GE NER ATOR
FIELD
RIGHT
GENERATOR
aus TIE
LEFT
GENERATOR
325
-+--+-
NO 1
RIGHT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
\~~~~~
SWITCH
60
NO.2
INVEATEA
INVEATER
(PRIMARY)
(pRIMARY)
FEEDER
FEEDER
(ALTERNATE)
EXTERNAL
POWER
(ALTERNATE)
~-----'===:/-Tnr~
275
BATIERY
CHARGE
MONITOR
BATIERY
BUS SENSE
RESET
(L~:b~g)
LEGEND
\!.O CENTER
D
D
lex GEN
0W
GENTlES ~
MAN CLOSE SPRING LOADED
FROM MAN CLOSE
NO~
TEST
OPEN
"" II
LGNTI{
RGENTI<
SAT TIE
"'"
"'''
II
'"'" a
,""n~
Figure 24-8.
24-16
DC System-Battery OFF
TO CENTE R
.J
(LEVER LOCK
)
OUT OF CEN TER
RDCGEN
II
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRA I NING MANUAL
:-r.
TO
GENERATOR
:-r.O~R;;;'G;CH"T
;---'
STARTER
'--"LE"'FT
~D
STARTER
RELAY
~
75
'-
LEFT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
325
250
"'RIGHT
~4 E
- O GENERATOR
BUS TIe
RIGHT
LINE
RIGHT
GENERATOR
~~~~
~~;J~CIO~N~ C~TO~~R ~~~~~~~S~W~'~TC!H)
r-
NO. \
INVERTER
GENERATOR
FIELD
......
TO t
RELAY
UBIC SERIES
FIELD
RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
60
60
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
BAmRY
CHARGE
MONITOR
BUS SENSE
RESET
LEGEND
LSJ'fJ~g)
TO CENTER
D
D
l DCGN
GENnES~
MAN CLOS SPRING LOADED
'0'
NORM 0
W
TEST
[I
OPEN
LGENTlt
"''"
[I
RGfNTIE
SATllE
"""
"'"'
MANl1ES
""
TO CENTER
( LEVER LOCK
OUT OF CENTER
R[l(GEN
11
24-17
TO
GENERATOR
TO t
GENERATOR
FIELD
UBIC SERIES
FIELD
250
LEFT
RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
RIGHT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
GE NE RATO R
SWITCH
NO.1
INVE RTER
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
BATTERY
BUS SENSE
RESET
LEGEND
SPR ING)
~O ~~~~~
GEN TIES
MAN
;a
OSE SPR ING LOADED
W
TEST
TO CEN TER
NORM
OPEN
( LEVER LOCK
)
OUT OF CENTER
24-18
ro
GE NERATO R
FIELD
LEFT
250
RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
RIGHT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
GENERATOR
SWITCH
325
LEFT .
GE NER ATOR
BUS TIE
,--
-LEFT
CENTER
BUS
BATIERY
BUS SENSE
RESET
LEGEND
SPRING
lO,t,OED
\ 0 CENTER)
o
o
TEST
GEN T1ES~
MAN ClOS SPRING LO,t,()EO
NORM
OP EN
( LEVER LOCK
l DC (,E N
OUT OF CENTER
""" 11
24-19
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ro
RELAY
GENERATOR
FIELD
;-r.
O~R:CI:GCHC:T:-----'
STARTER
ro t
RELAY
UBIC SERIES
GENERATOR
FIELD
250
L
LEFT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
LOAD METER
-D RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
RIGHT
RIGHT
LINE
CONTACTOA
rt~L~EFT~G~E~N~ERA~J~O~R~BU~S~:r--~~~l-~~~
GENERATOR
SWITCH
325
..:
LEFT D-
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
BUS TIE
'0
60
NO.'
--,- - DR'GENERATOR
GHT
r-- 0
LEFT
CENTER
BUS
NO. 2
INVERTER
60
INVERTER
FEEDER
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
(PRIMARY)
NO. 1
INVERTER
NO.2
INVERTER
(ALTERNATE)
(ALTERNATE)
FEEDER
FEEDER
EXTER NAL
PO~R
;-r.
V-----====:;r--TiQ];=l!J
TRIPLE FED BUS
275
--+-
BATIERY
CHARGE
MONITOR
BATTERY
SWITCH
BUS SENSE
LEGEND
o
o
RESET
ci.f::;~
TO CENTEfl)
LOC GEN
GEN TIES
NORM
TEST
OPEN
If "'" I
I "'''
LGENTIE
IlATTlE
RGENTl
0''''
11
ClOSE
I """"
U
24-20
LOC~
TO CENTEfl
!
( LEVEfl
)
OUT OF CENTEfl
~
DC GN
Il
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
t~NERATOR
To t
GENERATOR
FIELD
UB!C SERIES
FIELD
250
L
lEFT
GENER ATOR
SWITCH
{ ] RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUSTlE
RIGHT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
325
lEFT
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
NO.2
NO. 1
INVERTER
INVERTER
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
BATIEAY
CHARGE
MONITOR
BUS SENSE
RESET
LEGEND
o
o
SeA<No)
LOADED
TO CENTER
lOCGlN
GEN TIES
M.o.N CLOSE SPRING LOADED
FROM MAN CLOSE
( ( ) NORM ( ( )
TEST
It
OPEN
.... I
lGENTlE
_GENnE
BATTIE
OPEN
OPEN
TO CENTEA
( LEVER LOCK
OUT OF CENTER
ROCGEN
II
""" 0
MANilES
2421
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
TO
GENERATOR
TO t
GENERATOR
FIELD
UBiC SERIES
FIELD
250
L {] RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUSTlE
~
LEFT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
325
LEFT
GENERATOR
RIGHT
GENERATOA
'\~~
5 ~~
SWITCH
D ,--
BUS TIE
--
LEFT
CENTER
BUS
EXTERNAL
~~__~~~~/?~~~---'~[l~~O~R
275
--+-
BATIEAY
CHARGE
MONITOR
BUS SENSE
LEGEND
SPRING)
LOADED
TO GENrER
RESET
TEST
GEN nes ~
FROM MAN CLOSE
NOflM
OPEN
TO CENTER
( LEVER LOC'
OUT OF CENTER
r====iF
24-22
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
TO
GENERATOR
TO t
GENERATOR
UBIC SERIES
FIELD
FIE LD
75
~-0~~
'-
RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
LEFT
GENERATOR
RIGHT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
SWITCH
~~6~~
LEFT
GENERATOR
BUSTlE
NO.2
INVERTER
FEEDER
NO.1
INVERTER
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
(PRIMARY)
(ALTERNATE)
(ALTERNATE)
--275
BATIEAY
CHARGE
MONITOA
BUS SENSE
RESET
LEGEND
0a
LDCGEN
~ l~llE
SPRING)
LOADED
TO CENTER
NORM
TEST
'
GEN TIES
MAN ClOSE SPRING LOADED
I]
~~~TTRCLOSE
( LEVER LOCI(
)
OUI OF CENTER
R~ENllE
ROCGEH
I]
Bt~: IJ
24-23
TO
GENERATOR
TO t
GENERATOR
FIELD
UBIC SERIES
FIELD
75
~
'- -0
--+-
--r-
250
w.~
..
RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
LEFT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
RIGHT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
--325
NO. 1
INVERTER
INVERTER
(PR IMARY)
(PRIMARY)
FEEDER
FEEDER
(ALTERNATE)
EXTERNAL
POWER
(ALTERNATE)
;-r;
~---.==-=:;;r--Ti0-3
275
8ATIERY
CHARGE
MONITOR
BATIERY
BATIERY
SWITCH
LEGEND
BUS SENSE
RESET
SPRING
LOADED
TO CENTER)
o
o
LOCGEN
1ft!
U
NORM
l GENTIE
"''''
GEN n ES ~
MAN CLOSE SPRI NG LOADED
FROM MAN CLOSE
OJ
OPEN
I] """
'"' ~
RGHInE
!lATTIE
24-24
TO CENTER
( LEVER LOCK
OUT OF CENTER
R DC GEN
FlightSafety.
.1ta,.tIoiMl
tro
GENERATOR
UBIC SERIES
~-0.,. ... E
FIELD
75
-"""T'"" 250
...
BUS TIE
LEFT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
NO I
INVERTER
RIGHT
GENERATOR
60
NO. 2
INVERTE R
FEEDER
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
(PRIMARY)
BATIERY
CHARGE
MONITOR
BUS SENSE
RESET
L~'TJ~) A
LEGEND
TO CENTER
lOCGN
GEN TIES~
MAN eLOS
NORM
TEST
OPEN
LGENTIE
"'''
II
RGENILl'
0. .
SPRING LOADED
FROM ... .vi CLOSE
TO CENTEA
( LEVER LOCI(.
.oc""
OUT OF CENTER
a..., TIE
"''' 11
MAN TlES
(LOS,
11
24-25
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
,-------:L-=E=FT==
'O
, =O"A
"'G"H
-:r:----,
STARTER
STARTER
ro
RELAY
GENERATOR
RELAY
UBIC SEAlES
FIELD
~
75
CAD METER
'-
LEFT
GENERATOR
LEFT
LINE
250
;:r.~" E
RIGHT
- O GENERATOR
BUSne
, CONTACTOA
SWITCH
d~~~~~~~~,~EN-E-A~kr~E6~~DYf-l-7r'-:..-~325.
SUS TIE
LEFT
CENTER
BUS
NO. 1
60
) \ - - - , AIGHT
BUS TIE
CENTER
'1,---''1'----::1-' BUS
40
INVEATEA
FEEDER
(pRIMARY)
60
40
INVERTER
FEEDER
{PRIMARY)
NO.1
NO.2
INVERTER
INVERTER
(ALTERN ATE )
(ALTERNATE )
FEEDER
FEEDER
EXTERNAL
POWER
:-r: ~
"-.,.-~~'------rrn~
LJ-
275
8ATIERY
CHARGE
MONITOR
BUS SENSE
RESET
LEGEND
"""G)
LOADED
TO CE NTEA
, IX""
to
NOFW
TeST
II
"'''
to
OPEN
LGNT1
RGtNTif
QATT1
G
TO '''''"
GEN nes
MAN CLOSE SPRING LOADED
"'''
MANTlES
"'"
"'''
(L EVER LOCK
)
OUT OF CENTER
~DC(;EN
~
0
24-26
IJ
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
,I
tTO
GENERATOR '
FIELD
:
TO t
GENERATOR
U8IC SEAlES
275
.....
,
FIELD
2~
{]RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUS n e
RIGHT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
LEFT
GENERATOR
BUSTlE
NO'
NO.1
INVERTER
INVEATER
FEEDER
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
(PRIMARY)
EXTERNAL
POWER
"v--'===:/-Ior~
27.
BATIERY
CHARGE
MONITOR
GEN TlES~
SPRING LOAOO
fROM MAN CLOSE
TO CE""R
NORM
SUS SENSE
RESET
LEGEND
o
o
"",,aD 0
LOADED
TO CENTER
M,o.N ClOS
TEST
lDCGEN
OPEN
Ii """ I
LGENne
RGENTlE
OPU!
( LEVER LOCI(
OUT OF CENTER
ROCGEN
~)
BATllE
""'" IJ
~""
CLOSE
IJ
24-27
Flight~J!!!!ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
:-r.
:0.
LEFT O I
STARTER
RELAY
TO
GENERATOR
FIELD
RIGHT
STARTEA
RELAY
UBIC SEAlES
TO t
GENERATOR
FIELD
250
OADMETER
LEFT
LEFT
LINE
' CONTACTOR
GENERATOR
SWITCH
GE NERATOR
CONTROL
325
LEFT O
GENERATOR
BUS TiE
r- -
- LEFT
LOAD METER
D RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
RIGHT
RIGHT
LINE
CONTACTOR
~o
- -,
CENTER
GENERATOR
SWITCH
RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
- -
40
CENTER
BUS
NO.1
INVERTER
BUS
60
NO.2
INVERTER
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
60
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
INVEATEA
NO.1
NO.2
INVEATER
(ALTERNATE)
(ALTERNATE)
FEEDER
FEEDER
EXTERNAL
POWER
:0.
v--~~~=Mn~
TRIPLE FED BUS
U-
275
-fl B~JTEAY
_ U
BUSTIE
BATIERY
CHAAGe
MONITOA
LEGEND
L~:b~
TO CENTER)
G
GENTIES~
BUS SENSE
RESET
MAN eLOS
NORM
TEST
OPEN
LOCGEN
( LEVER LOCK
OUT OF CE NTER
ROCGfN
~E
I M~Ns IJ
Figure 24-20. DC System-TFB Short
24-28
_,
SPRING LOADEO
FAOIo4 MAN CLOSE
TO CENTER
:-r:
lEFT
STARTER
RELAY
TO
GENERATOR
FIELD
:-r:
RIGHT
STARTER
RELAY
UBiC SEAlES
TO t
GENERATOR
FIELD
250
RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
LEFT
LEFT
GENERATOR
LINE
CONTACTOR
SWITCH
325
RIGHT
LINE :
CONTACTOR
RIGHT
GENERATOR
BUSTIe
LEFT
GENERATOR
BUS TIE
RIGHT
GENERATOR
SWITCH
40
NO.2
NO.1
INVERTER
INVEATER
FEEDER
(PRIMARY)
FEEDER
(PRIMAAY)
NO.1
NO.2
INVERTER
INVERTER
(ALTERNATE)
(ALTERNATE)
FEEDER
FEEDER
275
---BATIERY
~"""",_"'dj BUSTIE
BATIERY
CHARGE
MONITOR
LEGEND
~ ',""G)
BUS SENSE
RESET
LOADEO
TO CENTER
EXTERNAL POWE R
24-29
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
HOT
BATTERY
BUS
RIGHT
CENTER
BUS
-,,
\
BATTERY
BUS
TIE RELAY
(K121)
Q~
CONTROL PCB
BATTERY
SWITCH
BATTERY
RELAY
(K135)
OOy
o
VOLTMETER-~
o SELECT
SWITCH
VOLTMETER
TEST
,,
.r
BATTERY
SHUNT
+1-
AMMETER [ _
/
I--'
BATTERY
BATTERY CHARGE
WARNING
ANNUNCIATOR
FAULT DETECTION
PCB (A127)
5A
VOLTMETER
(BATTERY-CB312)
TRIPL E
FEDB US
24-30
"..,-0
+/
~
,
5A
BATTERY
(CB244)
~I~
-
BUSTIE~
5A
VOLTMETER
(CENTER BUS)
] BUSTlE PCB
CURRENT
SENSOR
CURRENT
SENSE
TEST
(CB66)
BUSTlE
TEST
SWITCH
BATTERY
CHARGE
MONITOR
PCB (A130)
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AI NT E NANCE T RAINING MANU A L
BATTERY
NOTES
24-31
--
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Uffsf'
Wl 02Jl
P202
1
P116A20 -]
~7-i---i 2
P115A20 ~:-t----i 3
W68D22 - ]
~:-t----i 4
- W78C22 - ]
-'-"--l-----l 5 - D31 B20 - ]
-'--+--1 6 - D38B20 - ]
-"--l-----l 7 - L74A20 - ]
, - - - - 8-20"
8
L139A20-]
. . - - - 9-20 -,,'--+--1 9
- - - - - - - -]
, - - 10-20 ~,~,+--il 0
L45A22 -]
'-P1 28B20-]
,"
..- 11-20 "
11
--------]
12-20 "
12
--------]
'F1i9
'V""Fl09
XF159
5A
"F1iO
'V""-
273201
- 26-21-01
26-21-02
76-21 -01
76-21-01
33-21-01
33-11-01
SPARE
27-02-01
24-41-01
SPARE
SPARE
Fl07
IT5A1b
"F1'08
"
"
~'--Wl02
XF108
"SA"-
] 24-66-02
] 30-31-01
"
5
F126
STEREO
RIGHT NAV MEMORY
LEFT ENGINE FIRE EXT
RIGHT ENGINE FIRE EXT
L FIREWALL SHUTOFF VALVE
R FIREWALL SHUTOFF VALVE
INDIRECT AND DOOR ENTRY LIGHTS
COCKPIT EMERGENCY LIGHTING
"F127
F12a'
XF128
5
"F129
5
F13o'
'V""-
P502
~502
XF105
E152Jl
~
4
r;::::::::;::=~ 3
-+- P18A 12
r-o----I~
I __
_~
P192
r-P8A20N
r---P9A20 - - ]
r---P46B20 24-62-01
r---P7A20 - -
'---E152W1
91-51 -01
E152 HALL
W309
_E_F_F_EC_T DEVICE_-o3.5.A-,,')
'P266A20
F174 LlMfTERPITOT HEAT FEEDER
E-
;:::===:-~:::;---P30A6 -~~
60A
~
24-62-02 E- Pl0A20 +-_--'25=...--"~
CR210 ~
1:.-: '
P176A20
5A
P6A20T----"<~~6--f-P4A20 -------,..q).,l:
CB244
BATIERY
S6
SWITCH-BATIERY
A221 PANEL ASSYSUB PANEL , L OUTBOARD
-111
CR180
, ~
'35
REKLA
y
CR187
BATIERY
'--;r.-=--_ P176B20-P178A20--+-::-----+--==="----'
'---~-"
....
, f>- P182A20 -3 24-01-01 E- P181A20 -i"l.- P178B20- ++--------'
5A
5A
CB313 VOLTMETER _
CB312
~ P13A20N
CENTER BUS
VOLTMETE R-BATIERY
A232 CENTER SECTION ASSY-WING , R
24-32
W310 R120
-:
P2AO
11I
BT100
BATIERY
W223A18 - ] 24-64-01
W222A18WHT-18 - ] 24-01-01
~
BLU-1 8 ' - - W280
_
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
24-33
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
! I
.-,,,
"
EXTERNAL
POWER
SWITCH
36
33
34
35
31
HOT
BATIERY
BUS
SA
7.5A
EXTERNAL
POWERCB
1+
,--.
C:
EXTERNAL
POWER
ANNUNC IATOR
32
OVERVOLTAGE
SENSOR PCB
(A170)
-=-
LEFT
CENTER ~-'
BUS
....c:--<t
EXTERNAL
POWER
RELAY (K4)
24-34
I
EXTERNAL
POWER
RECEPTACL E
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M A INTEN A NCE TR AINING MANUA L
EXTERNAL POWER
NOTES
The external power receptacle is located behind the left wheel well. It requires a negatively
grounded AN type APU plug . Whenever external power is to be used, the aircraft battery
should be ON to stabilize APU voltage output
and to act as standby power in the event of an
APU failure . Having the battery on also energizes the avionics power relay(s) as long as
the avionics master switch is OFF. This would
then prevent the pos s ibility of power spikes
bei ng applied to the avionics equipment.
A hot-wired external power annunciator will
illuminate anytime external power is plugged
into the aircraft- it does not have to be turned
ON. Once the battery switch has been turned
ON, external power can be selected ON. Ex ternal power being applied can be verified
prior to switching it ON by observing the ex ternal power vol tage through the DC power selector switch.
Reverse polarity protection and overvoltage
protection are provided through a printed circuit board. The overvoltage protection is set
at 32-34 VDC . The printed circuit board is
located on the stall heat resister pane l behind
the LEFT nacelle for the UB/C models and in
zone 143 for the UE models .
24-35
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAI N TE NAN C E TRAI N I NG M AN UAL
246602 [
P129
- Jl 26 CR2 A ~ P12F20
~
oJ 91-36-01
P149A20
_ _1-'P16B20 _
P16A20
1"i 2
6 I
I
P148A20 5
4"
_ ] 2401 01
51
SWITCH-
EXTERNAL
POWER
A221 PANEL ASSEMBLY
SUBPANEL, lH OUTBOARD
Jl
36
33
34
SEE 32-05-02
FOR INTERNAL
DIAGRAM
J216
P218
- P130A20
P216
6 - P16C20
3 P130B20
7
4
1
2
- P129A20
, - - P1580
24-63-01
g~ :0~28A2~'26820-J
231A2
3
231822--] 31-51-05
-) 91-4601
- - 391-48-01
A1 70 PCB ASSEMBLY
BRAKE DEICE CONTROL
AND ICE VANE SENSE , LH
P532
J501
PSO,
24-61-01 [ _ . - P
- + - P51BO
W5
Jl
24-61-01 E-
--"
8
~P152A20N
- ~
91-25-01 [-
J1 -8-K4 ~
CR4
Jl10K4
K4
RELAY-
EXTERNAL
POWER
--J91 -50-01
24-36
==:;=iF=6+
W101 /
P175 820NI- - h
-!
J313 P3l3
P129B20
r--- P1 5AO
35 I-P175A20
~ P14A20
7 .5A
CB18B EXTERN ALPOWEA
J112
/
W100
RECEPTACLE
EXTERNAL
POWER
FlightSafety.
Ua"..tlo....
P334
"
'" :
P16A20
6 I
I
P149A20
A151Jl
6
24-53 [- iE -] 24-01
P16B20
P148A20-
4~ 5
8212
SWITCHEXTERNAL
POWER
~
~
6
3
- P130A20
- P129A20
- P175A20
- P128A20
J216 P216
6 I- P16C20
3 i-Pl30820
7
4
1
2
5
"-.r...- P14A20
7.5A
CB 186 EXTEANALPQWER
P129820
r - - P15AO
P 1580
J31S P315
~ P128B20--] 24-53
- -) 91-23-01
"'"
Uloo
J313 P313
J 31-51-04
. Wl0l . / '
P17S 820N----1h
-!
/
W100
J112
RECEPTACLE
EXTERNAL
POWER
--J91-46
PCB ASSEMBlYOVERVOLTAGE
SENSOR AND
ADVISORY LIGHT
A231 CENTER SECTION
ASSEMBLY-W ING , LH
24-51-01
P532
Jl
'7'. - WS
24-51-02 [ - P51AO-. l~-r:;
- P51BO-+ l
CR4
91-25 [-
Jl -8-K4 ~ RELAYK4
~ K4-GND
EXTERNAL
POWER
24-37
FlightSafety.
.1tei ..
Ilo:AMI
~ ==.,, =~II
I
r-r- ~ p""
B.
P36B4
P36C4
. 1
w
""
RI SHUNT
LOADMETER, l
I
I
P532 1-- "'
I
2 - tS- JI-2-CB2--d"1sAt>- CB2-Rl _+ SJ
5OMVI3OOA
".,., [
c.
1 -
PBOA14 -
+5-
JI.'-CB1~CB1.Rl-.5---"
CBI lOEN
LOADnMETER H
~ W4Bl
P81A14 -
- - P83A16 -
,;:r:..,..
-. 3 --JI-6.CB~ 15A
7 - t3 - -JI.1-CB3
.......-....B3.Rl--.' ---+-"
CB3lGEN
FIELD AND SENSE
16
/~'-E-GS16----"- . . --,\-~il'
E ~GH-GSI7 ----.,- t1
I-
~,-E.GS16--.,--t4
-.6----JI-16.C84~ Jl.,JOC&lJ
CB4 L GEN
CONTROL PANEL
GSI8
GS17
13 -t6----------------------J
2461-0, [ -P171Al0-
I G516
,;========\l--4J,,1, GS"
Pl~
Pl03A20 -
LlNECNTORCONTVQlTOllT
P2 ~04i __~_~===================P83B16BBUSSENS1NG
I
~ P2-QG5' S- "-
Q ~
A. _
G,APN
Gl-0P2-eH- - - - f > -
tI
r-
91-1:Hll [ .... .
~
STARTER.GENERATOR. L
I
I
'
24-61.J>' [
.'~
P75818
"SA"
'
rn---
J503
Jl Pl29
/~+3-CB55'JI-23-.J;;
C J' ~ -'J91-36'OI
"
''''O'''''-'AGEO",
CURRENT SENSE
REGULATORVQLTAGEINPUT
OVEnvotT TEST IN
START DECONTROL
16 -+7-
24~2
C8SS
GEN RESET
GROUND (ElECI
- - - P1l6A16
W7
3A.1 "---'
,,~
,
"'50"---<
1---:--------,;--P76BI6:==~~~~~~~;P;'~6C;"~'
6-;~
24.6Hll [ - - - P76AI6
+7..J
r- 'P868188 - 'I
n"T"
P74A16 -
P503
P032A2ON
J91-24-01
P87Ale -
SHl5 SWITCH_
OVER VOLTAGE
TEST. L
E ''''KS7F:20 - ] 80-11-01
K57820 - ] 24-32.()1
-E:=-I
, '"
I
,
"
!.!....:
L
L---fI---------------+-----~ P88A20 I
PII9A20 -
, 12
, ~
~-,,: ", 9
5
'
P90A20 _
24-52-01 [ - P56A20 -
24-32-01 [ -K60F20 _
""pt
."PO~:::':;~:,;-1!t!~==!-n=6~:!:=~,===i,==========~P86C~ ,~-=:::!~-----P94A16-~
57 SWITCH-GEN
CONTROL. L .l4
Figure
24-38
04
24~28.
REMOTE TRIP
L-:==:-:::::::-::-::=,-,=",~
VRHIO REGULATOR-VOLTAGE
FlightSafety.
Iei.iiItioIeI
STARTER/GENERATORS
The engine generators are rated at 300 amps.
Indi vidual control switches are provided in
the left subpanel. The control switches are
placa rded Lor R GEN-OFF/ON/GEN RESET.
The generators are self-excited and do not require battery power for operation. To bring the
generators on line, the generator switch must
be momentarily held (one seco nd) in the
RESET po si tion. The generator voltage will
build to 28 volts and when the switch is released to the ON position , the line contactor
will close, providing ge nerator voltage to its
respective generator bu s.
NOTES
2.
3.
4.
5.
24-39
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
- r--~ P36"'"
B.
1'""=
k::=
r'= "". -
C+
K70B4 - - -
K7OC4
[-
24 01
,I
,
~ W4Bl
"-
i:
p,.;c.
W485
II
1'3684
PSJ?
P61A14 -
J'
~. 5-J1-2-CB2
~
1SA
SOMV!3OOA
JR,
C82-R1 - . 5
P80A14 -
W
'
-----:1
24-51-01
SHUNT
LOAD
METER
~ CB1'Al -. 5 ~
LEFT
JI_l.Ce,
t-- . 5_
OS,
2451-01
JI '6'CB~CB3'Al----"-
f--I '
, f-.
,
; - - - 1'831116 --6- 6
'"
JI.].C83
CB3 L GEN
FIELD AND SENSE
V--~"E'(;SlB--~-'~
0516
E- r--Gl.E.GS17--"--'~
GS17
!\---a,.e-GS1S--.,-",-
P2.:GSl 5 - t : > -
r--G1
"
0
1'-
r - - - Gl.D.P2.H
1'-
,-r-
91-13 [
...J 91-25
aS16
2 04
,
z
~
GS15
P187
24-51 -01 [
P15A16
- P75816 ~
I. ,
>--
."
NO
NC
NO
'"
CB 196
OE'" RESET
~,,,
-CR161
P83816 -
BUS SENSING
1'7411.11;- .7-
GROUND (fLEC)
9311.16- .7-
DI 6 - J
::P]561~-.J
CURRENT SENSE
REGULATOR VOLTAGE INPUT
OVEAVOLT TEST IN
STAAT DECONTROL
PS9A20 -
P90A20 [ -PS6A20-
,
C
[-'''''-
P67A16 -
t ;S7F20-- ] eoII
K57B20--] 2432
K59A20N
, ; ,,
" "'"
.,
. ,
~
,
PI6S
] 91.2
.ISO,
I
II
I
~ .
91.24 [
'''-
I
2452
2432
P94Al6-L,
REMOTE TRIP
VR100 REGULATOR---VOLTAGE
ASSEMBlY~
SUBPANEL L OUTBOARD
, ~
S137 swrrCH-GEN
CONTROLL 4 4
A221 PANEL
24-40
-'''-~
_ POOA18 _
pt~"'N
"'OJ
JI65
28 VDC IN (GEN]
LFIELD
SENSE
RELAY
PI03A2D -
76C16 - 0
::;;0: .
~
.
c
ENGINE SECTION l
PSSAl 6 - -
P75C 1 6 - M
P76816
'"
START"ER-oENERATOR. L
W254
G,
A213 ASSEMBlY
CB4LGEN
CONTflOL PANEL
P2
, f-. ,
FlightSafety.
............
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
TO STARTE RINPUT
II
~.A1B5W3
[-------:,
----,
CENTER BUS
/ //--------- --
1Cm"",_"
,,--A1B4W3
,, ,, ,,
_ _,
A1B4W5
", 1 / '
2
Pl 69
Pl 70
A1B4A2Jl
c;; A 1B5A2J 1
D
C
B
A
R
S
TEST
2BVDC
GND
OUT (GND)
REV I SIG
FWD ISIG
l'
R
S
,,
,
: ....
W
U
tREV CURRENT
STARTER
RELAY
A
Y
V
H
G
,,
,,
: ...
II
L
K
E
C
M
BUSTlE
RELAY
l#
"--\-
F
J
M
GENE RATOR
BUS
.L
,,
: ......
E
J.
I
LINE
CONTACTOR
J
5
\
FR OM
GENER ATOR
OUT PUT
K
G
Q
8:
24-41
FlightSafety.
ioIaiaticwel
~A 1 84W5
EXTERNAL POWER
/A185W3
Ir"OW' J
CENTER BUS
TO START ER INPUT [
~~~~~--i
,
I
/ /--------------
//>-------------- 1
,~",'--/
,
I
,, ,, ,,
--,
"
/1"
t ,,'
Pl 69
Al84A2Jl
Pl 70 ;:; A 185A2J 1
N
D
C
B
A
P
R
S
T
W
X
c- f -
4
3
2
1
,,
,
(;
STARTER,
RELAY
Y
V
H
G
El
L
-------"'
K
E
C
:-
z
U
24-51-02
BUSTlE
RELAY
:,
: ....
r--!, '' ,,
,
"
250 AMP
CURRENT LIMITER -
I )
,,
I
I
,)L-- '
"--~:
J
M
GENER ATOR
BU S
,,
,,
1::1
S
E
1--
E
J.
I
LINE
CONTACTOR
(l
II
g:g1;
24-42
1--
J
5
\
FRO M
GENER ATOR
OUT PUT
ITT "
24-43
(!)
Q)
I:
Q)
C\I
:;::;
I:
C\I
I:
"
I:
e-
en
.t:
E
Q)
C\I
:;::;
W
::J
Flightm'~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
'II
~i{~Ii========='J
FOR TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY
24-44
.~
.
,.,....,.,..,""'~
II-i
(,I!
I
I'
~"""""'''''''."';>~''''
,
--:>.""""",,"-""'
1Oo.l""""'''~''''
__
'""""",,';.;00;.">1).
..
l()o< ,""" ...-uu'J ..... N'O .
"'~
~ 'I&I .. 1kA1dl
"o
<I>
c:
<I>
o
;::
E
c:
tV
c:
'C
c:
e-
If)
E
<I>
.s::.
(.)
tV
;::
:::>
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
:T'
f TTm
. ' II
iill!!!: ,I !. i
_ __
_
~ N
0>
5'
"
RESET SWITCH
1:=========~~:===!=1"
V-\~6
-<>
'"
..
!!i:
lI!
PI
CURRENTSNSRPWR
CURRENT
SNSR PWR
R GEN ON SW S IG PWR
LSTSIG(+)
~~~g
LGENONSWSIGPWR
RST51G(-)
''''10,.,
to;
IN
LGEN OFFSWSIGO UT
LGENON $W$IGOUT
RGE"IAARTERMI"I
...
i ~I~~~~~~~
24-45
UOlidWei
FlightSafety.
RGENBTRLYCOOT
....
BAT SWITCH
iiJJ_ ""'"
5"
li3
GOOUNO
;J;
EXT PWRONSIGIN
G OOUNO
::;
!:l
:;
~,
>-------->'=~I-I ~
~______'l5~~~ oo
a:
---''--_u~~~
____ _ __ 5
LGEN BTRLYCONT
~_ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
r-- - -- - -- - - - - - - - - j ..
~___l-----'~Lfii'--______~c::::>-_~ '"
~_~+-
:.! ~
~~f~JJ~~-~'-:~R~~;~_
-
J1L
}i~~---------+-I ::;
r--t---i-i-~~It~~~~~~'"~========:t~
~~
~
';~~- '~1E~ ~~-~ff==~1f,--l~~~~~~~~~~l~:
:~~T:Y~C:T
"~ "
\-:,:
"\'~
-, r
'Tl H
~=J~d~~~"'<~~~~~6 . ""'0,-,
;:
~ffo!rtJ
II~c====::t - :tf~:-l1L<--'===t~~tttt~~~~~~~~~E~
J
L.....-JI
u u
..
1I3MOd 1":11111:1313
I\)
f'
""
Ol
CJ
-@B-
~_
]" ~
--
:;.
.,
"::0o
[t~
K~l
Qi=:1J""
-i
;,::
,----0-(.
-,L.,
Gl
qJj"
-U
C
::0
-U
"
"
f-.+;
,
oz
~"
(fJ
l ~.
'<
"0
~
~
<
(;)
r-
~ ~ ~
--<
r-
,.,
::c
,.,
"'[l
"'[l
,
,~
z
~ '< '<
o l>Z OO m 0
~
i7i
~ ~ ~ ~
m
...,
~ ~ ,~ ,~ o~
4520
-- - -
'"'
":ii m
,8 ~
0,
,~
.,.
24 2338
< 0_
~ ~a\
"m 'm0
,
_ Ox
Om
"
15 14
o--
-~ ~
"
m
x
::c
grn~
000
~ ~
,0
Gi zZ
Z s~
~h
, ,
fl fl
2S 33
:Il
oz
5
z
41 37
--~ ~--<
e'
51028 3 1
-
--
- -~ ~ ~
~ ~
o
<
0
~
'
~ ~
e'
0
0
'"
. ,---
~ ~
'< "~
Q
~
r-
"
:II
""
:s:
}>
-i
z
}>
z
m
0:
:::' u ~
~"
!:
:II
Lt
ij]"
~
,
...CD::z:
-@ill-
.-r
"
PJ"
"
m
m
n
roo
,@ I -@il-
~::l
:---
III
CRW
CRl
CR14
i.
,---'
6 17 16
PIN 1
F6
CR12
Rll
RIO
KId ....
~"
Fa
Lr.
....., .
~"
"
""
nJ'"
+--
11m:
"
4030 394647434442
k.,
, ,
, .. ,,
Lr.
o(fJ
.
,,*' '" l~t
'"
.r::.J
,, .
L:.r.
.,,
F7
o-r
K: 2
C~
::0
F6
KEY PIN 33
Jl
~~8
~-.""
'" '"
mPRs 8@l
@ @e
I@ ,
___ k
1
,A
I
~i
~
,
SN~
MPR~ @J ~ ~
@] @]'"
@@
j~~~2
~R7 ~MPR~ @ ~8
[g]~ ~~
CR1CR~
'"
c.
"o
,
- --
"
';'
1'i
e"
a 411
_".,
,,
::0
- - ~~
00
m m
~ ~
"'< rri
0,
0<
-i
}>
Gl
:s:
}>
z
}>
::!I
_.
I~....
':<
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINI NG MANUAL
L GENERATOR BUS:
FLAP MOTOR
FLAP CONTROL AND INDICATOR
NOSE WHEEL STEERING
CONTROL (OPT)
AUTOFEATHER
FLIGHT INSTRUMENT LIGHTS
ENGINE AND AVIONICS INSTR
LIGHTS
A BLEED AlA CONTROL
VENT BLOWER CONTROL
L FUEL VENT HEAT
BRAKE DEICE (OPT)
l ENG ANTI-ICE
CONTROL (MAIN)
A ENG ANTI-ICE
CONTROL (MAIN)
L GEN BUS T IE POWER
L LANDING LIGHT
TAIL FLOOD LIGHT (OPT)
l ENGINE AUTOMATIC
PROP DEICE
A FIAEWAlL VALVE
INVERTER NO. 1
POWER STEERING PUMP
MOTOR (OPT)
NO.2 AVION ICS BUS
FWO VENT BLOWER
ANTI -SKID PUMP
MOTOR (OPT)
L WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
FURN ISHING CONTROL (OPT)
L AUX FUEL TRANSFER
PUMP
ANTI-SKID (OPT)
ANTI-COLLIS ION LlGHTFLASHING
PILOT PHONE
R GENERATOR BUS :
PITCH T RIM (OPT)
PROP SYNCHROPHASER
SUB PANEL, OVHD AND
IN STR LIGHTS
CABIN INDIRECT (AISLE)
LIGHTS-FULL
EDGE LIGHT PANElS
READING LIGHTS
RIGHT GEN BUS TIE POWER
L ENG ANTI ICE
CONTROL (STANDBY)
R ENG ANTIICE
CONTROL (STANDBY)
R FUEL VENT HEAT
AIR COND ITIONER CLUTCH
STALL WARNING HEAT
ALTERNATE STATIC HEAT
A LANDING LIGHTS
RECOGNITION
LIGHTS
R ENGINE AUTOMAT IC
PROP DEICE
L FIREWALL VALVE
INVERTER NO. 2
R WINDSHIELD ANTIICE
NO.3 AVIONICS BUS
AFT VE NT BLOWER
PROP GOV TEST
MOD/FURN ISHINGS POWER
RAUX FUEl TRANSFER
PUMP
EMERG ENCY LIGHTS (OPT)
ANTI-COLLI SION lIG HTSTROBE (OPT)
PA AND COPILOT PHONE
SECONDARY NAV IGATION LIGHT
L CENTER BUS:
LANDING G EAR MOTOR
R FUEL BOOST PUMP
NO. , INVERTER POWER
L MANUAL PROP DEICE
R CENTER BUS :
CONDENSER BLOWER MOTOR
PNEUMATIC SURFACE DEICE
MANUAL PROP DEICE
CONTROL
R MANUAL PROP DEICE
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
GENERATOR RESET
NAV LIGHTS (PRI)
ICE LIGHTS
TAXI LIGHTS
l FUEL BOOST PUMP
NO.2 INVERTER POWER
G ROUND WAR NI NG LIGHT
CABIN INDIRECT
LIGHTS-PA RTIAL
LAND R FIRE EXTINGU ISHER
MONITOR
UE MODELS
24-47
FlightSafety.
iltel loatbel
L GENERATOR BUS:
FLAP MOTOR
FLAP CONTROL AND INDICATOR
POWER STEERING
CONTROL (OPT)
EMERGENCY LIGHTS (OPT)
AUTOFEATHEA
FLIGHT INSTRUMENT LIGHTS
ENGINE AND AVION ICS INSTA
LIGHTS
L LANDING LIGHT
ROTATING BEACON
TAIL FLOOD LIGHT (OPT)
L ENGINE AUTOMATIC
PUMP
PROP DEICE
R FIREWALL VALVE
INVERTER NO. 1
POWER STEERING PUMP
MOTOR (OPT)
NO.2 AVIONICS BUS
FWD VENT BLOWER
ANTI-SKID PUMP
MOTOR (OPT)
L WINDSHIELD ANTI ICE
FURNISHING CONTROL
L AUX FUEL TRANSFER
R GENERATOR BUS:
ANTI-SKID (OPT)
PITCH TRIM (OPT)
PROP SYNCHRQPHASER
SUB PANEL, OVHD AND
INSTR LIGHTS
CABIN INDIRECT (AISLE)
LIGHTS-FULL
EDGE LIGHT PANELS
NO SMOK ING/FASTEN SEAT
BELT AND READING LIGHTS
RIGHT GEN BUS TIE POWER
L ENG ANTI ICE
CONTROL (STANDBY)
A ENG ANTI ICE
CONTROL (STANDBY)
R FUEL VENT HEAT
AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
STALL WARNING HEAT
L CENTER BUS:
R CENTER BUS:
CONDENSER BLOWER MOTOR
PNEUMATIC SURFACE DEICE
MANUAL PROP DEICE
CONTROL
R MANUAL PROP DEICE
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
GENERATOR RESET
NAV LIGHTS
ICE LIGHTS
TAXI LIGHTS
L FUEL BOOST PUMP
NO. 2 INVERTER POWER
UC MODELS
24-48
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M A INTENAN C E TRAININ G MA N UA L
L GENERATOR BUS:
R GENERATOR BUS :
L CENTER BUS:
FLAP MOTOR
ANTI-SKID (OPT]
PITCH TRIM (OPT)
PROP SYNCHAOPHASER
SUBPANEL, OVHO AND
INSTA LIGHTS
CABIN INDIRECT (AISLE)
LIGHTS-FULL
EDGE LIGHT PANELS
NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT
BELT AND READING LIGHTS
RIGHT GEN BUS TIE POWER
L ENG ANTIICE
CONTROL (STANDBY)
R ENG ANTI ICE
CONTROL (STANDBY)
R FUEL VENT HEAT
AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
STALL WARNING HEAT
ALTERNATE STATIC HEAT
STROBE LIGHTS (OPT)
R LANDI NG LIGHTS
RECOGNITION
LIGHTS (OPT)
R ENGINE AUTOMATIC
PROP DEICE
L FIREWALL VALVE
INVERTER NO.2
R W INDSHIELD ANTIICE
NO.3 AVIONICS BUS
AFT VENT BLOWER
PROP GOV TEST
(UB-57 AND AFTER)
R CENTER BUS:
CONDENSER BLOWER
MOTOR
PNEUMATIC SURFACE
DE ICE
MANUAL PROP DEICE
CONTROL
R MANUAL PROP DEICE
WINDSHielD WIPER
MOTOA
GENERATOR RESET
NAVLlGHTS
ICE LIGHTS
TAXI LIGHTS
L FUEL BOOST PUMP
NO.2 INVERTER POWER
UB MODELS
24-49
FlightSafety.
''',n _
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
-'------~--
TRANSZORB
(CRI7S)
NO. I INVERTER
BLOWER (8113)
IF INSTALLED
NO. 1 INVERTER
POWER SELECT
RELAY (K144)
NO.2 INVERTER
115 VAC POWER
10-AMP CIRCUIT
BREAKER (CB21S)
DETAIL A
LH NACELLE INVERTER
INSTALLATION ZONE 522
NO. 2 INVERTER
POWER SELECT
RELAY (K14S )
DETAIL B
RH NACELLE INVERTER
INSTALLATION ZONE 622
24-50
OCTOBE R 1999
FlightSafety.
'ola,WltkAMI
NOTES
ACSYSTEM
power for the AC system is provided by tw o
solid state inverters. The inverters convert DC
inp ut power to a s ingle phase 400 HZ AC at
l iS vo lt s and 26 volts. The rated capacity of
each inverter is adequate for the total aircraft
AC load.
Th e 1900 UB/C models only have the ability
to use one inverter at a time. These aircraft have
a single inverter sw itch placarded "INVERTER
NO . I-OFF-NO. 2." Bringing an inverter on
lin e s ho uld ex tingui sh the INVERTER annun ciato r light. The voltage and frequency
can be checked by a combination gage on the
overhead panel. A failed inverter is indicated
by a steady INVERTER warning light.
Th e 1900 UE model is designed to have both
inverters operating at the same time. It ha s
tw o inverter switches labeled " INVERTER
NO. I" and " NO.2 " (both of which toggle to
ONIO FFI or BUS TRANSFER.) If either inverter should fail, the switch is moved to the
BUS TRANSFER position on the fai led inverter and the opposite inverter will then assume the load of the failed inverter. A
malfunctioning inverter is indicated by the
number I or number 2 AC BUS warnin g annun cia tor illuminating.
Normal power to operate the inverters co me
from their own respective generator buses ;
i.e. , number I inverter from the LEFT Gen
Bu s, number 2 from the RIGHT Gen Bu s. The
center bus is an alternate supply so urce in the
event of a generator bus fai lure.
In ve rter power se lec t re lay checks are performe d o n a regular basi s to insure the correct
power so urce is available to the inverters.
24-51
113MOd 1\1311113313
...
N
U1
N
""
't,m~~,~~,,'
CEB~ER
r;;:= -.
II
;.;J
NO 1 INVERTER
I~
I
''''''
LOAOSHED BUS
NO.1 INVERTER
I~_~OMMON
III
III
III
GND
()
'M
...Z
INVERTER NO 1
lIMITER(F l38)
CO
"T1
o:0
0
0
,.
-;
:0
~
Z
Z
21
rZ
'0 ,
INVERTER
POWEAswrrCH
G)
III
21
;;::
-U
C
:0
-U
o(J)
'"''
'OWER
INVERTER
NO.2
RELAY
(I< 155)
(J)
oz
NO 2 INVERTER
II 5 VAC LOADSHED
<M
NOTE
LIMITER (F139)
RGEN
au,
CENTER BUS
NO 2 INVERTER
BLOWER
-;
:0
CONFIGURATIONS REFERTOTHE
19000 AIRLINER WIRING DI.o.GRAM
LEGE NO
aus
I.OADSI-IEOBUS
()
INVERTER 00 2
-;
NO 1 INVERTER 11 5VAC
NO 1 INVERTER 26VAC
NO 2 INVERTER 11 5VAC
G)
;;::
Z
C
-_.
."
(C
~~
ipt....
'Ie
' - _.....~U
)
""
NO 1 ACBU S
LOADSfED
RELAY (1<151)
S--. RAOAR
r--
NO.1 INVERTER
NO, 1 INVERTER
26VAC
lOADSHED BUS
BLOWER
!~;=====~~~=~
lIMITERIFI21)
INVERTER NO I
~CV~RTER
CE NTER
BUS
POW ER SELECT
RELAY (Kl4-4)
B
A
DC POWER IN
G
F
C
0
26VACOUT
SYNC
N:;. COMMON GND
aND
,,--- ,
""
INVERTER NO 1
LIMITER (Fl38f
(C8245)
11SVACOUT
A~t~tl
(.0.127)
NO, 1 AC BUS
SELECT RELAY
(Kl$3)
ANNUNCIATOR
. I
INVERTER NO 1
"
C
JJ
"lJ
U)
~,,~~W-" ! t,
-1 '- ~~~JlWlTCH
:
...........
;B~411
"lJ
_":;;._
"
0>--,
INVERTER NO 2
U MITER(f!! 2) r
. .-rr
(cJ,,,
NO.:>
TRANSFER
Ir
L1
INVERTER
RELAY (9(145)
RELAY
POWER SELECT
NO 2
'(KI55)
OWE"
--~~~~ER
NO.1 INVEATER
....
~ 'I
i
DC POWER IN
26 VAC OUT
11!>VACQUT
..J:..
oAn
! II
...."'......U T n o :
ACCOMM~GND
oz
GNO
NO 2 INVERTER
I IS VAC LOADSHEO BUS
NO. 2 AC BUS
LOADSHED
",uw
(1(150)
(C8246) NO.2INVFRTI'R
I'UWl::H SELECT
(CBI24)
AC VQl..TS AND
FREOUENCY
METER
LEGEND
CENTER8US
NO 2 INVERTER 26 VAC
NO 2 INVERTER
BLOWER
...
III
0
0
,.
:lII
rZ
s::
NAV NO 2
0:
:z:
:lII
.....
7!)-
INVERTER 00 2
UMITER (F!3\l)
NO 2
('"II
NO"'"2ACSUS
SELECT RELAY
(KI!>2)
INVERTER NO. 2
~,
L-
SYNC
U)
11SI/At:.
MAINTAINED BUS
1 .~ METER
(C821S)
~lmER
ATINOI
I I I
(CB!' 4)
I I.....L
'"'
f'la'tEs'"
~~TC~~ER
lEFTTOOOUE
METER
IIII I?
m
m
(')
~~g~OEO
~
.A..
........ ~
CE NTER
NAI/NO.2
GLARESHIELO A55Y
'"'
....._
NAVNO I
(C8213)
"""
JJ
~
Z
Z
Gl
III
LJ
___"_
C=' ~
-_(' ~
(C8108)
oJJ
POWER6S END
t.'&Mfsm~
lGEN
-n
NO. 1 INVERTER
''''''
RMINO.!
NO 2 INV ERTER
' 26W.c
lOAOSHEO BUS
NOTE
THE TYPE Of INVERTER INSTALLED
MAY VARY BETWEEN AIRPLANES TO
ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENT AVIONIC
CONFIGURATIONS REFERTOTHE
lliiOOD AIRLINER WIRING DIAGRAM
MANUAl. FOR OPTIONAl WIRING NOT
SHOWN IN TH IS GE NERAl. SCHEMAT IC
m
"""
z
z
JJ
"""
z
Gl
s::
r
I\)
'\'"
<.n
ELECTRICAL POWER
_.
~
::!J
i~....
'!<
IHMOd 1":11111:1313
I\)
~
C11
L""DSHEO
L-.W.I """
<OA
;+..J
:
N O. ~ ~~~TER
INVeI'lTER NO \
LIMITER (FI21)
:==============j--:~;:Jf~~~::::::::::;tr=~==:lA
8
CFN1ER
,OS
~N~~ATER
POWER SELECT
RELAY (KI 44 )
INVERTeR NO 1
UMITER(Fl38)
NO 1 INV ERTER
roXt~HED BUS
DC POWER IN
l1 S VACOUT
ANN FAU LT
D~~~8
26VACOUT
SYNC
lie COMMON OND
NO 1 INVERTER
r- ~Y~AINED BUS
GND
NAV NO 1
NAY NO. 2
,.,---- ,
<OA
~",D"
1""1
INVERTER NO.1
FLTOATA
RECOFlOER
POWER SELE CT
(CB106)
"Tl
(C6213)
:n
-i
:n
~
z
z
"ST~ = ! t
'0
,
INVERTER
Gl
POWER SWITCH
o(f)
I
\r-y
INVERTEAN02-LlMITEA(F II 2j
:n
-U
-?
~
'"
-U
"-"'"'
RECORDEO
"
L~:r
NO.2
INVERTER
POWER SELECT
RELAY (KI4S)
(f)
LEFTTOROUe
ME"R
(CB212)
I le:~::
1I 1I
I' I
--L
CEWg R
=ER
RELAY
(KI55)
oz
DC POWER IN
26VM; OlIT
115VACOUT
SYNC
G"
12
2"
~~lC~~R
NO 1 INVERTER
~: III
I
~~~~
)j
NQ'2ACBUS
SELECT RELAY
NA'IN O. 2
(KIS21
RM I NO. \
NO.2 INVERTER
~fV~~NVERTER
LOAOSHEO BUS
INVERTER NO.2
'"
INVERTER NO. 2
LI M ITER (F I :)
"
(CB246) ~8Je~'fJE~R:~
(CBI 24 )
AC VOlTS AND
FREauENCY
METER
RGEN
au,
LEGE N D
o
o
NO :2 INVERTER
BLOWER
rn
rn
()
...CDZ
0
0
II:II
rZ
rn
:II
;:
III
-i
z
z
NOTE
THE TYPE OF INVERTER INST"l.LED
MAY VARY aETWEEN AIRPlANES TO
ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENT AVIONIC
CONFIGURATIONS REFER TO THE
19000 AIRLINER WIRING DIAGRAM
MANUAL FOR OPTIONAL WIRING NOT
SHOWN IN THIS GENERAL SCtiEMATlC
m
-i
:IJ
z
z
CENTER BUS
NO:2INVERTER 115VAC
Gl
;:
r
Figure 24-40. AC Schematic-UE (Load Shed)
."
-.
(C
~~
i~....
':<
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
~)
"-
" i o-!
c.J
0.
OFF
"CM BUS
5
~T"
~'-
II
-0
"A"
RELAY
I AC TEST JACK
~
~ 'NVERTER
0- WARNING
ANNUN
'-I
I
I
0...
.,.2;.
<n
'
~
lAC INVERTER
YAW DAMP
w-
NO.1 INV
SEL
y "A".../,,"~CMBUS
I ...... - - - 0 .,
7
~-
"'
/"
--
RELAY
, LIGHT
rc
~
I
I
,
I GI1IJ ~ CD
NO.1 INVERTER
PWR SEL RELAY
~~~~~
'O~
E REMOTE
t--
~~~en' en
NO.2INV
POWER SEL
5A
TO R TORQUE
TRANSMITTER
1 ,..
1"""'1
7.5A
NO.2 INVERTER
PWR SEL RELAY
TO L TORQUE
TRANSMITTER
:~
~ 204
R GEN BUS
C ACCOM
r - D 115 VAC
.9 "
NO.2 INVERTER
POWER RELAY
"7"
-rr
i):~LOWER
MOTOR
INVERTER
SELECT SWITCH
NO.1
DC PWR
B DCGND
TB10a
":~
:>A
NO.1 INVERTER
INO. 1 INVERTER
RELAY
0: ~
lOWe"
MOTOR
5A'
-::-
-::-
DCPWR
B DC GND
C ACCOM
D 115VAC
E REMOTE
F
26VAC
PC125
LEGEND
LEFT GEN BUS
CENTER BUS
24-55
FlightSafety.
""'""""'"
1f==~====================~;;;;==~1=~~~~~------~:;~ A
INVERTER
SELECT SWITCH,
NO., 1
<)"
--r- )
"--t::J::::j::::=::'"
,
-=-
'- ./'~RGENBUS
r ..
;r::
---~-q I
r-;:~t===~ttt
'------- ------6 5A
TO. L TORQUE
TRANSMITIER
TO. R TORQU E
TRANSM ITT ER
YAW DAMP
NO.. 2 INV
PQWER SEL
flL.
-~!"~"-~=::::::::~~
~
'. ,
26 VAC
PC125
NQ. ~vcH'toR
,4
NO.. 2 INVERTER
PWR SEL RELAY
~ '-
REMQTE
NO.. 2 0
"'/
""---<>7,5Ao----,
_6
,..i'III
r - D 11SVAC
~'-"- E
i"
o-!
2
Q FF
"toHBUS
.-
NO.. 2 INVERTER
PQWER RELAY
'-----11-----,
-=- ->-..q
0------,
'--_ _'\.
'\j
DCPWR
~
~ ~~~~~
-=::L
i):BMLQQTWQERR
'-_-Q--0sA0----
INVERTER
SELECT
RELAY
r;;-
~ ~~~~iNE~
r-
.....
, to", JACK
JANNUN
:0
-2;.
I
-~ :<'"AO""---..II
~~l,
. ~,...---...
NQ.1 INV
ACINVERTER
WARN ING LIGHT
RELAY
PQWER SEL
-,e-<
- '-
r---"
NO. 1 INVERTER
PWR SE L RELAY
....
is
NO.. 1 INVERTER
NO., 1 INVERTER
PQWER RELAY
l~we~ LQ
MQTOR
' SA'
-=-
LEGEND
CENTER BUS
DCPWR
DCGND
C ACCQM
D 115VAC
E
REMQTE
F 26VAC
PC125
24-56
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
QUESTIONS
When you go to TEST with the Bu s
Sense switch you:
A. Open the line contractor.
B. Deenergize the generator.
C. Depower the TFB .
D. Depower the center bus.
i?>t'!_y .
2.
'3LSI;\r-\P <~'
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The Left or Right DC GEN light will illuminate from the auxiliary contacts
on the:
A . Generator ties
B. Starter relay
C. Line contactor
D. Bus tie PCB
After replacing and adjusting a generator cOQtrol unit, you shou ld also:
o d:l v -1 ,'
~c,("=!:v....
PCL
8.
o "'.... "m{
(2 S~~
r lc..-,-, ,
Q ~ "'.>'
c)k.AV
Gg:
7'1 o~
24-57
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAI NTENA NCE TRAI N ING MANUAL
CHAPTER 25
EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION ........... ......................................................... .......................... ................... 25-1
GENERAL ......... ................ ...... .. .. ................... ......................... ........ ............................. ........ 25-1
COMPARTMENT SEATS ................................................................................ .................... 25-3
Flight Compartment seats.. ........ .......... ............ ...................... ...... .......... ...... ....... ...... ..... 25-3
Passenger Compartment Seats (Model 912) .................................................................. 25-3
Passenger Compartment Seats (Model 936).. .. ..................... ...... .. ...... .................. ......... 25-5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SIDE WALL AND PARTITIONS ......... .. ... ....... .. ........... 25-7
Cabi n Upper Sidewall Panels ................................ .. ... .................... .. .... .. ... .............. .... .. 25-7
Right Forward Closet Partition .................................................................................... 25-11
Left Forward Stub Partition.... ................... .......... ............... .......... ....... ....... ................. 25-13
AFT Movable Partition .. ............................. .. ............................................................... 25-15
Lavatory Entry Parti tion ... .. .... ............ ... ..... ... ..... .. ..... .............. ..... ... ......... ................... 25-17
CARGO COMPARTMENT ..................... ........... ... .. ......... .. ........ ... ...... ............................... 25-19
Cargo Compartment Floor Cover ................. ........... ............ .................................. .. .... 25-19
Cargo Compartment AFT Pressure Bulkhead Cover ...................... .. .......................... 25-21
Pressurizati on Val ve Cover..... ....... ...................... ................... .... ... ................ ........ ...... 25-21
Cargo Compartment Sidewall and Headliner ........................................................... ... 25-23
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER ....................................... ............................ 25-25
NARCO ELT I0 ............. .. ................................................. .. .. ... .. ............................ ... .. 25-25
ARTEX 110-4-002 ELT (With remote switch adjacent to ELT) ...................... .. ..... .. . 25-27
25-i
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
25-ii
FlightSafety.
i'ltii.oatkNeI
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Title
Page
25-1
Typical Passenger Compartment Seating Arrangement..... .. ..... .... .................... ..... 25-2
25-2
Seat Cover Snap Release and Engagement....... .... .... .............. ... ... ... ... ... ...... .. ........ 25-2
25-3
25-4
25-5
25-6
Right Forward Closet Partition ...... .. .... .................. .. ............ .. .............................. 25-10
25-7
Left Forward Stub Partition Installation .... ................ ........................... ............... 25-12
25-8
Aft Movable Partition ............ ... ................... .. ......... .... ... .......... .......... .... .............. 25-14
25-9
Lavatory Entry Partition Installation (Optional on UE-204 and after) .............. . 25-16
25-10
Cargo Compartment Floor Cover ....... ...... ..................... ... .... ........... ...... ... ........... 25-18
25-11
25-12
Cargo Compartment Sidewall and Headliner .......... ... .... ............... .. .. ........ ...... .... 25-22
25-13
NARCO ELT 10 Emergency Locator Transmitter Installation .... .... .. ,................ 25-24
25-14
25-15
25-16
25-iii
FlightSafety.
". ,",._,
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 25
EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS
INTRODUCTION
This chapter describes the equipment and furnishings on the Beech 1900 Airliner.
Information is included for aircraft seats, partitions, cargo compartment, and the emergency locator transmitter (ELT).
GENERAL
Seating on the 1900 Airliner includes the pilot
and copilot seats in the flight compartment and
passenger seating in the cabin.
Cabi n sidewall panels are on each side of the
cabin. Partitions on the 1900 Airliner include
a coat closet assembly, a stub partition, an optional aft movable partition, and an optional
lavatory entry partition.
25-1
FlightSafety.
'""""""""
- --(-J \'-'
~
----AISLE LIG HT --+HARNESS ASSY:
II'-l
, ,
, ,
L_c.:a::___ _~JLJ
SEAT LOCK
LEV ER
'\. I
'\
~
~~- SEAT LOCKING
PIVOTI NG
ARM REST
(OPTIONAL)
AISLE
LIGHT
DETAIL C
D""'CT""''' _-'~,\''"I!..~Ir;
FLOTATION
CUSHION (OPTIONAL)
MECHAN ISM
(REAR LEG)
LIFE VEST
STORAGE
(OPTIONAL)
FOOD TABLE
(OPTIONAL)
SEATBACK
00-
PUSH
PUS H
--0
PUSH
PUSH
--0
0 - PUSH
0-
PUSH
--0
PUSH
INSTALLATION
REMOVAL
25-2
PUSH
--0
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AI NTENANC E T R A I N ING MANUAL
COMPARTMENT SEATS
Refer to Figure 25-2 for a seat cover snap release and engagement illustration.
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT
SEATS
NOTES
The flight compartment seats (pilot and copilot) are moveable forward and aft on seat
tracks attached to the floor. Lock pins are controlled by the seat occupant to adjust the seat
in a selected position on the tracks. The pilot
and copilot seats are equipped with support
channels that move on the tracks while preventing seat and track separation. Additionally,
removable travel stops on either end of the
seat tracks prevent inadvertent seat and track
separation.
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
SEATS (MODEL 912)
Passenger seats on the Model 912 are anchored
to the seat track on the floor and one on the
fu selage side wall. Each seat assembly is se cu red to the seat tracks by anchors inserted into
cutouts in the tracks and slid into the desired
locking position (Figure 25-1).
The seats are locked in place by star lock nuts
on the forward sidewall and aisle track legs
an d spring-loaded lock levers on the aft sidewall and aft aisle legs . The forward locks
are disengaged by unscrewing the star lock
nut s in a counterclockwise direction. The
aft locks are disengaged by pulling on the
lock pin s and rotating each 90 so they remain in the UP position.
NOTE
Each seat location is index marked
with paint on the floor and sidewal l
sea t tracks so seats are properly
s paced in the airplane during installation. Each seat is equipped with
an aisle light assembly that must be
disconnected prior to seat removal.
25-3
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE T RAI N ING MANUAL
REAR TRACK
FITTING SHEAR
u
REAR TRACK
FITTI NG SCREW
CAP
SCREW
REA R TRACK
FITTING SHEAR
PIN
REAR TRACK
FITTING SCREW
25-4
Flight,~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AI NTEN AN C E TRA I NING MANUAL
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
SEATS (MODEL 936)
NOTES
25-5
Flight~1!i~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING M ANUAL
PANEL
INSTALLATION
TABS
DETAIL D
FS
321 .588
TRIM STR IP \
(/
FS
201 .588
FS
FS
150,GOO
DETAIL A
FS
177.350
DETAILC
20 1.588
TRIM RETAINER
CHAN NEL
HEADLINER
PAN ELS ---=::::::::::;;:n~~
,/
:~":~
~
SIDEWALL PANEL
'~-- TR IM CAP
SIDEWALL PANEL - ' '-
fj )
V ',,-
b-\
TRIM STRIP
DETAIL B
Figure 25-4. Cabin Upper Sidewall Panel Installation
25-6
FlightSafety.
""'""""""
PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT SIDE
WALL AND PARTITIONS
NOTES
25-7
--
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
SADDLE
BRACKET \
SLI DING
DOORS
B
I
CARGO
STRAP
ATTACHMENT
(FOOTMAN
LOOP)
DETAIL A
RETAINING
PLATE
DETAILC
DETAIL D
SEAT
TRACK
ANGLE
_---..::~~P1
RETAINING
PLATE
DETAIL B
25-8
Flight,ill~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Each side of the cabin wall is lined with five sidewall panels secured to the structure with anchor
tabs and trim retainer channels at intersections
between each panel. Removal of the panels requires the removal of the forward cabin partitions (Figure 25-5) , the removable aft cargo
partition, the passenger seats, and the oxygen,
electrical and speaker connections.
NOTES
25-9
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENAN C E T RAIN I NG MANUA L
ATIACH
BRACKET
BAGGAGE
LIMITATION
PLACARD
f
{
FORWARD
RIGHT HAND
PARTITION ~
it
I
,---
CERTIFICATE
HOLDER
a
DETAIL A
Figure 25-6.
25-10
DETAIL B
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTEN A NCE TRAINING MANU A L
NOTES
25-11
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
TRIM----+
\---PAD
l . ._ _ BRACKET ASSY
4----
MOUNTING ANGLE
ENTRANCE LIGHT -
- - - MOUNTING ANGLE
DETAIL A
25-12
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 A I RLINER MAINTENANCE TR A INING MANUAL
NOTES
25-13
Flight~!!;!ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
f - - - PIN ASSY
(4 PLACES)
F~
DETAIL E
LOCKING FOOT
KNURLED COLLAR
DETAIL F
~,
PIN ASSY
---1
- - PIN ASSY
HANDLE - - - I I
DETAIL C
DETAIL D
HINGE~
~~PINASSY
~
(4 PLACES)
'~
DETAILB
_~./
ROLL PIN
DETAIL A
Figure 25-8.
25-14
AFT
PARTITION
REMOVABLE
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
25-15
SCREW /~
MOUNTING PIN
RETRACTION
LEVER
-+---i+;,
WASHER
DETAIL A
BRAC KET --'-"
SCREW
DETAIL B
Figure 25-9.
25-16
WAS HER
Flightill~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M A INTENANCE T RAINING MANUA L
NOTES
25-17
Flight~~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
FS
451.00
FS
509 .50
FS
531.00
I,
I.
I
I
,.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I.
&----~-----~-----~----.
..
A
---
I.
CARGO FLOOR
COV ER
CA RGO DOOR
THRESHOLD
DETAIL A
25-18
-+
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTEN A NCE TRAINING MANUAL
CARGO COMPARTMENT
NOTES
CARGO COMPARTMENT
FLOOR COVER
The aft cargo compartment is lined with floor
cov ers to protect the structure from damage
during loading and unloading of baggage. The
aft cargo floor covers are he ld in place with
screws and s trip s of doubl e-faced tape install ed on the back of each floor cover panel
(Figure 25-10).
25-19
.-
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENA NC E T RAINING MANUA L
PRESSURIZATION
OUTFLOW AND
SAFETY VALVE
,
COVER
~
DETAIL B
AFT
BULKHEAD
COVER
:'l~~I:
/
~/
,
DETAIL A
25-20
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
PRESSURE BULKHEAD
NOTES
COVER
The aft pres sure bulkhead is protected by a
cover panel secured to the aft pressure bulkhead with eight screws installed around the
perim eter of the panel cover (Figure 25-11).
PRESSURIZATION VALVE
COVER
The outflow and safety va lves are protected by
a cove r mounted on both the rear pressure
bul khead and aft cargo compartment cover
panel with sc rews.
25-21
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CUTOUT FOR
LIGHT
TRIM STRIP
=-_----;'c:::::~~~
TRIM STRIP
VIEWA
FLIGHT DATA
RECORDER SHELF
VIEWB
25-22
CARGO COMPARTMENT
SIDEWALL AND HEADLINER
NOTES
The cargo compartment sidewa ll and headliner assemblies are secured to the structure
by trim strips and screws (Figure 25- 12) .
25-23
FlightSafety.
-,
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
DETAIL A
~,--- EMERGENCY
LOCATOR
TRANSMITTER
REMOTE--~~~~~
SWITCH
DETAIL B
Figure 25-13.
25-24
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TR A INING MANUAL
EMERGENCY LOCATOR
TRANSMITTER
NARCO ELT 10
The Beech 1900 Airliner is equipped with an
ELT to assist in tracking and recovery of the
airplane, crew, and passengers in the event of
a crash or emergency landing (Figure 25 - I 3).
The ELT is on the right side of the aft fuselage
empennage area at a point just forward ofFS.
598. Access to the ELT for replacement or repair is gained by removing the access panel
below the right stabilon. The antenna for the
ELT is on top of the fuselage, to the right of
the dorsal fin.
The ON-OFF-ARM switch is on the transmitter and controls the operation of the set:
ON position- Continues to transmit a
signal as long as the switch is in this
position
NOTES
25-25
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ANTENN A - _ f
/
/
DETAIL A
REMOTE
SWITCH
RE MOTE
SWITCH
HARN ESS
------"C'C:'-./',
[;:;i
::=~~~
~
AN:N~:A 7
CABLE
25-26
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
NOTE
The ARTEX I 10-4-002 ELT is installed in UE-I through UE-19, and
UE-24 through UE-30 not incorporating Kit 129-3009-5.
The ARTEX 110-4-002 ELT system meets the
requirements ofTSO C91a. The system consists
of the ELT transmitter in the aft fuselage area,
an antenna on the aft fuselage , and a remote
switch mounted adjacent to the ELT (Figure
25-14) . The remote switch has a placard on the
exterior fuselage skin around the spring-loaded
access cover to identify the switch positions. The
ELT can be deactivated by momentarily placing the remote switch to ON and then back to
ARM/RESET. The switch is lever locked in the
ARM/RESET and the ON positions. Neither
thi s switch, nor the switch on the ELT transmitter, can be positioned to prevent the automatic
activation of the ELT transmitter. The system is
independent from other airplane systems.
The ELT automatically activates during a crash
and transmits a sweeping tone on 121.5 and
243.0 (Marine Band) MHz. This activation is
in dependent of the remote switch setting or
availability of aircraft power.
NOTE
Transmitter range is approximately
line of sight.
The remote switch performs the following
fu nctions:
Tests the ELT
Deactivates the ELT if it has been inadvertent ly activated by the G switch
Activates the ELT after an off-airport
landing if the impact does not automatically activate it
25-27
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENA NC E TRAINI NG MANUAL
REMOTE
SWITCH
<?
f'>
l:i::ll~
I
@:
:<tl
I---~
DETAILC
ANTEN NA
-----(f
I
DETAIL A
REMOTE
SWITCH
HARNESS
t,
v~
/'/(J~~/
---A
~r-
ANTENNA
CABLE
/'
THUMB
SCREWS
\~~ ~
~
DETAIL B
Figure 25-15. ARTEX 110-4-002 Emergency Locator Transmitter Installation (with Remote
Switch Next to OAT in Cockpit)
25-28
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
NOTE
The ARTEX 110-4-002 ELT is in sta lled on UE-158, UE-160 and after,
and prior aircraft with Kit 129-30095 installed .
Thi s ELT installation is identical to other ELT
in stallat ion s with the except ion that the remote
switch assembly is next to the outside air temperature (OAT) indicator and incorporates a
yellOW transmit light (Figure 25-15). If the
ELT is inadvertently activated by the G switch,
th e transmit light next to the remote switch
blinks. Deactivate the ELT by momentarily
pl acing the remote sw itch to the ON position
an d then back to ARM. The system is independent from other airplane systems except for
the transmit li ght, which is hot-w ired to the airpl ane battery, and the edge - lit panel , which is
controlled by the si de panel rheostat in the
overhead cockpit panel.
25-29
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
REMOTE
SWITCH
[~'~
,;~~~
0 ".
r-
@:
I_
:~
__ ~
DETAILC
ANTENNA
------:'f
/
.
DETAIL A
REMOTE
SWITCH
HARNESS
ANTENNA
CABLE
THUMB
SCREWS
Figure 25-16. ARTEX C406-2 Emergency Locator Transmitter Installation (UE-313 through
UE-429 with Kit 129-3404-01 installed: Optional on UE-430 and Subsequent)
25-30
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAIN T ENANCE T RAIN ING MANUAL
UNDERWATER LOCATOR
DEVICE
NOTE
The ARTEX 110-406-2 ELT (only
installed on UE-379) is functionally
the same as the C406-2. All descriptions in this manual that apply to the
C406-2 also apply to the I 10-406.
The system consists of the ELT transmitter
and an alert horn in the aft fuselage area , an
antenna on the aft fuselage , and a remote
switch with a yellow transmit light on the left
cockpit side wall next to the OAT indicator. The
purpose of the alert horn is to notify per sonnel that the ELT has been activated. The remote
switch is lever-locked in the ARM and the ON
positions . Neither this switch nor the switch
on the ELT can be positioned to prevent the automatic activation of the ELT transmitter.
Upon activation, the ELT sounds the alert horn
and transmits a sweeping tone on 121.5 and
243.0 (Marine Band) MHz. An additional frequency of 406.025 MHz is also transmitted,
which is used by orbiting satellites to assist in
determining aircraft location. This activation
is independent of the remote switch setting of
availability of aircraft power. The remote
switch performs the following functions :
Tests Ihe ELT
Deactivates the ELT if it has been inadvertently activated by the G switch
Activates the ELT during and in-flight
emergency if an off-airport landing is anticipated
Activates the ELT after an off-airport
landing , if the impact did not automatically activate it.
25-31
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 26
FIRE PROTECTION
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION ...... ............ ... ........................................................... .. .. .... .. ...... .. .. .. ...... .... . 26-1
FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM ........... ........................ ..... .. .... ...... .. .... ...... .. ..... .. ... ........ ..... ..... 26-3
Fire Detection Test ... . .. .. .. . ... .............. ... ....... ....... .... ...... ..... ...... . ... ... ... .... ... ............ .......... 26-5
FIRE EXTINGU ISHER SYSTEM .............................................. .. .............. ............... ........ 26-13
BLEED-AIR WARNING SYSTEM .... .... .................................................... ..... .. .......... ...... 26-21
QUESTIONS ....................... ...... .. .... ... .. ......... .... ... ....... ... .. ....... ........................................ .... 26-22
26-i
FlightSafety.
"taliatioiWII
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Title
Page
26-1
Fire Detection System Diagram .. .. ....... ........................ ...................... .... ............. ... 26-2
26-2
26-3
26-4
26-5
26-6
26-7
Fire Detection CircuitDB-S7IUC-174 (Loop Test) ...... ......................... ...... ... ......................................... 26-10
26-8
Fire Detection CircuitDB-S7/UC-174 (A mp Test) .......... .... .. .. ... .... ............... ............................... .. .... .... 26-11
26-9
Fire Extinguisher System ........ .......... ....... ......... ...... ...... ............................. .......... 26-12
26-10
26-11
26-12
Fire Extinguisher Circuit- DE (Test B) ..................... .. ... ...... .. .................. .......... 26-17
26-13
Fire Extinguisher Circuit-DE (Fire Signal) ...... .. ........ ...... ... .............................. 26-18
26-14
26-15
Bleed-Air Warning System Diagram ...... ...... ........ ......... .... ........ .. .... .. .... .... .. .... .... 26-20
26-iii
CHAPTER 26
FIRE PROTECTION
INTRODUCTION
This chapter presents the fire protection system on the Beech 1900 airplane. Included
in this chapter is discussion of fire detection and fire-extinguishing systems, along with
detailed discussion of the fire detection system control unit. Components and their operation are listed in addition to general maintenance consideration s and functional and
operational c hecks . References for this chapter and further specific information can be
found in Chapter 26 , " Fire Protection;" C hapt er 5, " Time Limits/Maintenance Checks ;"
and Chapter 12, "Servicing ," of the Maintenan ce Manual.
26-1
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
---#0
1I
I
0
II
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _~~L_______ __ __
un
ENGINE
.EFT
L.FT
~
~R X X
~
l'II0I ''
n IGHT
HIGHT
L DC GEN
LeOl TANK
STALL HEAT
BATTERY
ANN POWER
SOURCE
' R BK 01 OVHT
A ENG ICE
FAIL
A PilOT HEAT
R FIRE LOOP
'LBK 01 OVHT
L FIRE LOOP
L PITOT HEAT
AUTO FEATHER
----
L
AUTOFEATHER
L IGNITION ON
RDR POWER ON
----
------FUEL
TRANSFER
-- - -
AFX DISABLE
-- --
RUD BOOST
OFF
-- - -
A IGNITION
ON
MANT lES
CLOSE
--- -
'R BK DEICE
TAXI LIGHT
-- --
EXTERNAL
POWER
OFF
TAIL DEICE
POWER STEEA
ENGA
ON
26-2
R DC GEN
LOW
YO/AB FAil
A FUEL OlY
A COL TANK
INBD WG DEICE
OPEN
LOW
OFF
R GENTlE
L FWVALVE
L NO AUXXFR
--
CHARGE
R FWVALVE
R NO AUX
XFA
OUTBOWG
DEICE
A
AUTOFEATHER
A ENG ANT I- ICE
R ENV!R OFF
FlightSafety.
i .Iei ...tIoI1IIII
FIRE DETECTION
SYSTEM
NOTES
26-3
FlightSafety.
--....
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
EXT
-,
~ 'T'~
ffSTS
LEFT
T~~~
LEFT
~! ~
EXT
/'
AMP
DETeCT
UE SERIES
..J
RIGHT
DET
\V
FAULT
OFF
TEST SWITCH
FIRE DET AND FIRE EXT
UAAND
UB 1-56
26-4
""
L (l) J
fl lGKT
FIRE
--,
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INTENANCE T R A INING MANUA L
FI RE DETECTION TEST
NOTES
26-5
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
.....
24-65-01
~a;
'5
:
A!Io._-I
. r.
WI
____________________ Wl0A22
PISS
r----,
fBl
bfr~~f.6N
JI6S
Pl65
~
B
W2U)22N
3 91-42-01
-E
W,,'"
W21B22
W21C22
I
I
.;.-J
LOOP
~ OFF
W20A22
AMP
50s
SW ITCH
FIRE DETECTION
TEST. LEFT
3'-Sl.oo [
W264A.22
31-51-02 [- W27A.22 7
262101 [_ W27B22
W27C22
f242CONTROLFIRE DElECTOA
Cf)
"09 waPI
Wl3A22
W14A22
W19A22
W8P3 EIIPI
El1P2 E1 2Pl
E12P2 wap2
ill
Ell FIRE SENSOR E1 2 FIRE SENSOR
w,
A213ASSEMBLY- ENGINE SECTION. LEFT ..1. .. 2
26-6
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
L DC GEN
l FUEL
an
STALL HEAT
LENVIR OFF
BATIfRY
CHARGE
RFUElQTY
RDCGEN
TAX I LIGHT
EXTERNAL
RENVIR OFF
POWER
\
"i~~
~:;a.--fo--------tt----
I':
~~TFL~E
A146 Al.NElASSEM8LY-
_____
"'~
"
CIRCUIT BREAKER. A .1
P'65
W21022N
-E
P". r-----,
Wl0A22 _
'
W218 2~ _
W21C22 -
2
1
_] 91-42-01
_'. ];ILooP
LEFT
--,...-oo-ro::~O~
FF --I------_ w'''''' -
r-i-:'~;'f==1~~~~~~ W"-''' _.
SWI~~H- AMP
FIAEDETECTION
TEST, LEFT
W20A22 _
W264A22 _
W27C22 _
26-7
..-
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
OIEd
Ed
' -~AA
I I
A~
/:.. ,:.:::0
111
ITT
ITT/
~m~nl,~L
~ ~''
" ~'
I ,, ~" ~
~
0
00
FC P-65
KFA346
I(
....
!.
"W"'
,e
e.. ....
@@@
@@
_0 ,
L o,.oWt,jE:::J
"~;'
II
"51
f~~FOFJE
J l,
.
5
P l65
n;.J9H'<F
-E~!i~!=
LEFT
f1 COOP
., : J OFF
50s
AMP
SWITCH-
FIRE OETECnON
TEST, LEFT
'<'~' -
E242 CONTROL
FIRE DETECTOR
c;p
'"
~."
W8P3 EIIPt
EllP2 E12Pl
E 12P2 W8P2
f lo
, Ell FIRE SENSOR E12 FIRE SENSOR-
' w.
A213 ASSEMBlY-ENGINE SECTION, LEFT . 1, .. 2
26-8
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
Ir.':!to- -I----------
W"A" _ _ ,
CIRCUIT BREAKER. A
SOc
"C
3 ' 5' 02 [- ~ W27 A22 53.92&-21 01 [_
CONFIG 3
~ W27~; J
S,'"
SWITCH -
T-1
I
I
NC
I
I
I
NO
FIRE
W20A22
W264A22
W262A22
NC
--
- ,
- '
- ,
W15A22
WI2A22
1-- -
- I- T
FAUlT
fiRE DETECTION
TESllEFT
A224 PA NEL ASSY- SU BPA NEl,
RI NBOARD
<;p
J4 09 Wap1
WI4A22
W,3A22
W1 9A22
Wap2 El1Pl
E1IP<! E12Pl
E1 2P2 WeP3
rT
~ ""'
26-9
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
o [(
1:1,, ._ -!__________
A 146 PANEL ASSEMBLY
CIRCUIT BREAKEA. R
JI6S
Wl0A22
~-I ' I
P I SS
391 -42
W21C22
ORE
~'~CH-
FAULT
FIRE DETECTION
TEST. LEFT
A224 PANEL ASSY- SUBPANEL,
R INBOARD
W8P2 El1Pl
26-10
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
J'J6:;lG
PI65 W21D22N-E ~~l~~
391 -42
=I=HI
W21C22
~
W"'''2~
'' ~===== ::,::tj;1
L..
W27B22
NC
.",.
SWITCHFIRE DETECTION
TEST. LEFT
FAULT
RINBOAAO
J409
1t==========::~~:
A22:===rs11oI1-f.,1io.[l
W13A22
1.-----------
wap,
W19A22
ellP2 E12Pl
E12P2 W8P3
~!!!!!!!!!l:D~!!!~~~;.w
Ell FIRE SENSOR E12 FIR E SENSOR
C:l:t:~=::::====::::=:~
w,
.1.213 ASSY-ENGINE SECTION, LEFT . 1, . 2
26-11
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
L ENG FIRE
l ENG FIRE
PUSH TO EXT
PUSH TO EXT
o
FIREWALL FUE L SHUTOFF VALVE
CLOSED
IIII
_ __ __ __ __ _~~L-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _
ENGINE
LEFT
LEFT
LEFT
=(5}=(5)=(5)=
IOl:R~ X
PTA
:r Tr
~
RIGHT
RIGHT
RIGHT
LEFT
FIRE
"-
/'
"l: ~ ,lT
0'"
TEST SWITCH
Uf SERI ES
26-12
OK
CARTRIDGE FIRED
TEST MODE
~I
I
UAANO
UB 1-56
Flight~tY.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
SYSTEM
bottle. The agent will then di sc harge and illuminate the 0 light which monitor s the condition of the squib housing.
Th e fire extinguisher system consists of a single bott le installed in each wheel well which
can on ly be discharged to its respective engine.
It should be checked for proper servicing prior
to flight and maintenance engine runs. A temperature conversion chart on the side of the bottle or in the maintenance manual can be
referred to when the needle is out of the normal green range.
NOTES
26-13
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CONTINUITY
SENSING
COPPER FOIL
SOUI B HOUSING
ORI NG
BRONZE PLUG
CARTRIDGE
ASSEMBLY
FITTING END
LOCKWASHER
INSULATED
TERM INAL
VIEW A
26-14
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
SUPPLY CYLINDER
FITTING END
SQUIB DETONATED
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
SUPPLY CYLINDER
FITTING END
DISCHARGE OF
EXTINGUISHING AGENT
CARTRIDGE ASSEMBLY
26-15
3111~
N01l33101ld
I\)
...enen,
-;::===='~'~~~P\ J32~nAZ2N
1_
~G
L ENG FIRE
PUSH TO EXT
=
D~
W76AZ2
WMlA22
~' "
(]I(
I
I
054
\0
iI"
._____
II
', I
I
CAS
Isu~~~~~rtfe~..1D
,,~'R~~~i,
.1
W70A22
~""
wa2A22
Wl.3A22
W, A22
I'
!(.4
L-i1Ht1r-._
;:;~=f-...J1~~
to>
0;'"
lSon
J:J
-U
o(f)
OSI
e.2Hl l
(f)
oz
~ I
L_.!.S'
""S5""" . .
1022
-I-I
r-::
1. 22
't"""'"
12.22
052
u;-
13-22
f-
16.22
I--
WUD22
'L b
11\
PI58
:D
..zi.,.. ws
;;:
-;
m
z
z
;..
LEFT
)1
F """'' ' ' '
-;
J:J
-,
CONTROL PANEL L
",u~
cn==
W75A22N
W75822
., 91-50.() 1
W7lA.22
9121.()1 (-
1.1
W73B22 ~ OR
'aif'!
\R..
r:'; :i,
JI&S
;..
z
z
'
Gl
Pl55
~~g'~
~H~ WlTTI ~
EXTINGUISHER FIRE. L
()
t.:;:
I ~;;:::::.I .. ~
!:
.
I
2.U-02
CB5gL~~T FIRE
P501
0
0
:D
EXT MONITOR
,"Jri=; ~
"'~~ I
1~====t::~~~~~::~~~~~~:::::::::J--ll-l
'
' ,~"
1- '
L
.IS01
EENSQU IS "OK"lIGHTCIRCUIT
'"
...:z:CD
;..
. 1 _ CB59-JH~
T82
L-f<:ttt~]
LENGINE
WI 02 FIRE E)(f
Pl 29~
J\ .
W=1l22 -
LEGEN
2 . 6:UI1
Fl09lXFl 59
--
W11 3
12 ~2 -
P....
L--] 76-21.01
r-
,~
II
II>
JI
WHY./J1l.r ~3-20~J
-------""""W
21.
P2;:{
2 [f
W65822
~;,;a:~ "n~
I T
14 W251A22N
_
13 W27B22 -
*f
,........-,
eRlo
I-'-:~:' I
'"
~
eR9
~~;;;~~;;;;;;;;;~~
~+'+-~':~:n;~r."~\187
I
-U
K6
~.
II
W252B.22
FIRE . l . I
Gl
11\
11\
()
..0
05 ASSY-GLARESHIBD
III
115
rcA7 ~
' I
12
~. CC'
11[ II,--:
W l32A22
A\~J~S~~~~
J:J
-;
J:J
~
--
;j ,E:
13
ENGJ~i ~IRE
5 1 SWITC H-
"Tl
1WI~A22~~~~~:~:~~========~
~
L..r::.
I
"
TEST A
' ,!
DS3
W87A22
;;:
W74i122N -
;..
-] 91-40-01
~,L.,""~,~o~,"
=",,,
'"
DETECTOR
;..
r
."
='=
I~....
':<
"l(1.1Pl
""
, wn.".
- ,I :
W7M22
~
~
l ENG FIRE
PUSH TO EXT
1i
W71A22
11224 PANEL.t.$SY
SUBPANEL A INBOARD . l
W1J2A22
wro~
W113KJ.2
W252C22
"
SI SWITCHENGINE FIRE
EXT. L
"le~ SWITCH ASSY
EXTINGUISHER ,
. r l
'II '.' _e,
W",""
,
,
';;'" ;:;;0:':0:
"
J:J
JI65d
--{'"
~'", ~,,.
......
..J~"K6 ~
""';'f f''''
~t5
<0 a;
;::j
,.,
rZ
-U
C
1522
J:J
g ""
-U
o(f)
OSt
DS2
r ""
(f)
1()'22
,,~
14 W257A22N
Al~Pl
13
':'Uf
J187
W"",
W27B22 -
W68D.22
" '} 5
$<I
!:(
13022
1622
w' ~) ~
m
12 W253A22 9
J.","l
W2S2A22 ---.J
- i 782t~1
. '-
WING , RIGHT
LEGE ~D
- &w,
C85!h115
C859 Lt"FT FIRE
;;&
W7JB22 "' OR
~~~
""
l
J155
F
H
-3
I\)
0'1
-1 '
--"
J:J
--j
--c .,'
z
z
Gl
PISS
EI758OT1lEEXTINGUISHER , FlRE, L
FIRE PROTECTION
z
z
~~,GIN~
W73KJ.2
PSOI
9J.2101 (-
--j
EXlIo'lONITOA
' ~ 1~:"
Fm'~"
, m'~'
.... "~,,
J~I
=
- ~,
CONTAOll'I'.NEL l
:II
;;:
~VE
2~~1
l ENGINE
WI02 FIRE EXT
7S.21.o1
oz
lSi
'"
- ,
~ W'"
K~'20
_
FIOIV
I>
~-i 9H2.o 1
Gl
CD
0
0
: II
:11
"'I:l~
II
165
'"'"
...:z:
n
!,-
Al05ASSY~LAAESHIElD
f---{oo
III
~IRE.l . 1
.........
1~
W134A22
W1QA22
J:J
w,,,,,,
",
,,
w,=
w,_
""
l.?.r
--j
TESTB
SlII$WITCH
FI RE EXT TEST L
"
"o
'.,.
'"'
TEST"
\ .L~FF
m
-<l>
10K
WMA22
,.-
I!
W81KJ.2
;;:
W74A22N
N
gJ.40'O I -
E2~.C_qp_'lOt
."
=
CC
~~
i~
....
':<
NOIl:J310I:ld
31:11~
I\)
en
.....,
A16~Pl
.1327
CX>
r"'=
~
Le-
Lf=;:J':':" I w'''~,
W69A22
O' ,
"rtI
2...0
~!1R[j
OFF
W71A22
_ _ _ __
::::I---J~~~
II
: ":':":'I:i~="~=~=':="='='W~'~~~'~:::llII
SUBPANEL,
~ W70A22
~1
' F w'''=,
,.
L ENG FIRE
PUSHTO EXT
"T1
..,
:IJ
t- W252C22
2.
--
W1 42A22'
ENGIN E FIRE
EXT L
~~
NO~O
FIRE, L ~ 1
:IJ
1111~:'~
"fBll,
"- "0'. '" 1""
ti 0."1
~
Z
"D
(JJ
15-22
H-r
rr
LI
g
: ~ ~ I"~w"", +
IL
i
FIREWALL FUEL
SHUTOFFV"LVE
CLOSED
1'.
54 ! 0
III
0
0
rZ
P165
Gl
0
(JJ
m
:z:
:II
"D
..
()
C
:IJ
III
III
III
,I
51~-J
OK
C3'CS'
~Ir,~ ~~
TEST B
F~~~~~W~TL
0;,
,e.
W87A22
'"
~ W214
P202 WI02Jl
WS8D22
_L . H'(I~ 2.63-{
_
F~~9~g~~9
III
:II
s:
-d--
..,m
;, RIGHT
246602
P l29 J,
' _
CB59Jl 5
"
"""""e,
W"~
' I T82
1 ~-
EXT MONITOR
'"
W;
LEFT
UNDERFLOOR "
..,
L -3 76 -21-01
10237 FUEL VALVE
PULl, l .. ' ,+
:IJ
CONTROL PANEL L
P501
1~1~5:2N ~
-J 9
~---
W73A22 .
91-21 -01 [ - -
t::: "".
z
z
()
LEGEND
Gl
'"(fo.
'
~w'''''~o,
s:
" '"
H l""
h W74A22N ------'
-:
-i
91-40 ..01
E242 CONTROL
DETECTOR
z
c
r-
'T1
-,
1
I~
'l<
Al"'Pl
.21
;:...-----+'-rJ r
1
--:::::::::--11
r--
r--~
TEST
W11112.2N
1
W69 A2:2
OSI
KD
~
'." II
~
'::'''===G
+I~I=l
iI_~~ II
~
..,:n:n
'
WI13112.2
Il
L ENG INE
5'"
FIR E EXT)r Fl08
Ul
Ul
oZ
P31 4
r;n
e,
~ 91"7
J155
P I SS
~
H
W68C22 .
I ..
W68112.2
/
HOT BATIERY BUS
J3 14
eR'
"
~~= . 134
Al05A.SSY-GLARESHIELD
Jl65
P16S
'l:jj===~~
173 PCB
~ONliOA-
EXTINGU~HEA. FIRE
9 142 E-
":'"
14-22 7+---'1
'I
10
13-22 -;-;--
12 W25J.A22 -
7'
$<I
~.
L-----
BSl01 ~
":'"
~
-MW173
'-.r
I ..,.... I
W72A20
_---+r==::::;1
I~
W75A2ON.- - - ; - - 7 I '
~~
~S8I~E
~ 9HO
OR""*]
L-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ W~2
OA ~ ~
I\)
...,
Q)
<D
CD
0
0
,.
I'"
1'/1
:III
""""-
-l ""
" "
..
z
z
DETECTOR
CONTROL UNIT
11
16"1~
..,m
FROMF' RE
W27B22
76 2 1
1'/1
1'/1
s:
~
~1O'".,,11~ ~ " .,,,~'"
lJ:
III
'"
:III
I'"
r,=======:;:;~~1
AI63Pl 8 Jl"
i
15-22 -;-;-W68822
e",
_] 91 -40
Gl
:n
-.:J
o
W7 1112.2 _
PAN~
W70112.2
-.:J
C
'--,", - - - - - ,
6
"'-224
ASS'!'
SUBPl'.N El, R INBOARD
5 -
W25 1A22 -
OF"Fcf
E~~i~'RE
51 SWITCH
"Tl
I I
----,'
052
P553
FIRE PROTECTION
..,
:n
z
z
Gl
s:
z
c
."
='I
I~
':C
R FUEL PRES
CAB DlH HI
CABIN All HI
R ENVIR FAil
to
ROILPRES LO
'AlP FAIL
rj1/ Wl
~W''''-l--------':;~W''''
I
"
c o<
111-23-<11
'En
E-
BlEEOAIR
WARNING
R"'",
BlEEOJlIR
WARNING
S129 SWITCH
BLEED AIR FAIL, RIGHT
AND
"L<loU-',IIR WARNING
PRESSURE SWITCHES
(LEFT AN D RIGHT )
LEGEND
26-20
FlightSafety.
tlltei,liiitloiWII
BLEED-AIR WARNING
SYSTEM
NOTES
26-21
FlightSafety.
u"", ..
tIoil8l
QUESTIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
275
325
360
450
26-22
FlightSafety.
i ,le...dtiO.....
CHAPTER 27
FLIGHT CONTROLS
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION ..... .... ... ... ... ..... .... ... .. ... .... ............ .. ..... ....... ...... ... ....... .. .. .. .... ....... .. ... ... .. .. .. . 27-1
FLIGHT CONTROLS ... .......... .... .... .. .. ........ ........ .............. ........... ....... .. ..... ... ..... .. .. ... ...... ...... 27-3
FudderBoost- UE Only ......... ....... ...... ....... ..... ................. ...... ........ ...... ...... ....... .. ... ... .... 27-3
Electric Elevator Trim ......... .. ..... ....... ... .. ..... .. ... .......... ....... .. .. .. ... ...... ... ..... .......... .. .... .. .... 27-5
Flaps .......... ............................ ................ ............................ .............. ... ............ ....... .. .... .. . 27-9
CONTROL SYSTEM ... .. .......... ..... ...... ...... ...................... .. ......... ...... ......... ........ .... ...... ... .. .. 27-19
27-i
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Title
Page
27-1
27-2
Electric Trim-Copilot Activated ........................... ... .. .. ................ ........ .... ............ 27-4
27-3
27-4
Electric Trim-Disconnected ....... .... ..................... ............. ................. ... ....... ... .... .. 27-7
27-5
27-6
27-7
27-8
Flap Electric Circuit- UE (Takeoff) ...................... ........... ......... .... ...... ........ ....... 27-13
27-9
27-10
27-11
27-12
27-13
27-14
Ridder Control System ......... ................................... ........... .... ...................... ....... 27-20
27-15
27-16
Flap Safety Switch Installation ...... ............. ....... .. ... ................ ...... ....................... 27-22
27-iii
Flight~tY.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTEN A NC E TR A INING MANUAL
CHAPTER 27
FLIGHT CONTROLS
INTRODUCTION
Th is chapter provides a description of the flight control systems used on the Beech 1900
ai rcraft, with a description of componen ts and their operation. General mainte nance considerations are included, with an introduction to functional and operational checks.
References for thi s chapter and further specific information can be found in Chapter 27,
"Fli ght Controls;" Chapter 20 , " Standard Practices-Airfram e;" Chapter 5 , " Time
Li mits/Maintenance Checks;" and Chapter 12, "Servici ng," of the Maintenance Manual .
27-1
FlightSafety.
Ia.atloioal
~P542
Z 1 - - - - C39F22N - - - SP199
P458 J458 ,
C39822N
~o<- C39A22N ----!'T;J
f-::j,t,=
v
W~
WHT-22
BLU-22
W290~Jl-03 Pl
====
"
MIS
SP166r C41C22
,[C41A22
C4 1B22
C39C22N
"
------------=-----------,
i-'
91 -45-01 E-~
1:;;:;;:;;:=
~
W291
WHT-20
., A
"
BLU-2 0 . a
W13- SP2~]SP22
W13-SP23
Pl-~-SP2~]
Wl1 -SP22
';i~J:~~ ===I=+=====~
W1 3 ~ J5 , P5 W12~
JS.I;..SP23
SP23 Wl1 -SP23
f===== ';i~J:~g
';i~J:~g; '
;,
Wl0--"
:--3 91 -12-01
, - - - C39C22N - - - - - - '
BLU-20'
W12-SP24
PS_f_SP24]SP24
Wl0-SP24 J
Wl1~
P8
WHT-20.,
'--3 91 -64-01
$4 SWITCHRUDDER BOOST
, - - - - - C39C22N - - - - '
@
,
W294~314 P314
!l
"
WHT'22!;f'
BLU-22
SP168 f C40J22
C4OG22'> -
~
30
T
~ ~=,~,=~_~_J1~l ~~
..
' - W295
31
h.
=E')
WHT 22
BLU:22
C40F22 j
(C40022
,~C40E22
W292~Jl02 Pl
C' ' M
SP165t~.J~
SP167
1:;;:;;:;;::=WHT.
20
~
N
-
C40B22
';i~J:~~
W13~ J5
W 3 $P22
BLU-20
"
A
.6.
W13-SP23
.,
WHT-20
P8
BLU-20'
P5ESP24
W10-SP24
;,
W11~
" - W293
:--391-47-01
P5 W12~
W12-SP24 j SP24
J5ESP23
SP23 W11.SP23
';i~J:~g
:--3 91-11-01
';i~J:~g;'
W10 ~
:--391-64-01
S4 SWITCHRUDDER BOOST
A213 ASSEMBLY- ENGINE SECTION , l. 1 . 2
24-65-01
1/
C25B22
W9
SA
CB74
RUDDER BOOST
A146 PANEL ASSEMBlYCIRCUIT BREAKER , R.1
Pt94
C32A22 -
C37822 -
C38822 -
~ -3 91-60-01
91 -20-01
94
P321
p'
rD
158 f- C25822 - 21
rr-
22
RUDDER BOOST
J1 -21-S1-2
Sl-3-Jl-22 ~ 2
6:
FF
E- r---
91-59-01
E--
Figure 27-1.
27-2
FlightSafety.
,1hM tIcwWII
FLIG HT CONTROLS
NOTES
FUDDERBOOST-UE ONLY
Th e rudder boos t is ac tiva ted by a s witc h o n
the pe des tal placa rd e d RUDDER BOOSTOFF-YAW CONTROL TEST. Rudd er boos t
can be inte rrupted w he n th e DISC TRIM / AP
YO sw itch is de pressed to the firs t level on th e
con tr o l wh ee l. Se lec tin g YAW CO NTROL
TEST will di sabl e th e rudd er boo st system and
ill uminate a RUD BOOST OFF annun ciato r.
Th e rudde r boos t system sen se s torq ue pressu re from bo th e ng ine s. Thi s torque pre ssure
is se nt to an avioni cs interfa ce system where
it is a naly ze d to dete rmine if rudder boost is
req uired. At a prese t le ve l an e lectric serv o is
activ ated to de fl ec t th e rudder proportional
to the press ure differe nc e.
27-3
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER
COPILOT
PILOT
CONTROL WHEEL
LEFT
RIGHT
TRIM
TR IM
SWITCH SWITCH
N
N
N 0
E
~ 1
U W
P N
2 3
DETAIL F
-15
r--o--t:
~ :A
~~ ~.
U W S
P N W
4 5 6
--:~- ~
13
1522 14
9 13
~E
~iu
WP
N
14 22 15 6 5 4
L
/
'\
J,
o
~~ uP
W
N
3 2 1?
""
14 I 10
12
11
I
I
I
_l..L
12
16
17
13
./
:1
DETAIL A
R-
DETAIL B
lJ
I
H
Rh
r77
TR IM
MOTOR
A K
'\
L-f_~)_~ J
tiiM
eM
I
E
ELECTR IC
TRIM
MOTOR DISCONNECT
RELAY
CLUTCH
DETAIL G
ELEC TRI M O FF
Fl I
rl7
TRI M MOTOR
SPEED CO NTROL
R1
Figure 27-2.
OFF
RESET
10
~2
ON
L-I
TRIM MOTOR
CLUTCH
POWER
CONTROL R2
27-4
Sy.
~-:~ .
STEP ? - . AP ANDYD
DETAILC
LEFT
DISCONNECT SWITCH RIGHT
TRIM
TR IM
FIRST
SWITCH SWITCH
SECOND
STEP
N N
N N
AP AND YO STEP TR IM
00
0
DISCONNECT SWITCH
SECOND
FI RST STEP
~ ~ ~~
o
~S
5A
CIRCU IT
BREAKER
(CIRCUITBREAKER
PANEL)
DETAIL D
ELECTR IC TRIM
POWER SWITCH
(PEDESTAL PANEL)
II
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
27-5
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
"#(1 !fl
=
n,~
PILOT
CONTRO L WHEEL
LEFT
TRIM
SWITCH
N
NO
~ ~
P N
if-/-1~ i :
~~
9 13
/~
U"W
2
DETAILC
LEFT
DISCONNECT SWITCH RIGHT
TRIM
TRIM
SWITCH SWITCH
~~~~
SECOND
N
N
AP AND YO STEP TRIM
ON
0 N
t ~" D
1
c""m
1522 14
13
SO
14 22 15 6
~~
2
L
DETAIL F
r'i'
r-~I~==~::~~-_-.~~~----~~~-----------------------r----+---~
~:o---~1 ~1'11--~-------t~=t========================~j-~~~======9
"I
I.
'---<~~--+----------------------------lll
/
12 ::J "
r - 11
'I
I"--H----'
11:>--'---10.14-112 ~
,'- ' -
ELECTRIM OFF
DETAI L A
16l
~==lg7~
- Sk~
.J..
I
I
RELAY BOARD-A120 J
:FORWARD LOWER CABIN
ELEVTRICAL PANEL)
r-l
"1
"' ~~::lH--1F~Gr-----IEr---iA~Kr-~CF~B:::;-Jr-tDI
).~_E_~ ~_~p
P-f.
ELECTRIC
TRIM
DISCONNECT
RELAY
DETAJL G
TRIM
MOTOR
TRIM MOTOR
CLUTCH
,--, POWER
I CONTROL- R2
27-6
OFF RESET
10
ON
LI
R1
5A
CI RCUIT
BREAKER
(CIRCUITBREAKER
PANEL)
rifL;;;;::$~
~2
'f -
TRIM MOTOR
SPEED CONTROL
DETAJL B
DETAIL D
ELECTRIC TRIM
POWER SWITCH
(P EDESTAL PANEL)
JI.
Flight~tY.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
~ If->
1fT
tEE. D~~'----F~-------4~ /~LI1
"CO,
:; AJff7
00
CONTROL WHEEL
LEFT
TRIM
SWITCH
N
DETAI L E
N 0
~~
co,,'~ ~
;:.CO""NC!.T!.!.R",O",L..:.W:.:.H",E",E=-L_ _ _ _ _-"D"'E'-'T"'A"'IL:....::;C
LEFT
DISCONNECT SWITCH RIGHT
TRIM
TRIM
SWITCH
~f~~ SECOND SWITCH
N
N
AP AND YD STEP TRIM
ON
N
U W
P N
T1
~~
S 0
.. E S.
1522 14
97
13
13
E
E
D
D
WU
W U
N P
N P
14 22 15 6 5 4 3 2 1 I
DETAIL F
15
-<>- I
I
I
rO'{'.
I
I
I
14 l 10
12
11
I UE
ELECTRIMOFF
II UB/C
:------ - -- ~
12 ~
16 ~
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
L -- - - l 1 7
l
t:::::::J- ~L ~__
':! _L~ .1
ELECTRIC~
L-----~ 3r-~====~t_r---1
RE LAY BOARD- A 120
(FORWARD LOWER CABIN
ELEVTRICAL PAN EL)
of
'lJ
(~
'rRi-M
MOTOR
CLUTCH
TR IM
DISCONNECT
RELAY
+l
~~~~::;;~=TfUM
MOTOR
FG
AK
i-i~;:;;::::$...:5ACIRCUIT
OFF RESET
10
~2
BREAKER
(CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL)
ON
DETAIL D
HI"
r >'7
~_
___
TRIM MOTOR
SPEED CONTROL
ELECTRIC TRIM
POWER SWITCH
(PEDESTAL PANEL)
R1
TR IM MOTOR
CLUTCH
- ,----, POWER
...
I CONTROL R2
277
FlightSafety.
uo....
tIoi ...
t
S~~ll=-_FW_D
LWS.
'r
l
L.W.S.
14Zj-_____
RW.S.
~~g
R W S.
S6 0
4:::\=83=e~t/_'___---j
n'
~
F.S.
326.00
TOP VIEW
17S UPLIMIT
CAM (S4)
DOWNLIMIT
CAM (S6)
FLAP GEARBOX
AND MOTOR
DETAIL C
FLAP ACTUATOR
FLAP TRAVEL
LIMIT SWITCHES
DETAIL A -
UE MODELS
B~
00
INBD
AS INSTALLED
DETAIL B
FLAP DRIVE
SHAFT HOUSING
cr
I
cQ/
g=n
00
FLAP GEARBOX
=='==:::::::::=='=::::J- - 326.00
F.S.
FLAP GEARBOX
DETAIL D
Figure 27-5.
27-8
FlightSafety.
.,lbih"tionel
FLAPS
NOTES
TAKEOFF/APPROACH (17)
DOWN (35)
The UA/B/C system has four positions:
UP (0)
TAKEOFF(IO)
APPROACH (20)
DOWN (35)
Fl ap position is registered on an electric indi cator on top of the pedestal.
A safety mechanism is provided to disconnect power to the electric flap motor in the
event of a mal function which would cause any
fl ap to be three to six degrees out of phase with
its adjacent flap.
27-9
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENAN C E TRAINING MANUAL
<t
\~l
c'\' ~, t ~ :\ii. j'
'-------iPI=:::~-B
~
n'
I
RWS.
142.0
F. S.
326.00
TOPVIEW
APPROACH UPLIMIT
CAM
FLA P GEARBOX
AN D MOTOR
DETAIL C
FLAP TRAVEL
LI MIT SWITCHES
FLAP ACTUATOR
DETAIL B
UAiB/C MODELS
DETAIL A -
B~
A
o
FLAP DRIVE
SHAFT HOUSING
<t
I
~
FLAP GEARBOX
F.S.
FLAP GEARBOX
DETAIL D
Figure 27-5.
27-10
326.00
FlightSafety.
......lIaoat
NC
NC
P3.5
C
0
6822"' RO ~
S2s.. SWITCH~ C43A22
SPLIT FLAP. R
NO
J315
FTS;? 1
P521
r-~,"'D"3EIf
' C
.""
~~~ ~
I, - ,3 I LEFT
1,1 ,
C4~22
'''"',7,,
' '' . C7A22 _ __ _,
C6C22
91 -23-{l1 [ -
P522
,,~
o
C
.......-> RD ~ C45A22
C44AZ2 "' ~
".
~S:22==
C9A22
UP
. - -_ _ _ _ _ __
NO
C21A22 _
5C
, - - - - - - - -_ C22A22 _
~ C8A22 ~ '
~-
S,
oc
APP
RIGHT
r------------- ~A22 -
12C
CO= _
15C
--C20+"[_ _ GHIF22 _
16C
~----
SWITCH, BVPi'SS
14C f- C12A22
f-
S2
CI6.422 ---O ~
DOWN
egB.,l _ _ _ _- I
P416
32-61-02
91-2Q.01 [ -
W4 2A22- ]
W43A2231-31-01
.tr.!!...
~
[,.,, ~...=-
. 4 S3 SWITCH
,
FLT DATA 51G, C~
FLAP APP DOWN
...
2A-22
2B-22
-+--+---1
- __
..------"'Ir~"
1
91-3701 [-
'l
-l.
15B22
~TC-",
. 7_
C815-J2-5
~2OA~
GBIS
.L..-. 168-22
~
. 2 ~M~~~~
~~~~;~
~ CIAI4 _ _ _ _ _~~'~~_'"
C~
'~--~
NCC""
;g.'1
-=~"~"'~A~S~S,!Y::!:P~ED~E~S~t~AgU~CON
~sot~~E=~
5A22
NO
i~~T"~~~f~;!:J~~:--"Co-,-,:1
V-
~ Cl8A22
FLAP MOTOR
NO
l ___
'" f- CHA"-;;CO"-
--+-+--1
G _WS0A22_]
__
~I--..j
I .
r- W51 A22 -
L __+I-II--__
3131 01
f:::-GSA22 -:j;;::=7fCc'
CR.l00
SA-22
----ttl
C2 3A22-
.L..-. 9A.22 _
APPROACH~ 148-22
C2B12
D
L ,". oo _ ~ .-0.. ~~
lOA.22 "\C
1 54 SWITCH
NO
lIMIT' FLAP ~
APPROACH UP ~~~~'~~'~A~"~'~~J=J N
p
NC
71... 22
N~14A_22
DOWN
.A...
lII"'f
~ UP
CRIO]
'--.-S6-S-,"-T"C-H~~~&
LIMIT, FLAP
C4A22
r C~4A22N
G19G22- ] 32-31-02
G29E22 - ] 32-31-01
~
J
Ie ! 0 - - 13M2 ---+--1 U
~
It......- 12A .22
~/
NO
L I - - - - - 10822 ------+--< 0
L - - - - - 11 .... -22
------+--1
"'--'
~ C35B22 ------..J
r - GR
L
5132 SWITCH ASSV-l IMIT, FLAP .. ,
NOTES
56 - ACTUATED IN DOWN LIMIT
1 SWITCHES SHOWN IN FlAPS
POSInON ONLY
UPPOSInON
. NUMBER AFTER DASH (OR
54 - ACTUATED FROM UP LIMIT
AFTER LEITER) IN WIRE
TO 4 5 DEG BELOW 55.
55 - ACTUATED FROM APPROACH
GooE IS WIRE GAGE
POSITI ON TO DOWN LIMIT.
51 - ACTUATED IN UP LIMIT
52 - ACTUATED ,,"ROM UP LIMIT
ONLY
TO 4 5 DEG BELOW 53
SI30S3 - ACTUATED IN DOWN
{USED FOR FlIGHT OATA
POSITION ONLY (OPERATES
RECORDER SIGNAL)
POSInON AND LOO GR WARNING
S3 ~ ACTUATED FROM APf'ROACH
HORN)
..,,
.,
.,
.,
.,
.,
14 AWGWIRE
SEE APPLICABLE AVIONICS DWG
Figure 27-6,
WH "*f:::;
' :;;;::;;;;:;;;:~---.J
LEGEND
CONTROL CIRCUIT
POWER CIRCU IT
CCWON
27-11
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
l
I
I
NOTE;
c
o Ne
RO -o..:a.... _ WH
P315
70 --.......- - -_
C43A22 -
J315
2C
5254 SWITCH
C44A22 ~ WH~
_] 91.23
1A-22
3,A,-22
e~ NO
FLAP UP
'.J
~2A-22
R NC
NC
4 S3SW ITCH
C9A22
P416
TAKEOFF
10DEG DOWN
"
C22A22-
oc
Cl0A22
C34A22-
"e
"e
C12A22
-Q..
"""
Cl6A22
~N
"
C35A22 -
4A-22
[ _e,"", _
-
G19F2291 -20 [ -
NO
352 SWITCH
AP PROACH UP
S6 SWITCH
LIMIT, FLAP
DOWN
SA -22
C23A22N
.,.
NO
,...5l
e,
r
N
P
~ 14A'22
I- G29E22- ]
~_13A-22
I- WOOA22 -
"""---12A-22
e28t2
Gl9G22 - ] 32-31-02
32 -31 -01
C2A 12N
.,.
I
]
~~oe
27 32
I- W95A22 -
C4A22
C24A22N
C~07
.,
"
NOTES:
56 -
.1
54 -
-<j
UP
"'!.J~
L.!""
~/
,I
WH"'"
DN
~ .:r
- G"
Kl05 RELAY
FLAP MOTOR
LEGEND
CONTROL CIRCUIT
POWER CIRCUIT
ACTUATED IN UP UMITONLY.
Figure 27-7.
27-12
~] ".,..
CB165 FLAP MOTOR
"
C3A22
148-22 -
.6
e""
r--
I ~ 9A -22 _
100-22
11A-22
S3 -
FlAP CONTROL
PEDESTAUCONSOLE
..
+4
I-'-
:g
NO
+ 5 51 -
Cl 1A22
S130 SWITCH
f--
7A-22
~ '~:f
NO
~
6A.22
Ne
e
C1fIA22
~ 14C-22 -
154 SWITCH
,OC
...
NO
10A.22""",,-C
C17A22
rt-
5A- 22 ~
2 $5 SW ITCH
LIM IT. FLAP
,e
A230ASSY
C~
TAKEOFF UP
"-
i~
"
T.O.
32-61-02
28-22_
L- 3B_2~~
C
2C -22 -
mAo..cH
C8A22 ~
C21A22 _
LIMIT. FLAP
UP
NO
LIMIT.
,I
C7A22
SPLIT FLAP. L
S132Jl
. 551
SWI TCH
JHI4
l 1C
NO 5256 SWITCH
SPLIT FlAP, R
PHI4
NC 0
C
~ AD _ _....~ C45A22
CCWDN
"--t::::::::;:::;;;:::;:::;::::::;::::::~
8102 MOTOR-FLAP
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
'"
S2~~:-~~~WH-hC43A22
SPLIT FlAP, A
C44C22
eEFT
C44D22
PS21
31
C45822
C4482:2 _
-' I
50
r----------GnAn
60
, -___________ C9C22
SWITCH, BYPASS
_ ------------------------------:SI32JI
I
''''22
L
r
----~I--~ :
~'T
,."-______~
32.61 -02
S:-~~H
2A-22
-+--L~ e
9137-01
. 2 ~M~t~~
C9Bll
2C
"""--;;!'''-
'60
Cl8A22
Sl30SWITCH
;(~----.:~:'i1:~i'f~~~~~i~::,
[~-l
S""2' l
T.
.7_
CB15.J2.S
.~rV
-S;OA~
W3
CB15
FLAP MOTOR
A 187 PANEL ASSy--clRCUIT BREAKER
UNDERFLOOR . 1
NC
~ "'" - - -+C:t>-I-..,
L---l+i------ C3A22 =--;-
NO
. 3$2 SWITCH
'50
J2
&.....-
'"
FlAP CONTROL
91 20-01
10
~ NC
C
[---C2OA22
___ G19F22
31-31 -01
' - - 28.22 _
. 4 53
CI2A22
P416
~--;;:!!:====::J[:~
NO
F ~W.2A22-]
~W.3A22~
"
"C
r------------- ~~,
C8A22
UC
P--------------- C~~2
SPUTFlAP
FLAP UP
"'
NO
"
RIGHT
SW~i~~,
C1A22 - - - - -- -,
C9A22
,------------------02''''
$201 SWITCH
. 551
JI94
IIC
SPLIT FlAP,l
r==~===::::=C45D22mJ
a C45C22
'rI
,,~~~~~
wm .
P194
NO S255 SWITCH
P$22
~ RD ....... C45A22
(;44A22 . . .........-
C6Cll
NO
91 23-0 1 [ FTS21
NC
J315
C<>-r{
C L
""Nc-
15B22
16822
---+L~
I H
_-+L~
-=j
~~-----NC~ "
"
C
SA 22 -
I
I
I -W50A22 - J
313101
I -W51A22-
JI"'T
C23A22
..A...
J-W97A22- J 273201
CR106
APPROACH~ 14B.22 1
L_ ,IllOA22
A .:>:> .. _ il_:NO
'C
I
. , 54 SWITCH
lIMIT.FLAP ~
&.....- M.22
APPROACH UP
NC
r C24A22N ~
...0...
7A-22
N~'4A_22
~--.-S<--S-W-"-C-H~:;'''''-':''
LI MI T. FLAP I C ! a-- 13A22 ---...!.~
OOWN ~
_ 12A-22 ____1--1
~
CRIO?
PS42
L--_~
~ = --I
9150-01 [~~
.4
r- GR ~:':-'"
r-
LEGEND
CONTROL CI RCU IT
POWER CIRCUI T
WH
~;:;;:;;;;;:;;::~~
- I
MOTOR
KI05 RELAY-FLAP
ON"
. 6 SI30S3-ACTUATEDINOOWN
POSITION ONLY (OPERATES
POSITION AND lOG OR WARN ING
HORN.)
. 7 14AWGWIRE
. 8 SEE APPUCABlE AVIONICS DWG
Figure 27-8.
CCWO N
BK.
-t::::::::::::::~~
8102 MOTOR-fLAP
27-13
FlightSafety.
Ueh oal,......ttI
NOTE
SPLIT FlAP BYPASS SWITCH
ADDeD TO l.IC85 AND SU8SEOUENT
NC
RO ~~, _ _........_
NC
_ __
S25 4 SWITCH
SPliT RAP, R
u..:.:.[ - ] 9123
Pig.
Jl9<4
C45A22
II G
C7A22 -
_ __
NO 5256 SWITCH
SPLIT RAP.l
C9A22
~6
sc
C21A22
GSA22
-1f"'O
Sl32Jl
. 551
SWITCH
LIMIT,
FLAP UP
~ NO
I~
LIMIT FLAP
TAKEOfF
10DEG DOWN
el0A22
C34A22 _
" 0
C12A22 -
"0
CleAn
[-C20A2'-
2C
CH"'-f:::o ~
- -G19F22
''''
~
C35A22
GO:;.
C :.----.
I
" f-
NO 4A22
4 S3SWlTCH
oc
32~1-(l2
W97A22 -
27':~2
9J.20 [ -
TAKEOFF UP
2 S5 SWITCH
'--
::g
NO
8A22 ,
I ~ 9A -22
mAO' OHL 1
154 SWITCH
LIMIT. FLAP
APPROACH UP
S6SWlTCH
LIMIT. R.AP
DOWN
C23A22N
.,.
~6A'22
~ GI9G22- ] 32-31-02
HII-22
~13A'22
&......- 121\-22
e.-""",,- ] "." 1
~ W9$A22 -
~
~'
~~ oe
' 1 C2B12
NO
- '48-22 "
N~
C'
e3A.,2
~ 1 4C-22 ";
NO
10.... 22 .......C
S l 30SWITCH
FlAP CONTROL
AI46~ElASSY
c~
LIMIT, FLAP
L - Cl1A22
CI8A22
5A '22 ~
"-
NO
...
~ "
C
2C-22
L- 38';~
352 SWITCH
LIMIT, FLAP
'"
K
,.0.230 ASSY-PEDESTAUCONSOlE
NO
r.:i "'S,
~
0
"
00
C22A22 -
3A22
:gc
~'22
NC
28-22 _
P416
lA 22
-.
711-22
NO
C2A12N
C~";2
r
C24A22N
.,.
108-22
1111-22
03
"'pJ
C~07
.,
~ GA
NOTES
SWITCHES SHOWN IN FLAP S UP POSInON
NUMBER AFTER DASH (OR AFTER lETIER) IN WIR E CODE 15 WIRE GAGE
,I
~ L.!J~
~/
WH
K105 RELAY
UP
.-1
L<j
ON
FLAP MOTOR
LEGEND
CONTROL CIRCUIT
. $ Sl-"'CTUATEDINUPUMITONlY_
POWER CIRCUIT
B'.+t=;:;;:;;;;;;;:;::~
27-14
Bl02 MOTOR-FlAP
FlightSafety.
.",etkAWII
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ONC
'"
315
NC 0
_ ~,
~4
Pig,,)
lie
C7"22 - - --
NO "'" 'WI'C"
'-4e
'"
- C l2A22 ---O
r------ C~22 -
SWITCH. BYPASS
15<:
C9822
-----~
0
P-416
2C
11\-22
32.6" 02
NC'
,oc
L;;:;;.~ ; r
"
"i"'-
"22
' - - 2B-2 2
L ",, ~
. 4 SJ SWITCH
flT OATA SIG,
c~
-
SA-:!'
Pl30
-l---1---j1 L
91 .37.01 [--l
,. iii"
CB"'J2"F~'"
-;-JJ'
;r
"'''''NEL
NO
'It
"'-NC ',"22
"22
SA-:!2
---1-1---1 H
--+-1--1 C
LIMIT. FlAP
APPROACH UP
I
C
"T
C2812
I",
II
ID
L'"'' ,c :::
re;CRloe
9~-2_2_ -
"
. ,54 SWITCH
"""
I 0 - - 141H2 ,
, '! ,BREM<ER -
f---
--.
o!:!~
-"'1
FlAP-C~'Rot
: 131 -3 1-01
LIMIT. FlAP
APPROACH DOWN
DOWN
SPUT FlAP
. 255 SWITCH
52
820 1 SWITCH
III
\~~~~~~~~~t511;
L-.:E[ ~::~~
IC
I,
""51'-
--1--1 v
4 - - - - '00" ------If.--lc
,c,'
L
I I ,
'
. '
LEGEND
NOTES,
POSITION ONLY
. , 54 - ACTUATED FROM UP llMIT
.6
Figure 27-10.
CONTROL CIRCUIT
CWUP
POWER CIRCUIT
CCWON
" *1::::::::;:::::::::::;::~
8102 MOTOR-FLAP
27-15
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
L~
NOTE
SPLIT FLAP BYPASS SWITC H
ADDED TO UC-S5 AN D SUBSEOUENT
NC
NC
"ill::
0
NO
$2S.4 SWITe...
SPliT FlAP. A
~"
"" IIIC
C7A22
NO 5256 SWITCH
SPLIT FtAP. l
Sl32Jl
I>c ""'"
P4 16
00
1
. ~Sl
SWITCH
LIMIT.
FLAP UP
C.
.. NO
:~
N~
"53 SWITCH
LIMIT. FlAP
' ODET~~~~
~~,~
I L
1M
~
C.
I:
O NC
!------'
I
"
3S2SWtTCH
LIMIT. FLAP
TAKEOfF UP
91-20 [ -
I 0
. ~~'22 ~
r-C,
NO
NOo
I: r-
NC.
C.
1-- - ~MTT:~~~
DOWN
C"GHT
]I
Ie
"""
TeH ~
LIMIT. FLAP
I
APPROACH UP
~-il 'H'
CB"SF~~ MomR
r--
NC.
..
NC
L,
"
I NC
rl-
NO
"-',,;
2 S5 SWI TCH
LIMIT, FLA P
APPROACH DOWN
I DOWN
I'"
L- 3B.22 ~
50
I
I
::~
~. ~
7:
F "
I'
NO
I
,
=J""
Ie>
10
323102
G29E22 - ] 32-31 0 1
CAto8
-!.
Ie,
,
I
C;~ ~7
-$-
pJ
ON
I~
r.: ~,UP
""7
1,1 ~
NOT ES
.
..
"
.,
S6 -
54 -
LEGEND
+<
S3 -
Sl -
Figure 27-11.
27-16
' MOWR
CONTROL CI RCU IT
POWER CIRCUIT
.r::-
""",
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
o Ne
P315
~6622.
AO ...o-a......~3
~ ~ C43A22
5254 SWITCH
SPLIT FlAp, R
NO
. .-
J315
2C r- C44C22 _
21B ~
C6C22
NC.Q.r.....
9J.23-01 [ FrS2!
PS22
PS21
NO
~~TS~~~
C4SA2'T
29 C4SC22
rf==~======C45D2zfIf
.
',
_ 3 r RIGHT
.'~
C44022
31
C44822 _
G6E2l
91 5601 [ -
32
C6022 -
lA22
NO
5C
CZ2A22 -
oc
C34A22 -
" C
C35A22 - .
_ _ C20A22 _
E
F
326102 [ _ _ G19f22 _
~W42A22-] 3131 01
912001 [ - -
C8A22
.."?o ~
51
I- C12A22 - - o
52
'I
0 NC
lA22
. 4 53 SWITCH
~
c~
flTDA.TASIO .
'l
~
C
4A22
'"
eels
I--~
,
~~~:-i~
FlAp MOTOR
NO
NO
0 - - 158-22
168.22
f- Cl8A22 - """""",,-J
o:
91.:)7.()1 [-
5A22
~~~~I~~~ o-n:
I
FLAP APP UP C
C17A22 ~
2C
16C
&
pn. 0=.
:J~
r-----.f
. 7 _ C815..J2.5 ~
-l
-1--1--1 ,
2,\22
' - - 28 22 -
C9B22
''''
~_~~"'~~AS
~s~',::!P~E@o~E~STEA~uco~~N~SO~":::',
~W43A22 -
c 10
~
'
UP
C21A22 _
P416
--1--1 B
";'-~E2~~~~~t=J
L
. 551
SWITCH
LIMIT.
FlAP UP
--1-1--1 G
--1--1--1 H
:=jjt:::j ~
L __
~W50A22-]
!-W51A22 -
31-31 01
C23A22
lI"'J"
CAlM
I-W97A22- ] 273.201
SA22
9A22 ~ 148,22
Ii' C2B12
['0A22'~::
SWITCH
LIMIT FLAP
I 0
\r<>-'-.-~~~~~
~ OA.22~~=tj ~19G22-]
~G29E22 -] 32-3H)1
C
7A22
N
P
N~14A'22
"r---,-,==4<,...,-:
..
S6swrrCH
LIMIT. FlAP
OOWN
; - e9A22 _
C9C22 _
~--------
APPROACH UP
_ __
OOWN
_----------------~S132Jl
.,54
~ C7A22
Ape
LEFT
. 255 SWITCH
LIMIT. FLAP
APPROACH DOWN
~94
"e
- """01
5201 SWITCH
SPLIT FLAP
SWITCH, BYPASS
P194
C4SB
22 -
! ~ 13A22 ---1---1
~
A....- 12A.22
IC
U
V
r C24A22N ~
..A..
32.31-02
CRI07
1-W96A22- ]
1-W95A22 2732-01
NO
L I - - - - - 10822 -----+---1 D
l.._ _____
l 1A22
~ C35B22 ---------I
LEGEND
NOTES
I
2
. 3
. 4
Figure 27-12.
CO NTROL C IRCUIT
POWER CIRCUIT
~ GR
~~ ~~~'~~~~=-Kl 06 RELAY
FLAP MOTOR
CCWDN
"' -1==:::::::=~
B102 MOlOR- FLAP
27-17
SlOlllN03
lH91l~
I\)
-.j
.....,
CD
WS
208
1 AILERON
2. AILERON
3. AILERON
4. AILERON
5. AILERON
6. AILERON
7. AILERON
8. AILERON
9. AI LERON
10. AI LERON
" /'
wi
193
WS
"'/
150
-n
WS
027
..,
...CD:z:
0
0
10
:rJ
III
1ft
1ft
(')
:rJ
::a
~
Z
I"
\U
<0
SERVO~
Gl
AILE RON
ACTUATOR
-u
'
II - - -
~<:::2
:rJ
-u
oen
FS
BL
27
185
"(j
1ft
::a
U, j
'"
s:
:to
'
..,z
FS
271
en
o
z
WS/
" /
027
'<
WS
FS
145
150
NOTE:
THE AILERON CABLES RUN FROM THE
BELLCRANK ON A VERTICAL PLANE
AND ROTATE TO A HORIZONTAL PLANE
BETWEEN WING STATIO NS 104 AND 124,
THEN CONTIN UE ON A HOR IZONTAL PLANE
U NTIL CONNECTING TO THE
AILERON QUADRANT.
FS
105
z
z
:to
..,m
:rJ
:to
z
z
Gl
s:
:to
:to
r
Figure 27-13.
'TI
-,
~
ICI)
~
r+
':<
Flight,~~ty.
BEECH 1 900 AIRLINER MAINTEN A NCE TRA INING MANU A L
CONTROL SYSTEM
All flight controls, with the exception of the
flaps, are cable -operated conventional surfaces which require no power assistance for
normal control by the pilot or copilot; however
a downspring and bob weight are incorporated into the elevator control system for improved stability. The flaps and the optional
elevator trim are electrically powered. An in dependent yaw damp/rudder boost system is
installed on airplan es not equipped with an autopilot. The autopilot is equipped with a selfcontained yaw damp system.
All primary flight control surfaces are manually controlled through cable-pulley-bellcrank
systems. Dual controls are provided for operation by either the pilot or the copilot. The
ailerons and elevators are operated by conventional control wheels interconnected by a
"T" shaped control column. Rudder pedals
are interconnected by a linkage below the crew
compartment floor. Rudder bell crank s are adjustab le to two positions which move the rud der pedals approx imately one inch forward or
aft. Surface travel stops and linkage adjustments are incorporated into each cable -pulley bell crank system. Coordinated movements of
the rudder and ai lerons is provided by an
aileron/rudder interconnect system to further
enhance flight handling characteristics .
Ailerons , elevators and rudder may be secured
with control locks installed in the crew com partment when the airplane is on the ground
and out of service.
27-19
SlOlHNO:lIH!JIl~
'"
-.,j
o
'"
DETAIL A
RUDD ER BOOST
AND/OR RUDDER
AUTOPILOT SERVO
CABLE ~ CABLE
EN D
END
RUDDER
TORQUE
TUBE
CONTROL
~~
~~HOR N
III
PUSH
ROD
DETAIL C
PRESSURE SEAL
o":n
-;
:n
:..
z
z
A~ TURNBUCKLES
RUDDER
RIGHT
CABLE
RUDDER
LEFT
CABLE
RUDDER
RIGHT CABLE
G)
FS 480 ~
_____
lJ
C
:n
lJ
o(fJ
DETAIL D
TURNBUCKLE
,..
=I=
\~
~}~A
0
1\
UI
I>
::II
UPPER
PULLEYS
RUDDER
LEFT CABLE
...:z:
0
0
DETAILB
m
m
n
LOWER
PULLEYS
::II
s:
:..
z
-;
(fJ
z
:..
z
'<
FS 146
AFT RUDDER
TORQUE SHAFT
m
-;
~ASSEMBLY
RIG PIN HOLE
AND BRACKET
:n
RUDDER
AUTOPILOT
CABLE
RUDDER
RIGHT
CABLE
Figure 27-14.
,'\. ~
'"
'"
RUDDER
LEFT CABLE
RUDD ER
LEFT
CABLE
:..
z
z
G)
s:
-_.
"T1
:..
z
CO
}>
I~
':<
ELEVATOR UP
CABLE END
ELEVATOR UP
CABLE
BtW~
/'
,/
-n
\j~ELEVATOR
~,
\'
""
DOWN
CABLE
DETAILS
:REW
HOLE
--i
::0
'0;7/Z-
DOW
'/
SPRI~cJENSION
AFTDSETAIL 0
ELLCRANK
::0
~
Z
Z
Gl
/1
~ ~/ !
DETAIL A
FORWARD
SELLCRANK
TOP OF TOP
DoELEVATOR~
"" ~
(fJ
PULLEY
ELEVATOR
UP
WN CABLE
~ELEVATOR
~rFS
DOWN
TOP OF
/
~,
ELEVATOR
UP CABLE _
FORWARD
BELLCRANK
,?'
...... ELEVATOR
" '.
'"
DOWN CABLE
BOTTOM OF
INBOARD PULLEY
DETAIL E
-.oj
....
DETAIL F
I\)
Figure 27-15.
I\)
UP CABLE
r-
CAB~~- ~'"
~~
ELEVAT
DOWN
"
J::f.r
ELEVATOR
UP CABLE
TOP OF B
PULLEY OTTOM
...III
J:>
"",,~-<fl'
A @
.. / ' ________TO POFBOTTOM
PULLEY I
OUTBOARD
PULLEY
()
:z:
:II
ELEVATOR
OM OF TOP
PULLEY
520
m
m
0
0
S563
S
FS
FS 140
FS 131
'C
C,"
BOTT
FS
448
(fJ
'0
~//___ ELEVATOR
528
III
HOLE
FS
TURN SUCKLES
~
UP
::0
"U
RIG PIN
ELEVATOR
DOWN
ELEVATOR DOWN
CABLE END
"U
C
AFT
BELLCRANK
DETAIL G
:II
s:
z
--i
m
Z
()
m
--i
::0
Gl
"T1
'SI~
....
s: =
z
c
~Cii
'!C
FLIGHT CONTROLS
SlOYINO:lIH!lIl~
I\)
.....,
I\)
I\)
NOTE:
UE-l THRU UE-427
WITH RAYTHEON KIT
118-4013 INSTALLED
OR UE-428 AND AFTER
SCREW
III
~-"
-n
o:IJ
-1
:IJ
~
Z
Z
Gl
-U
C
:IJ
-U
o(j)
~. J-XiV
'~
END
m
~
VJ-t/;;;-,---
o
o
Ill'---
~,.
_CO
WASHER
ARM
1(10/<-..
SPACES
:II
rZ
WASHER
SAFETY SWITCH
!!!@jh.
__
/"
;;::
LIGHT
-1
m
Z
\l"7--oco
:II
(j)
CO
ROD
...
WASHER
--r-
SCREW
!:(
m
m
n
:z:
OUTBOARD
FLAP BRACKET
()
\'.
INBOARD FLAP
BRACKET!
SPACER
(NOTE)
-1
:IJ
"
NUT
II
\
~9\
'
Gl
;;::
DETAI L A
z
c
::!!
I~.....
'l<
Flight2!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 28
FUEL
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION ... ....... ..... ...... .. ... .. ..... .. .... .... ........ ... ... ............. .... ...... .............. ..... .. ............ 28-1
FUEL SYSTEM-UC/E (WET WING) .............. ............. ... ............ ........... .......................... 28-3
FUEL SYSTEM OPERATION ...... .... .. .... .... .............. ................ ............. .. .............. .............. 28-3
Firewall Shutoff Valves ........... .... .... .... ... .. .. ........... .... ... .... ....... .... ..... ... ................. .. ........ 28-5
Fuel Control Panels..... ...... ........ ..... .... .. ...... ... ... ......... ... ........ ... .......... ........ ..... .... ......... ... 28-7
Fuel Vent System ........ .......... .. ... ..... ........... ..... ...... ... ..... ....... ................ ......... ..... .. ....... . 28-11
Auxiliary Tank Operation ............... .. .......................... .......................... ....................... 28-11
Cross Transfer System ............................... ...... ......................... ... ............................... . 28-17
Liquid Level Sensor-UE Only ..... .... ........................................ .. .. .. .......... ..... .. .......... 28-19
Low-Level Sensors .. ........ ..... ... ... ........ ... ........... ... .. ...... .... .. ............ .. ........ ... ... ........... ... 28-19
Fuel Quantity System .............. ... .. ... ...... ...... .. ... ................... ... .. ......... ............. ....... .. .... 28-19
Fuel System Differences ........................................ ... ........... ........................................ 28-21
FUEL SYSTEM-UAIB ................................................................... ..... ...................... ....... 28-21
QUESTIONS .. .... ..... .. .. .. .... ................. .......... .. ......................... ...... ...................................... 28-26
28-i
FlightSafety.
IntamalkAiIII
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Title
Page
28-1
Fuel Tank System-UC/E .......... .... ...... ... .. ..... ............. ................... ..... .. ... ... ........... 28-2
28-2
Fuel Shutoff Valves ..... .. .... .. ...... ... .... ...... .... ... .. .... ... ..... ..... .... ... ... ... .. ... ... .. .... ........... 28-4
28-3
Fuel Control Panels- UCIE ..... .. ..... ... ... ... ....... ... ... ..... ... ....... .. .. ....... .. .. .... .... ... ... ... .. 28-6
28-4
Fuel System Schematic-UC/E ....... .... ........ ... ... ..... ... ... ..... ...... .... .... ...... ........... ..... 28-8
28-5
Auxiliary and Nacelle Components-UC/E ... ... ........... ....... .. ....... .... ... ....... ... ... ... .. 28-9
28-6
Fuel Vent System-UC/E ..... .. ... ... ... ........ ... ............ ........ .. .......... ... ........... ... ... ..... 28-10
28-7
Auxi liary Tank Circuit-Battery ONlPump OFF ................. ... .... ............ .. ... .. ..... 28-12
28-8
Aux ili ary Tank Circuit-Engine Running/AUTO ............ .......... ... .. .................... 28-13
28-9
Auxi li ary Tank Circuit- AUTOlEmpty ..................... ... ...... ........ ... ...... ................ 28-14
28-10
28-11
Cross Transfer System-UC/E ......... .. ..... .. ... .. ....... .... ........ .................. ... ............. 28-16
28-12
Liquid Level Sensor-UE Onl y .. .. ..... ....... ..... ........ .... .... .. .. .......... .......... ............ .. 28-18
28-13
Fuel Low-Level Sensor-UB/C/E ... .... ... ...... ................. .. .. ... ......... .. .. ... ... .. ..... ..... 28-18
28-14
Fuel Control Panel-UNB ............... ....... ...... ......... ...................... ........ .... ... ........ 28-20
28-15
28-16
Fuel System Schematic-UNB ....................... ........ .............. ........ ...... ................ 28-23
28-17
Cross Transfer System-UNB.. ........... ... ..... .......... .... ....... .... ....... ... ............. ....... 28-24
28-18
Fuel Vent System-UAIB .......... .............. ..... .. ....... ... .... .......... ............................. 28-25
28-iii
FlightSafety.
~ll:eij",tIoiiitl
CHAPTER 28
FUEL
INTRODUCTION
Thi s chapter presents the fuel system for the Beech 1900 aircraft and is limited to the
airframe fuel system only. System discussion begins from the point of fueling the aircraft and continues to delivery of fuel to the engine with emphasis given to components
and th eir operation. General maintenance considerations are included , accompanied by
fUncti onal and operational checks. References for this chapter can be found in Chapter
~8 , "Fuel;" Chapter S, "Time Limits/Maintenance Checks;" and Chapter 12, "ServicIng" of the Maintenance Manual.
28-1
FlightSafety.
..
~ AUXILIARYTANK
MAIN TANK
28-2
Flight~tY.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTEN AN CE TRAINING MANUAL
FU EL SYSTEM-UC/E
(WET WING)
NOTES
The wet wing fuel sys tem cons ists of two integral fuel tanks in each wing. A main tank extends fr om th e engine nac e lle to the wing tip.
An auxiliary tank is located between the na celle and the fuselage. The total useable fuel
is 667 gallons.
FUEL SYSTEM
OPERATION
The fu el system is designed to be fully automatic . During normal operation , fuel flow to
each engine is provided from the co llector tank.
uring initial start-up, a standby electric boost
ump within the co llector tank comes ON to
upply the initial fuel supply pressure. (Th e
tandb y electric boos t pump is also used for
ross tran sfer and as a backup to the e ngin e
riven low pressure boo st pump.) Once th e
tart is completed an engine driven low presure boost pump supplies the necessary mo 've fl ow pressure through a co lle ctor tank
ounted primary jet pump. Th e motive flow
uel provides a venturi effect to the primary
. t pump which will pick up fuel within the collector and supp ly it to the engine . The collector
tank is kept full by grav ity flow from th e main
ank and from two transfer jet pumps within
e collector. The tran sfer jet pumps get their
perat in g motive flow source from th e maniold that also s upplie s th e primary jet pump.
he coll ector tank also receives fuel fro m the
uxil iary tank. The auxiliary tank pump
Witch es are normally in the AUTO position
nd wh en fuel is in the aux iliary tank that
ump will stan as soo n as the fue l pressure
. ulld s above approximate ly 10 PSI. This fuel
s th en tran sfe rred to the co ll ecto r box and
xces s fuel can spill over into the main tank
o keep it fu 11. Th i s fuel must be used fi rst beaUse a failure of the pump will prevent transer. There are no gravity feed or transfer jet
ump capabilities for fuel in the auxiliary tank.
28-3
FlightSafe1
-......
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRA I N I NG MANUAL
~e
I ,,:i~6~ , I
I
c=:Je~
I rn;l
FIRE PU LL
(0
FIRE PULL
28-4
I p~~~t~ir I
I [) I Old
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
28-5
FlightSafety.
tntenetkwiitl
STANDBY PUMP
ON
LEFT ENGINE
RIGHT ENGINE
6l
STANOBV PUMP
ON
AUX PUMP
AUX PUMP
ON
ON
A
U
A
U
o
FUELQTY
MAIN
USABLE FUEL
AUX 621 LBS
USABLE FUEL
AUX 621 lBS
@ @
",. .,e
"w.
_ _ _ _-_ ' _ _-'-IEFT
$
STfty
f111t'
\\,',~,'_
'
"",,"p
,~~
_
Oly
"'All"
0:ci
:::: /
mANS ,
p~ns
Q,.!!
Oly
.... ~
STaY
.
~'.~(,
~..
~
W.... N
TAN!(
~
_
'----AIGHT--.::
=''----.::
~;
UE MODELS
STANDBY PUMP
~
~N(iINE
ENGINE
STANDBY PUMP
0'
AUJ( PUMP
~~
FUEL OTY
MAIN
UC MODELS
28-6
~
AUX
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
FU EL CONTROL PANELS
NOTES
The UC/E fuel control panels contain a combination fuel quantity gage for each wing. The
gage norma ll y reads main tank quantity but can
also read auxiliary tank fuel if the FUEL QTY
switch is held to the AUX position. The switch
is in the lower right corner of the fuel control
pan el. When released the sw itch automati call y returns to the main tank position.
The fuel control panel also contains the
standby and auxiliary boost pump control
switches and the cross transfer sw itch. The fuel
system circuit breakers are lo ca ted below
the panel.
28-7
'3n~
I\)
ex>
,
ex>
LEGEND
TRANSFER
JET
o
o
o
(FU EL
PRESS10-PSI)
PRESSURE
SWITCH
CROSS-TRANSFER
SOLENOID VALVE
FROM
HIGH
PRESSURE
PUMP
AUXILIARY
TANK
VENT
SYSTEM
FERRY
FUEL
PROVISIONS
SHUTOFF
VALVE
AIR
SCOOP
\"\ "-
FLOAT
VALVE
-n
:D
-;
:D
~
0
0
,.
:D
rZ
11\
:D
Gl
"D
C
:D
"D
s:
o(fJ
oz
'<
...III
FUEL
STRAINER
(fJ
11\
11\
:I:
FUEL
PROBE
MAIN TANK
FILL PORT
III
-;
m
HEATED
RAM
VENT
z
z
FUEL
PROBE
PRESSURE
RELIEF
TUBE
FLUSH VENT
WITH FLAME
ARRESTOR
()
m
MAIN TANK
(241.3 GAL
USABLE)
-;
:D
MANIFOLD
z
z
WATER
DRAIN
VALVE
TRANSFER
JET PUMP
FUEL
STRAINER
STANDBY
PUMP
(ELECTRIC
RESTRICTOR
BOOST PUMP)
FUEL
UNION
AND
DRAIN LOW LEVEL
SENSOR
(COL TANK LOW-UE)
COLLECTOR
TANK
(FU EL FEED-UC)
Gl
AUX FUEL PUMP
AND DRAIN VALVE
(NO AUX XFR- UE)
(NO FUEL XFR-UC)
s:
z
c
'T1
=
I~....
':<
AUXILIARY
TANK
DRAIN
VALVE
UNION
III
DEFUELER
DRAIN
VALVE
AUX LINE
CHECK VALVE
III
III
n
:z:
WHEEL WELL
AREA
."
FI TTING
(AUX
TANK VENT)
..,
JJ
...
ell
0
0
/,,/
!:
JJ
!II
z
z
rZ
MOTIVE FLOW
SHUTOFF
VALVE
(;)
III
lJ
!II
C
JJ
;;:
lJ
o(J)
..,m
(J)
oz
COUPLING
O-RING
()
..,
MAIN TANK
JET PUMP
JJ
Z
Z
(;)
;;:
MAIN TANK
INBOARD
FUEL WALL
TRANSFER
JET PUMP
ADAPTER
DETAIL A
I\)
CD
,
(0
z
c
r-
TRANSFER JET
PUMP FUEL PICKUP
STRAINER
."
~ rJ)
I~
....
'!<
FUEL
'3n~
I\)
...o,
Q)
LEGEND
[J
AUXILIARY FUEL
o
o
o
o
2)
:IJ
--l
:IJ
~
DEFUELEA
VALVE
DRAIN
MOTIVE FLOW
FROM FUEL
CONTROL
VALVE
FUEL
FILTER
AND
DRAIN
TO
FUEL
HEATER
III
RETURN FUEL
11\
11\
()
FUEL VENT
:I:
FEED FUEL
-.
FUEL SUPPLY
CHECK
VALVES
CD
0
0
FUEL
-,.
CROSS
TRANSFER LINE
TRANSFER
JET PUMP
FLAME
ARRESTOR
FLOAT
VALVE
z
z
:II
I'"
FUEL
Gl
"U
C
11\
"U
._ ;;t
:IJ
o(J)
MAIN FUEl
:II
FUEL
7-
s:
0BE
PORT
b: I
(J)
AUXTANK
VENT SYSTEM
oz
MANIFOLDI
!<
FUEL
PROBE
AUXILIARY TANK
FILLER PORT
DRAIN
K] FUEL
VALVE
--l
m
Z
z
m
()
--l
:IJ
MAIN TANK
(241.3 GALLON USABLE)
CHECK
COLLECTOR
TANK
VALVE
z
z
AUXILIARY TANK
(92.3 GAL USABLE)
Gl
VALVE
s:
z
c
r
Figure 28-6. Fuel Vent System-UC/E
"T1
-,
(Q
~~
!m':<
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
28-11
Flight,ru~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
l' "
r== ,l
I~I ~
if
x
x
"0<
z
?1r
~ "1 '
I
I
'
ij)
lililili 1
TIl"
~,
....
b-
~Rrnf,~ nrfT~ .
~!I II ~
ill
I
,
,I
11
!l
,I
~,
l I
[m!l'
I I ,
~
,,I I
'I
\ i
! i
~
!
7 '
,!
:- i
!~
Ir'
IiI ~
;l ~
.~~,
--1j
---=--
::.
r.c
:.
c.,
"o:Ji- '
UI
-" 1-il!
,Ii.
~!i
I
' , ~'il!
J\
'il
-,
:K
,O! : ~
,[
1
,
28-12
~i
i-
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINI NG MANUA L
," " . .
:>
,!
,I
i!'
x
I'<
21-0
!'::!!:
:>
-<
L-
I
,
IE''"
L-
0:_2
,;
i
1" ' 7
I I
,,
'I
,,
l
I, ,i ,i
i
1 1
I~
! !
!~
,
~
" ~ll , !
; Il
,~
,
!,
~
- - -
- - _. -
-:.
- --I--
- HI-- II,
.- -
.n,.
- ::
y
i
co
C1)
~
::l
Cl
u:
28-13
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
II
~
x
~
~
z
~
J.j
,
II
"
; !
,; j !
if!
~
'---
28-14
Right~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
fl'
x
x
~
~
'0
I--
'0
'- "'-
dr-
'" 'I S
~ -!;
!" y
G "'~
!~ = !
i ,
I
>
Hl '
, "
Ii
F'
~
~
Q.
~
::>
~
....
~
j
0
I 1
,, !I i I
,,,
~
-
,I
- - --
",
,,
~
I
I
!
I~
::'~
,,
!~
,,i
!
"
.1,6
, ;!. .
,,
II
. i"
- - - .- -
"
"",,.
_ _ II
II
28-15
FlightSafety.
..
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
~i
o ;~ ~~
,
~
O~
!,
!!
~.
~~~
g'
~
~~
,."
~~~
"
0'
.,
e~~
i
'II
h
"~l
'f ,~~<
!_ i"
.1 0
I~ .
jo ~I
1'0
h ",
,
!
,
~
h1.1
:::)
E
Q)
en
III
>-
"~~
...
<
.I!!
III
c:
ttl
,
~!
Ii
,.
.\
il
S!~
..J
:0
:0
'"
[il
..J
28-16
r'>
~'
'1 0
~h
'"
:2'
..J
:0
"-
fZ
:::.
DD-
:0
a: > (f)
:0 ..J ..J
f- w w
W :0 :0
"- a: "- "-
.'.
1~
,,
<
~ ... ;!;
*f!Q
~~
~~
" S
'"
D.[]
~ DD
...0
Q)
...
Q)
:::J
en
u::
~~~
'"
"- 0
~ .P
!~ ~~
I.
HI
"-
w a:
a: w
"- ..J
W
D- (f)
~
a: z :0
"- 0 ..J
w
..J
a:
>0
W
z f- a: "w :0
:0 (f)
"(f)
:J > 0
C ..J
W 0
X
w
Z :0 a: :0 w
W
o~
1/
~~
0'
a: w
(f)
(f)
P
~
III
III
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE T RA IN ING MANUAL
CROSSTRANSFERSYSTEM
NOTES
28-17
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENAN C E TRAININ G MANUAL
/'.;:::::::::::::::::::::::::
~
............... ..... ....
................................... .............. ...
1+---
'I
~=::::::::tlj't'r-I
PRI SM
----'-.
'V
~
Figure 2813.
2818
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRA INING MANUAL
LEVEL SENSORS
quantity in the wings and collector tank
monitored by low-level sensors. These senuse a fiber optic rod that emits a light
to the prism on the end. When the fuel
covers the prism, light is refracted into
tank and dispersed. When the prism is un:ovlerea the light is reflected back into the
and after approximately 4 seconds a
annunciator will illuminate.
NOTES
L QUANTITY SYSTEM
1900 is equipped with a capacitance type
q uantity system that is designed to be
a C" "r. e within 3%. The gaging system au...."a" ~"lIy compensates for changes in fuel
ty. The compensation system then a l. for the readings to be presented in
nds. This then becomes compatible with
fu el flow system which reads in pounds
fu el consumed .
design of each probe is like that of a ca,,'"ur with two concentric tubes, one inside
28-1 9
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
28-20
FlightSafety.
.....tkII"
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
UA/B
Combination-blad derlintegra l
I-psi pre ss ure low sw itch
I-psi switch prior to pump
Three jet pumps in collector
Heated and recessed fuel vent outboard
of nace ll e
Co llector inboard of nacelle
Usable fuel - 425 gallons
Sing le filler cap per wing
Maximum imbalance-300 Ibs
FU EL SYSTEM-UAIB
The fuel system for the UAIE model co nsists
of a combination o f bladders and one integral
tan k per wing. There is no auxi li ary tank system on these aircraft. Fuel system operation
IS designed to be automatic and operates esse ntiall y the same as the wet wing system w ith
28-21
l~n~
I\)
CX>
I\)
I\)
Fun PROBE
FUEL PROBf
LEFT NO. 5
MAIN TANK
lEFT NO. 6
MAIN TANK
FUEL PROBE
lEFTND.4
MAIN TANK
R ,
S
FUEl PROBE
fUEl PROBE
FUEL PROBE
LEFT ND. 3
LEFT NO.2
MAIN TANK
R , S
LEFT NO 1
SUMP
,
R S
MAIN TANK
:7l1\-
1\
1\".
P3
-:J
( TO FLIGHT COMPAflTMENT
28V UGHTlll~ LIGHTING SYSTEM
~28VDCI4
--.111
SA
AUX EMPTY
EMPTY
SIGNAl
MAINRETURN
EMPTY
SIGNAL IN 6
"Tl
LCWZ 1
~~~~~C~'~Rc~u~r~8~R~EA~K~ER~~~~~~~
II
o
:IJ
-;
:IJ
::!::
z
z
G)
"U
C
:IJ
:';
28VllGHTRETUAN I1~----v
GROUND 2
28V LIGHT 11
(fJ
.. 28VOC 14
m
(fJ
o
z
:,::::::8:'I;N ""
1
IlL::::-
FOO'K"U " ;
L-
'"-
.,.
L FUEL QUANTITY
INDICATOR
"U
MAIN EMPTY 9
1J5
~I
L
I:
FOR
CIRCUrr BREAKER
HI - -- - --1'-=;
AUX TANK
FUEL PRooE
RIGHT NO. 2
MAIN TANK
811--_..,
'e
A
8
C
v
C
P
8
AUX
~.
FUEL PflooE
LEFT OUTBOARD
AUX TANK
t1'
ci
SW~~EL
AUX-MAIN
14
15
28V UGHT AETUAN I 12 ~ _SHIELD CABLE FOO 'A: 'B.' 'P' - -
si
SHIELD CABLE
FOR 'A'
~~'~~D'
G
8
o
E
CONJ!..CTOR
A
'"
FUel PROBE
SHIELD GABLE
~ FOO
'C' AND '0'
B
G
MAIN
0E
c.'.
I~:
FUEL PROBE
R INBOARD
AUXTANK
FUEL PROBE
R OUTBOARD
AUXTANK
Y L-; _
...CDZ
,.Jo
!III
1'/1
!III
s::
~~II:. ~SL:1~:~K4
FOR 'A'
FUEL PROBE
RIGHT NO.3
L MAIN TANK
CONNECTOR
SHIELD CABLE
J4
6'
.,.
LEFT INBOARD
III
1'/1
1'/1
0
0
S FUEL PAOSE
J2
SA
-;;;UEL QUANTITY
10
13
AIGHT NO. I
SUMP
TOH
CONN A'
L-.9R
L---.r SHIELD CABLE
FUELPAQ8
.....
FDR 'A'
'A' --l~
SHIELD CABLE
:S
SHIELDCABU
SIGNAL IN 6
R FUEL QUANTIT'I
INDICATOR
SHIELD CABLE
FOR 'A,'
'C' AND'D' _
ij
TO FLIGHTCOMPARTMENT
LIGHTING SYSTEM
AUX EMPTY 7
EMPTY B
SIGtW. RETURN 5
GROUND 2
fj-
JI
EI
lOW Z 1
J
~ CONNECTOR
L FUEL QUANTITY
-;
()
-;
tt
s::
.
.
FUEL PROBE
L RIGHT NO. 5
MAIN TANK
FUEL PROBE
L RIGHTNO.6
MAIN TANK
:IJ
z
z
G)
-_.
'TI
I~
~
'!<
LEGEND
FUEL PURGE
FUEL SUPPLY
FUEl AT STRAINER OR FILTER
CI
I'UEl RETURN
FUEL VENT
FILLER
o
a
PURGE
PROBES
DETAIL B
B CHECK VALVE
ill LOW LEVEL SENSOR
FUEL
CROSS TRANSFER
LINE
"'''
III
'":z:'"
TRANSFER JET
""M
'
..
()
ELECTR IC PUM P
."
co
FU EL CON TROL
:rJ
--i
:rJ
0
0
FLAPPER VALVE
FUEL S UPPLY
~
Z
STRA INER
F8-
II'
G)
"D
FUEL ALLER
:rJ
"D
FUElMI;""I;" ~1
PRIMARY
JET PUM P
.-
:II
rZ
PURGE TANK
'"
CHECK
FIREWAlL
:II
DETAIL A
C'"'
:l>
(f)
--i
(f)
VALVE
':(
:l>
Z
()
m
--i
:IJ
:l>
HEATE D FU EL
VACUU M
RELIEF
z
z
G)
DRAIN
:l>
:l>
r
I\)
CX>
I\)
-_.
."
ee
~~
!~
....
':<
FUEL
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
\
\
\
\
<Q
\
\
I
\
e0
e0
\
\
~~
a:
a:
w
a.
w
a.
0
- - -\ \
0
w
;!!;
(!)
en
w
<
-=-{
\
\
90
J:
--,-
Q)
1ii
en>-
(!)
90
b
m
<Q
\
\
}
\
I
I
\
\
\
~\
I
I
6>
-\
15\
~\
28-24
6>
(!)
(!)
~::J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.....U)Q)
.,c:
.=
U)
U)
0~
,...:
co
Q)
~
:l
en
u::
FlightSafety.
,,,,.IIeA ...
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
~--7
' 1
I
I
I
GG
w
UlZ
ww
u>
w
a:
un--
,,
III
<
~
GJ
0 >--
wZ
,..,w
<>
w --,
IW
::J
LL
-l ffic..
W--''''
::J--,u
LLu:
a:
,,
,,I
,,I
,,I
w~
:!;(J)
"'w
--'a:
LL a:
'"
! II
>-
C/)
Q;
::s
u.
cO
,
~
CO
C\I
GJ
~
::s
C)
u::
:!;LL
::Jw
::J u--'
"'w
>a:
f--
-a:w
--'
"'Z
28--25
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INTENANCE TRA IN ING MANUAL
QUESTIONS
1.
Auxiliary tank fuel on UC and subsequent is transferred to the main tank by:
7.
A. Gravity flow
B. A transfer jet pump
"0. A transfer boost pump
D. Motive flow return from the engine
low pressure boost pump
2.
8.
9.
3.
4.
The auxi liary pump comes ON automatically w ith fuel in the tank, switch
in AUTO and:
A. The respective generator comes
on line.
B. The starter is first engaged.
C. Fuel pressure rises to 5 psi.
;' 19'. Fuel pressure rises to 10 psi .
S.
A.
B.
C.
D.
15 minutes
30 minutes
1 hour
3 hours
10-15
15-20
20- 25
25 - 30
12. Use
6,
todrya
suspected fuel leakage area prior to
classifying a fuel leak.
&.
28-26
pounds
pounds
pounds
pounds
Flight~J!!.~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 29
HYDRAULIC POWER
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION ... .. ... ...... ... .. .......... ........... ..... ...... .. ........... ..... ............................................ 29-1
GENERAL ....... ...... ....... .. ......... ..... .. ..... .. ... ...... .. .... .......... ...................... ...... .... ....... .. ... .... ..... . 29-1
DESCRIPTION ... ...... ....... .... ....... ............ ....... .. ...... ..... .... ........... ........... ..... ............ ............... 29-3
OPERATION .................................. ............. ................................. ................................. ........ 29-5
Normal Retraction .................. ..... ... ... ........ ......... ...... ......... ........ .. .............. .................... 29-5
Normal Extension ...... ...... .... ................. ....... .... ....... .... ............ ...... .......... ............. ...... .... 29-7
Alternate Extension .. .. ........ ....... ........ ......... ..... .. ... ..... ........ ... .... ... ....... ............ .... ...... ... .. 29-9
Maintenance Retract Mode ......................................................................................... 29-11
29-i
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INT ENAN C E T RAIN ING MA N UAL
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Title
Page
29- 1
Hydrau lic Landing Gear System .. .......................................... ... ... .............. .. .......... 29-2
29-2
Hydraulic Landing Gear Schematic (Normal Retract Mode) ...... .... ..... .. ... ... .. ....... 29-4
29-3
Hydraul ic Land ing Gear Schematic (Normal Extend Mode) ......... .... ... ......... ....... 29-6
29-4
Hydraulic Landing Gear Schematic (Alternate Extend Mode) ........ ....... .... .. ... ..... 29-8
29-5
Hydraulic Landing Gear Schematic (Hand Pump Retract Mode) .. .... ............ ..... 29-10
29-iii
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 29
HYDRAULIC POWER
INTRODUCTION
Thi s chapter presents the hydraulic system on the Beech 1900 Airliner series aircraft.
In formation is provided on the components of the system, normal operations, a nd alternate operatio n s.
GENERAL
Th e Beech 1900 Airliner series uses a hydraulic system to power land i ng gear retraction
and ex tension. Actuation of th e system can be
either manual or through a powerpack. Normal
powerpack retraction and ex tension are described.
29-1
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
FROM HAND
PUMP
GEAR DOWN PORT -----'=>-,J(
LEGEND
29-2
FlightSafety.
teI,Btbiilll
NOTES
DESCRIPTION
Th e landing gear is actuated by a hydraulic
powe rpack (Figure 29-1 ) in the center section
aft of the leading edge of th e left wing. Th e
pack con sists of:
28 - VDC motor-driven hydrauli c pump
Re servoir pres s uri zed by regulated en g ine bleed air
Fi Iters
Solenoid-operated selector val ves
Uplock pre ssure switch
Low - fluid-level sen sor
The powerpack reservo ir, serviced with MILH-5606 hydraulic fluid , is divided into two sectio ns: primary and secondary. The primary
secti o n s upplie s the hydraulic pump ; the sec ond ary section s urrounds the primary section
to provide additional fluid , s hould a le ak in a
pres sure line in the primary hydraulic circuit
occur. The secondary reservoir a lso provides
an alternate fluid supply to the alternate exten sion system hand pump. A fill reservoir
just inboard of the left nacelle and forward of
the main spar features a cap and dipstick assembly for maintaining system fluid level.
Whe n reservoir fluid is low, a sen sor on the
re servoir comp letes a circuit to illuminate a
yel low HYD FLUID LOW annunciator. The
annunciator is tested by pres s ing the PRESS
TO TEST s witch on the glareshield.
Th e landing gear is retracted and extended by
the powe r pack app lying pressure to each gear
leg hydrau li c actuator. The landing gear is
hel d in the up position through trapped hy drauli c pressure on ly. An accumulator is connected to the retract hydra uli c circ uit to delay
the cy cle frequency of the powerpack motor.
29-3
1I3MOd :lIln1fllOAH
I\)
to
,
""
AU XI LIARY RETURN PO RT
(PLUGGED W HEN POWER
STEE RING IS NOT IN STALLED)
........ . ...~.
PRIMARY
~-
:~~'ifB~~CK
,
I
MPJ
III
m
m
()
PRESSURE
PORT (PLUGGED)
"T1
0
0
,.
-
:IJ
-1
:IJ
z
z
:II
-m
I'"
"U
C
:IJ
"U
oen
...:z:co
:II
ON
;s::
LANDiNGG-EAR
CONTROL SWI TCH
-1
en
oz
INTER NAL
1 SHUTTLE
&;
VALVE
m
Z
(')
m
LEGEND
PRESSUR E FLUI D
RETURN FLUID
NOTE:
Jj" SHUTTLE VALVE IS SPRING
ill LOADED TO A POSITION THAT
ALLOWS FLUID IN THE ACTUATOR
TO FLOW OUT THE NORMAL
EXTEN D PORT
-1
:IJ
;s::
"T1
~
ICI)
~
....
':<
FlightSafety.
u",
tkwMIII
OPERATION
NORMAL RETRACTION
I CAUTION I
To prevent ser ious damage to the
pump, never operate the powerpack
without supplying 18-20 psi of regulated dry air to the powerpack reservoir during ground operation of the
powerpack. Wh en cycling the landing gear with the powerpack, allow
a o ne-minute cooling period between
cyc les and a five - minute cooling period every five cycles.
With the safety switches sensing an airborne
condition, moving the LOG GEAR CO NT
switch handl e UP completes circuits to the
pu mp motor relay and the UP so lenoid of the
gear se lector va lve (Figure 29 -2).
Pow er from the pump motor relay energizes
the motor in the powerpack. The gear selector va lve is energized to position pump fluid
fl ow to the UP side of each actuator. When retracti o n is comp lete (approximately 6 second s), the gear actuator pistons bottom out
within their housings, causing a sudden
bu ildup of back pressure from the pump. At
2,775 psi, the uplock pressure switch opens,
breaking the circuit to the pump motor relay,
and the pump motor deenergizes.
Cyc lin g of the pump motor typi ca lly occurs approximately every 45 minutes with a properly
se rviced accumulator. An accumulator with a
low or depleted precharge is unable to s ustai n
sys tem pressure for an extended duration , and
the pump will cycle m ore frequently.
WARNING
Never attempt to serv ice the accumulator precharge pri o r to placing the
aircraft on jacks.
Normal accumulator precharge gage pressure
with the landing gear down and locked is approximately 750- 850 psi. It is possible to in advertently unlock the landing gear while
serv icing the accumulator. A low or depleted
precharge is unable to bottom the accumulator floating pi ston against the base of the accumulator housing and, since it is directly
exposed to the UP pre ss ure hydrauli c ci rcuit ,
any movement against the hydrauli c fluid results in fluid displacement applied to the actuator of each gear leg . It is possible that the
fluid di splaced by the accumulator could un lock the landing gear, causing the gear to fold
up under the weight of the aircraft with disastrous results.
Sin ce there are no mechanical uplock assembl ie s incorporated into the system, trapped
hydrau li c pre ss ure within th e actuators holds
th e gea r retracted.
An accumulator equipped with a press ure gage
is installed on the UP side of the hydrau I ic
pre ssure circuit to delay the bleed down rate
of the trapped system pressure within the actuators. A pressure drop of approximately 400
psi wi ll c lose the upl oc k pressure sw itch , react ivat ing th e pump motor circuit to build the
press ure back up .
29-5
1l3MOd 31lnlfllOAH
'",
(0
01
AUXILIARY RETURN
(PLUGGED WHE N PO ...... "
28VOC ~
I ~ ---
LANDI NG
G EAR
POW ER
60A
CHECK
' -:--::
:
'
FILTER
RELIEF
VALVE
RETURN
FILTER
III
m
m
n
:t
...CD
o":IJ
0
0
FILTER
G)
:IJ
ON
CONTROL SWITCH
(fJ
rZ
::a
s:
-u
-u
-::a
m
Jo
--i
:IJ
l>
Z
Z
'
l>
Z
LANDiNG '(fEAR
RHS"i F-Er y
(fJ
oz
--i
m
Z
l>
Z
()
LEGEND
PRESSUR E FLUID
RETUR N FLUI D
NOTE:
I!. SHUTTLE VALVE IS SPRING
ill LOADED TO A POSITION THAT
ALLOWS FLUID FROM REA R DOWN
PORT OF POWER PAC K TO FLOW
INTO ACTUATOR
--i
:IJ
l>
Z
Z
G)
s:
l>
Z
l>
r
-n
::'I
I~....
'!C
FlightSafety.
.,la'WltIoiiitl
NORMAL EXTENSION
NOTES
29-7
113MOd 31lnlfllOAH
I\)
CD
CXI
]th,!] 1-'::)1
"'"'
:z:
()
...
co
"Tl
oJJ
0
0
Jo
JJ
"""
~
Z
-- HAND
I PUMP
~=-~
I"I
Gl
JJ
-C
FILTER
PAESS.U
,-: -- - ---- - .A.E. '=9B. __ _ _______ _
-C
21
,,
ON
___ _
_~i~1En~Ly~_
!:
"'
21
;;:
LANDiNG GEAR
:>
CONTROL SWITCH
(fJ
m
"""
z
(fJ
oz
:>
()
m
LEGEND
PRESSURE FLUID
D RETURN FLUID
D HAND PUM P SUCTION
NOTE:
b. PRESSURE FLUID FROM HAND
ill PUMP SHUTTLES VALVE TO
ALLOW FLUID TO FLOW INTO
ACTUATOR
CONDITIONS:
1. LANDING GEAR CONTROL HANDLE
IN "DOWN" POSITION
2. 2-AMPERE CONTROL CIRCUIT
BREAKER PU LLED
&
UNSEATS VALVE
JJ
"""
:>
-zz
Gl
;;:
:>
:>
r
'T1
iI~
....
':<
FlightSafety.
~ lta l .tb ..
NOTE
ALTERNATE EXTENSION
Alternate landin g gear ex te nsio n is prov id ed
through a manu a ll y p owered hyd ra ulic sys tem
(Fi gure 29-4). A hand pump , pl aca rded LAN DING GEA R ALTE R NATE E XTENS ION , is
on the fl oo r be tw een th e pi lo t seat a nd th e
center pe des tal. Th e ha nd pump is used w he n
the al tern ate ex te nsio n of th e gea r is req u ired .
To exten d th e gea r with th e sys te m, pull th e
land ing gear co ntrol c irc uit brea ke r o n th e
pil ot in boa rd su bpane l and p lace th e la ndin g
gear co ntro l hand le in th e ON pos iti o n.
Th e han d pump draws fluid fro m th e se co ndary rese rvo ir of the powe rpack ass embl y an d
distributes it to eac h la ndin g gea r ac tu ator
thro ugh an alte rn ate hyd rauli c c irc ui t. Pum p
the han dl e until th e three g ree n dow n-andlocked a nnun c ia to rs illumin ate . A press ure
reli ef va lve w ith in th e pump ho usin g prevent s
an y damage fr o m occurring to the sys te m by
cont inued o perati o n o f th e ge ar handl e.
WARNING
NOTES
29-9
113MOd 31lnlfllOAH
I\)
<p
o
~
TO POWER
JOT INSTALLED)
STEERIN G PUMP
FILTER
RELIEF
VALVE,
PQWERPACK
;,.~.~. ASSEMBLY
RETURN
FILTER
III
'"'"
:z:
PUMP
()
CHECK
,HVUIH
VALVE
[--
...CD
HAND PUMP
SUCTION PORT
I ;:: ::::
I I HAND PUMP
I I DUMP VALVE
"T1
:n
::
-i
:n
l>
Z
Z
Gl
":n
o"
C
I I
I
,0'- :
SOLE NOID
't-t-LL!.1<
"'-<= AO
PRESSURE: . . . . .
rv"\""~'
0
0
1:0
SWITCH }
:II
TIMEDE:lAy'A-ELAY
. "._ . _....
FILTER
rZ
'"
:II
ON :
LANDiNG <fEAR
s::
l>
Z
-i
(f)
(f)
oz
l>
Z
!:;:
()
m
LEGEND
PRESSURE FLUI D
RETURN FLUID
NOTE:
/), SHUTTLE VALV E IS SPRINGill LOADED TO A POSITION THAT
ALLOWS FLUID IN THE ACTUATOR
TO FLOW OUT THE NORMAL
EXTEND PORT
-i
:n
l>
Z
Z
Gl
A PRESSURE SWITCH CI RCU IT
Figure 29-5, Hydraulic Landing Gear Schematic (Hand Pump Retract Mode)
s::
l>
z
C
l>
r
'T1
=-=
1
I~
r+
':<
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
MAINTENANCE RETRACT
MODE
Th e alternate extension hand pump can be
used to manually raise the landing gear to faci litate system rigging by pulling up the red
maintenance service valve on the inboard side
of the powerpack assembly (Figure 29-5) . The
valve redirects hand pump pressure to the UP
side of the normal retract hydraulic circuit to
provide a control led retract event. A pair of
power-inhibiting microswitches adjacent to
th e valve plunger electrically disab le the powerpack motor control circuit when the valve is
pulled. A locking pin locks the valve in the
stowed position when not in use.
I CAUTION I
When the red service valve is pushed
down, releasing the control inhibit
micro-switches while the gear is retracted and the landing gear down
control circuit is energ ized, the gear
will extend immediately.
29-11
Flight9!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 30
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION .... ....... .................................... ........ ................ .. .. ... ..... ..... .......... ............ ... 30-1
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION SySTEMS ......... ..................... ........... .... .... .... .... .......... ..... 30-3
Brake Deice System ..... ... .. .... ... ...... ..... ............................................... ..... .. ....... ..... ...... .. . 30-7
Surface Deice System ......... ... ... ............. .. ......................... .... ............... .... ..... ... ... .. ....... 30-11
Engine Air Inlet ..................................... .. ..... ... ............................................................ 30-17
Engine Anti-ice System ....... .. .............. .. .... ...... ....... .... ... ..... ................ .. .............. .... .... . 30-19
Pi tot Heat. .......... ... ...... .. .. .. ........ .... ...... ... ...... ...... ..... ......... ........................... ... .... .......... 30-25
Windshield Heat .................................................... ......... ... ..... ...... ................. ...... ....... . 30-29
Propeller Electric Deice System ............................. .. ............. ......... .. ........................... 30-33
Stall Warning Vane Heat. ................... ........................................................... ... ........ .... 30-39
QUESTIONS .. ............. .. ........ ....... ................. ....................... ................. ... ...... .. .. .... .. ........... 30-42
30-i
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Title
Page
30-1
1900 Ice Protection Systems ...... ...... ...... ............... ........... ... ... ....... ... ... .. .......... ... .. .. 30-2
30-2
Ice and Rain Protection Controls ................ ...... .. ......... ............. ............................. 30-4
30-3
Brake Deice Components .. .......... ... ....... ..... ............. ...... ....... .... ... ........ .. ......... .. ...... 30-6
30-4
Brake Deice System ..... ...... .......... .... ........ .... ............ .... ....... ... ..... ..... ... ............. ...... 30-8
30-5
30-6
Surface Deice System ................ ......... .... .. ...... .. ......................................... .... ..... 30-10
30-7
30-8
30-9
Surface Deice Diagram- UE. ................... .. ... ............. .... .... ..... ............. .. ............. 30-14
30-10
Surface Deice Diagram-UB/C .......... .. .... ........... ... ......... .................................... 30-15
30-11
30-12
Inertial Separators-Retracted ...... .. .. ...... ... .. ... .... .. .. ...... .................. ......... ....... ..... 30-18
30-13
30-14
Inertial Separators Diagram- Extending .... ... ... ... ..... .. .... ... .. ... ... .... ......... .. .......... . 30-20
30-15
30-16
30-17
30-18
30-19
30-20
30-21
30-22
30-23
30-18
30-iii
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
30-24
30-25
Propeller Deice Diagram-UE (Manual) ... ............... ...... ..... ....... .. ....... ........ ....... 30-34
30-26
30-27
30-28
30-29
Stall Heat Diagram-UE (ON-Inflight) .. ......... ...... ........... ..... ...... .................... . 30-40
30-30
Stall Heat Diagram- UE/C (OFF) ... ...................... ....... .. .......... .. ..... ...... .. ... ... ... .. 30-41
30-iv
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINT E NANCE T RAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 30
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
INTRODUCTION
This chapter presents the ice and rain protection systems found in the Beech 1900 aircraft with emphasis placed on components and operation. Discussions include the
method employed for ice detection, four methods of ice protection, and the various
co mponents and systems they protect. General maintenance considerations are included ,
along with an introduction to functional and operational checks . References for this chapter and furt her specific information can be found in Chapter 30, "Ice and Rain Protection"; Chapter 36, "Pneumatics"; Chapter 5, "Time Limits/Maintenance Checks" ; and
Ch apter 12, "Servicing," of the Maintenance Manual.
30-1
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
STABILIZER
DEICE BOOTS
HEATED
FUEL VENT
STABILON
DEICE BOOTS
WING DEICE
BOOTS
WINDSHIELD
DEICE
PILOT'S
ALTERNATE
STATIC
PITOT MAST
HEATER
INTAKE LIP
DEICE
PROPELLER
DEICE
HEATED
STALL VANE
AND PLATE
30-2
NOTES
30-3
FlightSafety.
Ue" ldtk:wllll
UB/C MODEL
30-4
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
UE MODEL
30-5
FlightSafety.
ItW,,,,IkAWiII
TO
PRECOOLER
DISTRIBUTOR /
MANIFOLD
30-6
FlightSafety.
.............
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER M AI NTENANCE TR AI NING M A N UAL
NOTES
30-7
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAI N ING MANUAL
CAUTION/ADVISORY
ANNUNCIATOR PANEL
- -- - - - - -- -- ---,
1_
___________
OVERHEAT
PRESSURE
SWITCH
(1 .5 PSI .0.5)
REGULATED ENGINE
BLEED AI R (18 PSI)
LH
ENGINE
BLEED AIR
LH
SHUTOFF
VALVE
BRAKE DEICE
CONTROL MODULE
OVERHEAT
PRESSURE
SWITCH
(1.5 PSI .0.5)
RH
ENGINE
BLEED AIR
RH
SHUTOFF
VALVE
LH
DISTRIBUTION
MANIFOLD
RH
DISTRIBUTION
MANIFOLD
28VDC
5-AMP CONTROL
CIRCUIT BREAKER
,
,
,_ ~':' J
LEGEND
BRAKE DEICE
CONTROL SWI TCH
- - - - ,
,
__ 0 ,
,
- - --'
LH MAIN GEAR
DOWNLOCK SWITCH
30-8
FlightSafety.
"''''"'''''''''
I(
.I ~;
37
45
~
7
-O~
, . upl
1
I---...-r-
,I
OFF
SWITCH--BRAKE
DEice
CONTROl
""0-
: Ill"
,0
S20
r------ ;
"r--:, ,
ON
3
ON
-<)1
I
Al 07 SWITC H ASSEM BLY
lANDING GEAR, LH il l
p",
..,
,
SEE
32-0502
FOR
""
INT ERNAL
24
A1 41 PCB
MODULE ASSE MBLY
DIAG RAM
A170
PCB MODUL E ASSE MBLY
POWER SOURCE
ANNUNCIATOR
II
LEGEND
RBKDElCEON
I~
:n..
Jjr---O---t
CR l 38 1
-~
r I.
[d;
1
RD _r;BL -
WH -
3
2
-jl
RBKOIOVIfT
II
L.-
El5(; VALVE
BRAKE DEICE
BlEED AIR, RH
~
I
I
"0- '
BL WH-
3
2
lBK DIOVHT
H- r;L..:====~
II
II
l SK DEICE ON
5261 SWITCH---
OVERHEAT
PR ESSU RE. lH
CR139
-.1-
r-B
K
P
t - WH
~r- WH~
E155 VALVE-
BRAKE DEICE
BlEED AlR LH
30-9
FlightSafety.
U ..".tk...tI
VACUUM
REGULATOR
FORWARD
PRESSURE
BULKHEAD
PNEUMATIC
GAGE
(SEE DETAIL A)
BLEED AIR IN
,,","m
BLEED AIR IN
FIREWALL
~~~~
AFCT
It
MAIN
SPAR
TO
VACUUM
REGULATOR
DEICE
DISTRIBUTOR
VALV E
TO
PNEUMATIC
't;~~~~~
<:
~
GAGE
EJECTOR
~t""''---- PRESSUR E
AFT
REGULATOR
TOLH/
INBOARD
WING
BOOT
PRESSURE
y B ULKHEAD
BLEED AIR
~~=*~~~~OM RH ENGINE
TOR H
INBOARD
WING BOOT
TO
STABILON
AND
1"""'=""'8..
TO RH
OUTBOARD
WING BOOT
STABILIZER /
BOOTS
BLEED AIR
FROM
LH ENGINE
TOLH
OUTBOARD
WING BOOT
DETAIL A
LEGEND
BLEED-AIR LINES
D
Figure 30-6. Surface Deice System
30-10
REGULATED PNEUMATI C
PRESSURE- 18 PSI
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
r "''-'o;;;
DEICE SYSTEM
NOTES
surface deice system removes ice acculUla[lU" Ofro m the leading edges of the wings,
zont al stabi I izer, stabi Ions , and tai let s
onl y) . Ice removal is accomplished by
"n" ,,,,~l y inflating and deflating flexible
boot s. Engine bleed air is regulated and
to press urize the boots . A ve nturi ejec al so operated by engine bleed air is used
create the vacuum necessary to deflate th e
s . .The system is de sig ned to operate nory even o n single-engine operation.
CAUTION
Operation of the surface deice sy ste m in a mbient temperature s below40C ca n cause permanent damage to
th e deice boo ts .
1900D has an INBD WG DEICE , an
BD WG DEICE , and a TAIL DEICE anlunt;laltor t hat will illuminate during the peth e selec ted boots are inflated. There are
annu nciators on other 1900 models .
single , three-position switch is used for the
sy ste m. It is placarded "SURFACE
"wi th switch position s labeled "SIN.... L,--..'I'r-MANUAL." It is spring - loaded to
OFF position. When SINGLE is se lected ,
di stributor valve opens to inflate the o utwin g boots; after approximately six seca timer will deflate the outboard wing
and the remaining areas will then inflate
app roximate ly s ix seconds, then deflate.
completes one s i ngle cycle .
autom atic timer should fail, MANUAL
be selec ted, and all th e boot s will inflate
ldll toc,usly. After either a s in gle or mancycl e, the boots will be vacuum held until
next sw itch activation. On 1900Ds, MAN sh ou ld be held until the annunciators il, m1min ate, then it can be relea sed.
30-11
N01133101ld
Nllfll ONIf 331
o,
I ~~ET I
-'
'"
LH INeo WI NG
PRESSURE
lHOU TBDWING *
PR;~~~~
LH
SWlTCH~
L---
STA~~IZER
BOOT
I I STA~7LON I
BOOT
~~
[L
,_-'L_,
ISTA~~IZER I
STA~~ON
BOOT
I RHB:~ET I ~~~~~3:NG .
BOOT
SWITCH
~;,'c~ESSURE'
F t"" "L
~
OUTBOARD
NACElLE
INBOA RD lH
LH WING BOOT
TO BREAK
lH WING BOOT
WIN G BOOT
CHECK VALV E
~:~g~~ -
6.
REGULATOR
RELIEF VALVE
(~
TI
~Ei~~E
,---"'----,
SOLEN OIDS
.,zy
II
VALVE
.....
EJECTOR
EXHAUST
INBOARD R
IA:l--
DISTRIBUTOR B
REGULATOR
VALVE '<...J
o:IJ
VACUUM
PNEUMATIC
PRESSURE
GAGE
~ SWITCH
CHECK VALVE
RH OUTBO WING
PRESSURE
NACEUE
r-
OUTBOARD
AHT~I~~E~T
WING 800T
RH WING 800T
...z
CD
0
0
5AMP CONTROl~
CIRCUIT ~ER
z
z
I,
~8VOC
G)
SINGLI
~~~E
--
:~~
,-''--'-~'--'-~'-L.J._'---'---''--'--'L-.L.J._.L,
(SPRING-LOADED TO THEOFF
posr
:IJ
II
'N'DWGDEOCE -
-i
II
TAILDEOCE '
;;;;;;J~~
:~:~:RE
". . ,"<;
~ paRT
BOOT
PORT A
TO LOWPRESSURE AREA
VALVE
DETAIL A
II
11M'"
()
m
-i
:IJ
z
z
G)
LEGEND
~ PRESSU R E
~ VACUUM
* UE ONLY
z
z
DIAPHRAGM
BOOT
PORTB
1ft
:III
SOLENOID
rztt; QQ:;;; ~
OJ
DlENOro B
:III
rZ
!:
s:
2lOJ
oz
1ft
1ft
-i
:IJ
"1l
III
s:
:P.
I~.....
'l<
-,1=0;
.
LH OUTBO WING
-_.
-- -.:
LH
l H INeD WING
STABILIZER
PA;~~~
900T
PRESSURE
OUTBOARD
LH WING BOOT
NACEl lE
TOBAEAK
LHWINGBOOT
LH ENGINE
BLEED AlA -
rtE
1CJ
1
SWITCH
PRESSURE
RH ENGINE
INBOAAOLH
WING BOOT
BlEED AIR
SOLENOIDS
INBOARO RH
WING BOOT
VACUUM
REGULATOR
SW,"CH
NACELLE
III
OUTBOARD
TO BREAK
RHWING800T
m
n
:z:
HWINGBOC
..
VALve
-n
PRESSURE
GAGE
oJJ
EJECTOR
CD
EXHAUST
,.
o
-j
JJ
~
Z
SINGLE MODE
OFF
III
I'"
~~ MANUALMODE
Gl
"D
JJ
"D
o(f)
III
;;:::
:l>
(f)
-j
z
z
:l>
'i 1OIIi>~
1lfICI ]
()
m
-j
JJ
:l>
~
~
z
z
VACUUM
PCRT
Gl
PRESSURE
PORT
LEGEND
'OOT
PORTA
fll:'jPRESSU RE
Co>
DETAIL A
FB VAC UUM
VALVE
o,
.....
Co>
UEONlY
;;:::
:l>
C
:l>
1
I~
-
'!C:
ICE AND RAIN
PROTECTION
FlightSafety.
U&lII&IIoi . .
24-65-01
IT1
W'O
~
c6rf
INBD WG DEICE
P141
H65A22 -
PNEUMATIC
I~ H270A22 -
TA IL DEICE
SURFACE DEICE
H271A2~ ===
Ir H272A~
CIRCUIT BREAKER, AH
i
SINGLE
OFF
27
25
30
OUTBD WG DEICE
41
~ H67A22
1
2
.:!C
H65C22
43
H6S622
MANUAL ~ H66A22
42
56
SWITCH-SURFACE
23 KEY
DEICE CONTROL
A223 PANEL ASSEMBlY-SUBPANEL,
LH INBOARD
P125
5' +!QJI
CLOSES
C t- H260A20
B J- H261A20
32
29
J155
10PSIG
S11QSWnCH LH
OUTBOARD WING DEICE BOOT
.fD: -
PRESSURE SENSE
S,+t.
PISS
'1
P127
CLOSES
~t~S"s~DR~~Jt~~'CE
BOOT
P149
A -
P313
H66A22
B -
H69A22
C -
H70A22N
J,,.
El 00 VALVEDISTRIBUTOR,
38
H262A20
H263A20
33
26
".400'
1"'---- C6
10 PSIG
51 12 SWITCH-LH
HnA22N
J313
H68B22
40
55
H69822
37
56
H264A20
H265A20
34
24
H269A20
H268A20
35
54
H264B20 H265B20 -
P156
57
DE ICE
l i ' l 9'.41-<)1
r---
59
H267B20
56
H266B20
---J
31
36 seE 30-05-01
91-46-01
P'26
-========
L
FT393
......~--,
,--;;"",,---j C6
ClOSES
, P ,
P394
H264C20
H265C20
CLOSES
10PSIG
5111 SWITCH RH
INBOARD WING DEICE BOOT
PRESSURE SENSE
P128
P393
15
16
--3
91-29-01
-;; . . ~+ S1
S114SWITCH-HQRIZONTAL
STABILIZER DEICE BOOT
PRESSURE SENSE
10PSIG
S113 SWITCH-RH
OUTBOARD WING DEICE BOOT
PRESSURE SENSE
30-14
-;; . . ~+ S1
c ~"'I-
H266A20
H267A20
r - - : - = - - - - ' P121
~
FOR INTERNAL
DIAGRAM
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
24-54
.-.
:,;'W233
CB117
PNEUMATIC
SURFACE DEICE
A146 PANEL ASSEMBLYCIRCUIT BREAKER, RH
P2~
SINGLE
~H 67A22
H65A22
+-
41
OFF~
I
MANUAL ~ H65B22 I
S114 SWITCHSURFACE
DEICE CONTROL
43
42
H66A22
36
KEY
40
37
-----H72A22N ---- 38
31-51 -04
E-
A140 PCB
MODULE ASSEMBLyTIME DELAY
P149
'A f - - H68A22
Bf--H69A22
C
H70A22N
E100VALVEDISTRIBUTOR, DEICE
J156
P156
X
Z
-3 91-41
30-15
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
EXHAUST STACK
FLEX HOSE
DI SCONNECT
CLAMPS
EXHAUST STACK
_<'.P"-----
30-16
Flight,~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
~I. . r- INE
AIR INLET
NOTES
30-17
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CONTROL
ROD
...
===!l-
ACTUATOR
ICE
BYPASS
DOOR
INTERNAL VANE
Off p o51TJO{V'
CONTROL
ROD
~---+- ACTUATOR
INTERNAL
ICE
BYPASS
DOOR
30-18
FlightSafety.
.'lai ..........
B E ECH 1 9 00 AIRLI NER M A INTENANCE TRAIN ING MANUAL
NOTES
30-19
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
24680 1
~ W2
J I P 12'9
I:(:.b-- CB 12-Jl ~ - - . -
9 -
_m .
H222A20 -
~E~ ~
'%C.,
II
J1SS
~--_--- . _
- :H213"2O -
I ~ W~15A22 _
lENG ANTI-KE
r---]
Rf"~"
-3 ~136-01
t..-
..!'.
P216
CIRCUIT BREAKER
.."
9\-.<18-01
91-<10-01
I ~W2'4822----t W21_A22--- I,
W21e22 -
LE NGANll-IC
3G-SECOND
TIME DElAY
JJ13 P313
___] 91 -45-01
A-HI POW'ER
SOURCE PCB
RETRACT
r - H21.tA20
NC
_ ""...", -<>.-b -_ __
I a-
I..
~ P2--J27.B _
I O::::: H221A20N
r "'''''''''"-<>L
I ~ H21.C20 _
,--C<l,....
WI99A22
RETRACTED
f--o-- se320
-='c'c'---t---,HI--++----'
.E
'0
EXTEND
J27'C.J.27-0 _
*.
P:2:f.-Jl7. F -
~ P2.:J27.E
r-
--j 'F
___
*.
ACTUATOR MODE. LH
f---,.,~ -~=.",~~
NOT RETRACTED
1- "H
L...- S~'1
9J.13-01
~
[ __ L-
t-
NOT EX'TENOEO
55220
t----<l~
."'
P2..J2J.F - . - H
..27.J-GS24_ . -
--";";";~I
20
S5-J..20 _
~7-G P3().A
----;="'h'"
';8
EXTENDED
S5 SWITCH - ICE VANE
SENSE. EXTEND, LH
. :
""J"",--
P27.J.i PJO.B -
. -
PJO-.EP:27..r _
. _
P27KP30-C -
-0'
-:- GS2.
Jl0~
"
I-
PI.o..r27K -
II
.",-,;
':';9
9HJ.(H
[--
I-- Pl .H.J2H - . -
~J27-M-GS22-.
P27LP30- 0 _ . _
-
P30--F-P27M -
L-------o-- O---H~A20---+---------"
NO
SIS SWITCHICE V,t,NE ACruATOR
SELECT LH
-0:
'"
c...-=--=-===-
GSU
STAND8Y
GS26
4-
81ACTUATLo-OH
-'-'-'-"-'--~--"
LEGEND
LH GENERATOR BUS
TRIPLE FE D BUS
D RH GENERATOR BUS
CIRCUIT GROUND
30-20
FlightSafety.
Ubi,.tIoiWII
"~'"
Q-
CB 12-.11_8 - -
+-
CB 12 ENGINE ANTI-ICE
2.~NTROL STAN06V. LH
3G-SECOND
- W'
TIME DEl.../IoV
A"1 POWER
SOURCE PCB
RETRACT
Jl04
I P2
rt~-; j"
.!
,
P2-Q:J21-A
ct= H221A2ON
-t-
_+.
J21.(; . .I27 0 _
0
<-
J27
r-
--
c"
P2I:J21-E - . -
1'27
RETRACTED
A
I--- "-'~ - - - -
Co
rL-
00
EXT END
S62-;!O
~==1"1~
-
NOT AETA.-.CTED
56 SWITCH -
Sa-SE RETRACT. LH
NOT EXTENDED
I-f--t>-
$5-2-20
' -_
S>,~
II .
I ........ 551 -20
_
ICE V"-NE
, bJ
-.".
___
~
' ~
EXTENDED
55 SW ITCH -
ICE VANE
SENSE, EXTEND, LH
,----- - - -i ~ I - P2~J.27.a - - .
1'27-GP30 A - . -
".
L
~
M.'
~
"m
~____, co ~~
~____+-~
r"""~~ ~
P2.~-J27-F - . -
91-13-01 [r----""-+'...27.,)-6524 _ . _
-=
"'" "
_
H
J
f-
P27-1+1'3O-8 - + -
f-
I'3O-EP2N
- t -
8
E
~::::==~
GS24
P'G-J:17.;( - + - K
r- "',. """ - + -
C[9I',,-srey
~,
4----<>1'[.;>-- "''''''-----!I--f-l
0 - - H217,o\2Q
--+1---+--1-----1
r- P27LP30D - t -
f- P30-F P27 M -
t -
as,
~:
I-____..J
.k~~~~~-L..
G$2S
-=-
81 ACTUATOA-lCE VANE. LH
LEGEND
D RH GENERATOR BUS
30-21
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
J l P 129
CB 12-Jl9 -
"
+-
r- 1-1222-'20 -
"'" f.:!!.
W2\lm: ~
24.u.o,
ie"'
+- ..:.
"
CONTROl. MAJN,
A181PANEl,o,ssV
UNOfRFLOOA ~1
~NG
LENGlClfAi.
.,
E--
r-
9'48-01
9140..()1
"
JO.-SECONO
TMECE~AV
SEE 32-()S-{)2
~O~
INTERNAl OkAGl'IAM
J458 P458
I~ W21SA22_
-=- ___]
1D="""'
'
t..Y
CIRCUIT BREAKER
ANT' ,[E
!I
JISS
""".."
J313 PJ13
W204Bn- - i J t W2O'.A22
_ __] 9HS-{)1
SOURCe PCB
__] 9 1
RETRACT
_
""
H214A20
- H215A2() ~
c I
""Q '"
1-1221820 - - ,
P2.Q:J27.A _
. _
!- P2--J27-B _
. _
ct= H221A2QN
H21BA20~
I
H214C20
0-- W270A22
~ Wl99A22
e"
J:
,.
, r
,
,
se.-' -2(l
56-2-20
,'1
NOT AETR.tCTEO
Sf! SWITCH -ICE VANE
SENSE , RETRACT, lH
, bJ
I~ ",~
~1:J2H - + _ F
".~
S5-3-0<0
EXTENDED
$5 SWlTCH -ICE VANE
SENSE, EXTEND, LH
~2~.J21G ~ + -
'"
f- ~27.a?:JO.A -
+-
I'
111-13-01
[--
"
~2~21-F -+ -
J27.J.GS24 -
I- P27,jiP30-6 -
+-
I-
+ ... J
I:~::
-r GSl.
,,~
l.s>
l..s>---
H216.0.20
o - - H217A20
t,.,o....- H2ISA,20
O--- H220.0.20
~
,
"
~"
"
,;p
SS-32(l
RETR-.cTED
f- P2 ....J27-E - + - E
EXTEND
S9 SWITCH . ICE VANE
ACTUATOR MOOE, LH
J21.c-J27.Q _
'0
,r~'''ro~
'" ""
I
I
"
r- ~1.c.J;27-K - + -
, t-
P<!7i(P3c).C - + -
Ie
,--
1I1-11-1l1
[--
" I- PlHJ2H - . -
r- P2H.~30'() -+ -
1- ~30.F.P27-M -+ -
4 ,J27'M.aS22 -+-L.:!
eo,
G'"
ST.oMJeY
GO>;
~-
I'
I,
I-
61 ACTUATOR-ICEVAN,LH
-'213 ENG INE SECTION ASSE MBlY.LH ... 1 ~-'221 PANEl ASSEMBlY
SUB~ANEl , l.H OUTBOARD
U E 2AND
SU BSEOUENT
~1
LEGEND
D LH GENERATOR BUS
RH GENERATOR BUS
CIRCU IT GROUND
30-22
Aight~tY.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
~~r=~~~~~~
~
"~
1If-~'::., ""., -
't-_w
_'_____+_ , 1-,.,,,,- ....., I
L.-
CB2ENGINE "NTI_ICE
CONTROl , MAIN L
""
I ''''K'''' I
3()SECONO
TIME DELAY
::
EXT I>OWER
"'-141 POWER
SOURCE PCB
J21
RETRACT
?27
RETRACTED
I-~"'_ 56-3-20
"' ~.'C
~n"
J21.C.J27.0 _
, 3001
==-p,
1-_ _
CD
~t--l
56-2-20 - -. . . . .-..;0.11
"K}T RETRACTED
561-20
S6SWITCH-ICEVANE
SENSE. AElAACT,lH
NOT EXTENDED
~ P2-I-J2H -
bJ
NO
EXTEND
59 SWITCH - ICE V.t.NE
ACTUATOR MODE, LH
r8
EXTENDED
SENse, EXTENO, LH
P2~-J21G
MAIN
, '"
L.
- .!i
r-
P27-G P3(lA - . :
M"~MTR__
+- H
LJ27-J-GS2~ - .-
r- P2J.ti P30B -
+-
BE
f<> '
~===~
P30-E.P27.J - + -
Ir
GS2(
C>-- H21tiA20
-""
SIS SWiTCH1CE VANE .ocruATOA
SELECT. LH
P2-.!!.-J2H-
-=-
P'
10
-::::~::::ftt91-13-01
I
I
I
I
,-
"'"
.",--
~1 -1H)1
P1 H_.m-i.
_ +_
[r----,," _I'"7-M.G~ . _
!- P27LP30-0 _
+_
~FP27M_ . '"
-4-
851
c.-: _:::_:=--::.:::--L_
GS22
ST...... 08Y
~:
GS25
_ __ _ J
UE 2 AN D SUBS EQUENT
"
LEGEND
o
o
RH GENERATOR BUS
CIRCUIT GROUND
LH GENERATOR BUS
30-23
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
24-66-01
P129
1-I171A20
~ W2
JI
91-3601 [_..1 ~ .
CB1{)'Jl .8~
>A
CBIO
All STATIC
"OAT
A187 PANE l ASSY -
CIRCUrr BREAKER
UNDERFLOOR ... ,
k.
H16OA22
>A
'"
ALTERNATE STATIC
HEAT SOURCE
CONTHQL
".LR~'~""~"~<A='~"~E~"=E:-::'.N'
SUBPANEL, lI"IINBOARO
STATIC~T.
~1
ALTERNATE . RH
1'531 r HA107Jl
,
,
HI60022
_
266AIO .
"'''
P165
H162A22N
'- - ] 91
....,,.
1-152"'16
"'''A
~A16
'"
RH PilOT AND
"''' ""
A
STATIC HEAT
El11
RH PIlOT
HE."
CURRENT
H58A22 -11
SENSOR
HAlO! HEAT
ELEMENT_
PITOT. AH
RPrTOTH[AT
A-14 1 POWER
SOURCEPC8
H56>\22
....
,,.
- ] 91
P214
HSOAI6
H55"16
'"
JI6S
LH PilOT AND
EIIO
A223 PANEL ASSY
SUBPANEL, lH INBOARD .1.1
""
~ H""~
STATIC HEAT
- - ] 91
LH PIlOT
HEAT
CURRENT
H59A22
SENSOR
-II
l PITOT !-1EAT
..1315
H57S22
P315
B C H57A22
-1
-- - ] 91
P12~
.pllOA14
91-36-01 [_
"
24-61302
'T'
'OA
CB73
SUBPANEl
A 187 PANEL ASSY - CIRCU IT BREAKER.
UNDERFLOOR ",
30-24
HAlOO HEAT
ELEMENT -
PITOT. lH
.... 141 POWER
SOURCE PCB
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MA INTE NAN C E TRAININ G MANUAL
NOTES
PITOT HEAT
TwO combination pitot/static masts contain
heati ng e lements to protect against ice accumul ati o n. Each heating element is controlled
by a circ uit-breaker switch placarded
"PlTOT- LEFT- RIGHT," located on the pilot 's
righ t subpanel. Up is the ON position.
Pitot heat should /lot be uti Ii zed on the ground
except to test or for short intervals to remove
buil t-up snow or ice . Pitot heat is normally
turned ON pr ior to takeoff and left on for the
durati on of the flight.
The 190 00 incorporate s an amber L or R
PITOT HEAT light that will illuminate anytime in s uffici e nt current draw is sensed. T he
ligh ts wo uld also be ill uminated anytime the
switch is OFF. The other 1900 models do not
have a failure indication.
30-25
Flight~tY.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
24-6601
P l 29
H171A20
~ W2
JI
[_l.r-'
10
ALT STATIC
HEAT
61
":A
~
~I
~
!
H
:
"
:
~
A
"
______"_"'_p,.
---,
~
~~=
P
"
~
'
,
'
H"~'
:
I
ALlEAN"ES"nc
-- H16,A22N- -. . _ ,
pp
s~
HEAT SOURCE
CONTROL
,':;;,====,;!
_] 9 1
SUBPANEL LH INBOARD d 1
A~;~~~~~~H
P537 ~~Rl07J l
' -_ _ _ _ _ HI60822
P266Al0 _
'<" p,,,
HI62A22N
' - ] 91
HA I 07 HEAT ELEM EN T
STATIC POAT.
-r____..'\':!1_- _!-
H52A16
' SA
'"
-- -i;;;;'--:J;;;;t-----
H54A\6. __________________.pA
,.__
"'''
JI66
RHPITOT AND
STATIC HEAT
PI66
________
' ~
__
ALT ERNATE . LH
~ B
-] 9'
HAIOI HEAT
ELEMENT - PIlOT AH
RPlTOT HEAT
A l~l
POWER
SOURCE PCB
..
+-----~
' :
SA
!I_-_!-.
H ~16
-- -i;;;;t::::t;;T------
SH
LH P ilOT AND
STATIC He...r
A223 PANEL ASSV SU BPANEL. LH INBOAAO &1
, :, ~
.._________________P21 4
_(A
A}--~
Jl65
P ' 66
~"A' ,"
LH P ilOT
HEA'
CURRENT
~l
H59A22
~I
-] 91
SEN SOR
1".,_'_e_'~O~'~H'~A_J_~
J315
1._ _ _ _ _ _"''''''
' _________
PITOT. LH
P315
-I~ H57A22
LlJ. __]
91
2466-02
CB73-Jl.21 ~
'"
WB
""
CBn
SU6PANEl
UNOERFLOOA Al
30-26
H R100 HEAT
UEMENT -
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
24'02A~;E-R~ ~ ~ TATIC
Hl60A22
H"HOUACE
cONTROL
-----------p
-'W~-.S--p-'-"----H-"-'-"'-'-N~~~~~~::.~.,W
. ~"~':1*l
--
LH=A~'''
CC"H=EA='=E=l=EM=E".JNO.
3 91 43
STATIC PORT
ALTERNATE. RH
SUSPANEl. LH INBOARD
(j)
P537
L _____
Hl6OB22
.,,,
P165
H162A22N
- _.
HR107Jl
9142
'"
=tP
'"
=tP
ALTERNATE . lH
24.02 .._<r""__.j..H
52A16____________________________
'"
eel 12
Jl56
1'166
~
A
-
RH
PITOT
AND
STATIC
HEAT
HS3Al6N
-- J , ...,
HAlO! HEAT
ELEMENT PilOT. RH
'"
callI
J165
i~,~',~O~:.~'
A223 PANEL ASSY stAJPANEL. LH INSOARD
al
1'165
r1[11~:~:""N
-391
B~
HRIOOHEAT
ELEMENTPI TOT. LH
30-27
WINDSH IELD
LOW
HEAT
RELAY
RH GEN BUS
HIGH
HEAT
RELAY
5A
TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER
30-28
ND::,nlt:LD HEAT
NOTES
leve ls of heat are provided for each windNORMAL and HIGH . When the windd heat switch is p laced to NORMAL,
is supplied to a major portion of the
hield. When the switch is placed to
only the outboard 2/3 of the w indow
nea l CU . Th i s increases the wattage (power)
to the window and will reduce the
nec essa ry to heat the windshield to the
operating temperature. Normal opertem perature for the winds hield heat is
mate ly 90- 1 10 F.
"LBO TO 3U O/li11
pil ot 's and cop il ot's windshield heat
ms are contro ll ed and powered differOn UC- I and subsequent, the pilot 's
utili zes a remote-control circui t
(RCC B) for contro l and o ne for
. The RCCBs are contro lled by J 12
circ uit breakers on the right circuitr panel-see the electrical section
RCCB exp lanation.
30-29
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
WINDSHIELD
... ....
,..50A...... /
--I
~
HEAT
RELAY
..
(.1.:
-: ~
-=-=
TiT
HIGH
HEAT
RE LAY
~F
::-
.....
r I-
NORMAL
.9. OFF .
HIGH " TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLER
30-30
FlightSafety.
..""""""'"
....
H9~ONffl
.5A
CB103 PILOT
W INDSHI ELD
1-
CB104
PILOT WINDSHIELD
ANTI-ICE POWER
All-ICE CONTAOL
A146 PANEL ASSEMBLY
CIRCUIT BREAKER. AH AI
NORMAL
H19A22
CRI
II
OFF
1
Ai
HI
r~::%A2 H16A22 _
+28
VDC IN
5A
51 SW1TCHWINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
CONTROL (PILOT)
"- _
H,A20
GB I98 PILOT
WINDSHIELD ANTIICE
REMOTE CONTAOL
SUBPANEl. LH INBOARD 61
_rWl17 --...
1'.2
Al
Klle RELAY-
Ir
W IN DSHIELD
ANTI-ICE H I
,,[ ~]
9PilOr
A2
Al
Xl
CR128
HEAT. PILOT
Xl
I X2
K119 RELAY
CR124
W INDSHIELD
I
LO HEAT (PILOT) ~ I
H24A22N _
ANTI-ICE~
POWER AEMOTE
[ill
III
H23A22
L,
+28
VDe OUT
6 GROUND
H26A22N
H20A22N
lOW
~t
H16A8
____
~~l<!.9
SENSOR
POWER
___ __
------- ------,
2 SENSOR
85107
GROUND
E116
CONTROLLER -
HI
HP
H21A22
H17A8
WINDSHIELD ANTIICE
(PILOT)
H22A22
El 17 WINDSHIELDELECTROTHERMAL,
PILOT
COCKPI T ( FORWARD LH
30-31
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
DEICER BOOT
DEICER BOOT
SLiPRIN~~ i]lB ~
BRUSH BLOCK
~ SLlPRING
+
::::-
...::::
r-'-:J
.--
LH
AUTO
PROP
DEICE
\
SHUNT
~~
rl]
SPAR
--------
.J
--
BRUSH BLOCK
L;
SHUNT
---I
RHAUTO
PROP
DEICE
RELAY
~1 -
-n';
~:
RH MAN
PROP
DEICE
RELAY
LHMAN
PROP
DEICE
RELAY
0---
1-
J LH+AMMETERRH+
~
MANUAL
--I
AUTO
~ROPDEIC~
CO NTROL
SWITCH LHI
B SUBPANEL
A
B
C
D
E
5A
35A
TIMER
F
fG
35A
35A
30-32
~I-
NOTES
prope ll e r e lec tri c de ice sys tem includ es :
Elec tri ca ll y he ated de ice boots
Slip rin gs a nd bru s h block assembli es
A ti mer fo r aut o mati c o peration
An amm e te r
Two switches
of the switches is labe led " PROP- AUTO ,"
oth er is la be led " PROP- MA NUAL." Wh e n
is se lec te d, th e pro ps w il l be dei ced in
.....noling 9 0-seco nd inte r va ls . If the tim er
d fai l, the MAN UAL switch mu st be he ld
approx im ate ly 9 0 seco nd s to adequate ly
the pro pe ll e rs; bo th will o pera te s imul I8neuu ,ly. Whil e in the ma nu a l mode , the a mwil l o pe rate as us ua l.
30-33
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
~~~
f.IIP
W'~'
W21:~ 1
CENTER
MANUAL
H88A20
306101
/
~5A
W12
H82A20
MANUAL PROP
DEICE CONTROL
TPL
I
53 SWITCH-
ce70
WI~,,,
AUTO
f-----~ 3
PROP DEICE
CONTROL
....
H75A20
H77A20
FEDBUS - -SA
AUTO PROP
DEICE CONTROL
SUBPANEL. lH INBOARD Al
r267
P535
A
B
-".'
o r- H79A20
C
E
F
r ""+::m;~
f- Jl.4.K2 -+ 2
-~ 30-61-01
e-
II
FIl6
A1W,
r Jl-11-K2 -+ 2
19
P502
~
H76A20N _
V
H80A20N
12
.... KI-R2 - .~
~ J1-19-KI _ .~~
F113
~ R2-CB" .-
CENTER BUS
R2 SHUNTPROP DEICE
MANUAL
....
RH
~ Jl.12' Kl _. 2
-:) 91-51-01
e MC:~
,
'{f
. , '''''~ _ H73A14
_
.~ (!
~ : Jge - H74A14
91-26-01
E-
t l 4 - - R2 -CB6 -
t -
LIMITER. NACELLE. RH
~ POWER RELAY
PANEL
25A
CBS
CB7 RH NO. 1
PROP DEICE
Al PANEL ASSEMBLY-
CBS
5
AIXF3
Kl RELAYPROP DEICE.
CRI
-
F113Kl _
Kl.Kl.",
I
I
--
AIW2
50A
HI2S TIMER
PROP DEICE
J502
w~
K2 RELAYPROP DEICE,
AUTOMATIC
CR2
H78A20N ~
RH GEN BUS
F116-K2 - .
~1
R
FW
~"
-A
r-..
A1 ASSEMBLY -
P5 _ JO
P5-P-SR1 . t ~ ~
Pl _::!.1 03
P5-R-SR1 . t 3 _
P
R
Pl -!J-J5-P t 3
Pl-J-J5-R - t 3
SR1-P5-S .. t 3-
J5-S-GS23 - t 3
J5-O-GS23_ t 3
R
FS
SR1SUP
RING ASSYPROP DEICE
PROP DEICE A1
. _3:0:-;-
::;:-91 -27-01
E3 BRUSH MODULE
E-
o
~
1::'1A12
198M2
- ~ 91-12-01
GS23
@l w
C
.L
-:
"
@l E23
MOV
MODULE
A214 ASSEMBLY
~ 1 . ~2
Figure 30-25.
30-34
t
I
FlightSafety.
.ota,.tIoiMl
NOTES
CAUTION
Propeller deice must not be operated
wh en the propellers are static; otherw ise, damage to the brush blocks
and s lip rings may occur.
30-35
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
,
:~'
W2 1
CENTER
MANUAL
HSBA20
3061-01
'
t------6
AUTO
H82A20
5A
:~~,
CB7a
""b
W12
MANUAL PROP
DEICE CONTROL
W':,".
A.
TPl
FEDBUS ~5A
0 '
'
S3 SWITCH -
PAOP DEICE
CONTROL
H75A20
H77A20
AUTO PROP
DEICE CONTROL
P267
P535
A
B
o ~ H 79A20
K2-Kl -+ .....,.
F1 16-K2 - t
_J'.4K' _+:~
C
E
F -~ 3Q.61-01
G H78A20N ~
...Jl.,1-K2- . 2
11
......J
A1Wl
PROP DEICE
F113Kl _
,.
P502
~ ~~ I- H73A14-
AIXF3
Kl RELAY _
PROP DEICE
MANUAl
'
CENTER BUS
.2~
"'"
-CB6-JI-3--t l ~
R2.CB6 -- +15A
~~ ~~
CBS
;~ ~ ~
91-26-01
E-
; : : POWER RELAY
PANEL
- CB5-JI-5--.1 ~R2-CB5--+15A
e r - H74A14
25A
CBS
CB7 RH NO. 1
PROP DEICE
A
FW
II
~OOTPROP DEICE
(TYPE 4 PLCS)
I-l
,
I
I
SRI SLIP
RING ASSYPROP DEICE
IC
P5
E3 BRUSH MODULE
PI r--l103
P
R
P I -UJ5-P -. 3
PIIJ5-R - . 3
JSS-GS23 - . 3
JSOGS23 _ . 3
\J r - 181A12
I r - 196AI2
r-
-~ 91-12-01
0!-
GS23
@)W9
C
..L
I
B
I
A214 ASSEMBLY
J5
1-
J.. J
~'r.
~r.
"'
"I
I @) E23
MOV
MODULE
30-36
i,
A
FS
~"-
~W'
~O
- J""K'-+~\
Jl12Kl -
SOA
F113
Kl.Kl - - t+J
]h
. - c,K'.R'
12 -
-~ 91-51-01
I
CR,
~H76A20~
V
H80A20N -
-~~
K2 RELAYPROP DEICE,
AUTOMATIC
CR'
....
H125 TIMER -
J502
RH GEN BUS
r"
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
5175
MANUAL PROP
5180
DEICE CONTROL
TPL
FfOBUS
CB239
AUTO PROP
DEice CONTROL
SUBPANEL, LH INBOARD Al
R GEN BUS
CBB
J1-4-K2 -+ 2
K2 RELAY PAOP DEICE.
AUTOMATIC
CA2
AUTOMATIC
PROP DEICE
F1I6
A1Wl
'1'-K2 - t 2
~F118-CB7-.
35A
CB7-Kl
L_-+--o--.....-'.--<~
Kl-R2 - t
Kl-Kl -
0-()
119 I- Jl-"3-<1 - .2
CRl
121-- J l-I2-K 1-
.l
-
Kl RELAY-
40A
A1W2
Fl13
CBS
AUTOMATIC
PAOPOEICE
'1
I' H81A1D- . 3
R2 SHUNT-
PROP DEICE,
MANUAL
PROP DEICE
AH
.,
AIXF3
CENTE R BUS
Al PANEL ASSEMBLVLIM ITER , NACELLE, RH
15A
C6B
CB5JlS -
. ' - - ? o - R2.CBS - .
15A
CBS
Ales
GS23
ASSEMBLY -
PROP DEICE Al
C
30-37
Flight.~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
5"::'
91<16-01 [ _ . -
15A
SI5 -ST,6,lL
WARNING HEAT
TI
Jl
3-" ~""
P311
EW303A22:::J
W303822
,--
r-u?-r:::
~
:~.C'A2'~...J I A2:'
)- Al A2 _
K ~Rl-Jl .K
R'
L
,Ar--
R2 -Jl L
W303C22
/'
J'
J I--- Jl .J.Al -
H9OA16 -
."
D ~Jl .0 A' .C
STAll HEAT
W4
d
W~~mN~~'tAT
--Amr
24-66-(11
P129
R2
L :2.Kl.NC2 ----0
Kl .N02.$P\- - I : 0
RH(lNCt- - o I
r-- Kl . N01 -S P1 ~ I
RI -Kl "REL"1 ~:
CRI
STALL WARNING
SENSOR HEAT
CONTAOL
Kl Jl E
"
~ Al . NO'K2-NC2 -
L - K2-C2-Jl-
:2 _
~A2-NQ..K2-NC2
L...-K2.Cl-Jl.B~"'---SP' .K2.N0 1 -
STA.rt::.~~~
R"K2SENSOR HEAT
CA2
MONITOR
K2Jl C
W",,,
, : ,
-O""I SO'20
- 08A22
L--- JBA22
-
E
J
H
024"22
- D6D22
ue
J1(16:Al07PI
$ 16-20
Sl -2-20
5 1-3-20
51+20
51 -4_<'0
Jl06
W93B22 -
r:-
S
~ H94AI6 _ B
9HS-{)1
~
Al07Pl
AIR
r--- - S2-2-2O ~ :
~ _ S23_
GNa" S2 SWITCH
GEAR SOU ....T
OO~
r- '- " ~
SI SWITCHLOC K-DOWN
_ 52_1_20
91-15-01 [- -
""" ,
J""
J31";t302B22 .
'" CA
I P315
I
STAll
WARNING
CO MPUTER
AHI POWER
SOURCE PCB
J315
H92A16 I- H93A16N
P263
L- H91AI6 -
,C r--
W99C22
'" ~~22
WH-22
""
""
~ H95BI6
1-I92B16
H93B16
H9181
- -] 91
1~ ~
'"
"'" J
H95Al6N
"'"
~
W99B22
"'"
8 SELF TEST
S IGNAL
w,m
BL -22
OSC
W!-I 22
I- WH -22
''''
'60
- QR-22
"'"
- -] 91
FACE
f>lATE
HEATER
",C
'--
6 VANE HEAT
MT127P1
..I:Ir -n MT~P2
-
7 GROUND
W45S
BL-n
OR -22
W4S3
J seCONOA"'
MT 127
TRANSDUCER
LOR'
WING . LH
30-38
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
NOTES
30-39
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
--A' lW4
246601
Pl29
~.
I
91 3(;01 [. - -
I~A
Jl
S-'-,L1
''''''''''LA'","",-,- / '
W~~~~N~~'tAT
P311
JI
H00A1S -
Sl~TALL
WARN ING HEAT
0 ~ Jl .D.A l .C
'
0-
~1.C'A2.;4
1
r:::::=== A2:.Rl "'" L .c,-
SUBPANEL. Ui INBOARD
A2
STALL HEAT
Ew,""",
K~hll.K
R 1 . K1
AI
Al .R2
r-
W303A22:::J
W303C22
~ ~.J1-l - ~ R2-Kl-C2
A2'Kl'NC2 ~
r - - Kl -N02-SP1----.l 1
L...-- RI _Kl_NCl
STALL WARNING
SENSOR HEAT
CONTROL
KhJl -E
"
'.
"'A'lA'-
STALL WARNING
SENSOR HEAT
w,m
K2Jl.(;
A 150 PANEL ASSEMBLY
51 620
1-220
~ J6A22
_
"'"
:
"' 6;
Jl06: Al07Pl
S1320
024A22
51+20
- 06D22
51-4-20
. CR2
~
';' '"
MONI TOR
..,..
91 15-01
Al07Pl
W93822 _
, ,
II
51 SWITCH _
::::
L - H94A,6 _
LOCK-DOWN
H96A16N _
91-15-01 [--
1- 52-2.20
~R
I
I
r S2-3--20~
GNrr 52 SWITCH
GEARSOVAT
f- S2-1-20
tANCING GEAR . LH
P5~hlOl
J3,F
",C
W{
B22
""J
- H95AI6N
"
"'''
I-- H95816
7 GROUND
p",
I P315
A 141 POWER
SOURCE PCB
J315
COMPUTER
L ff92A16 _ H93A,
_r ':1-
-] 91
-
HQ1AI6 _
~ H92B16
~;"
w<sc_t : ~;"
WH22
"C
] 91
Bl22
WH-22
r- 0A.22
W456 J
MT127P2
FACE I ~
e<A"
HEATER
p,,,
~W99B2
WH-22
"C r - BL22
"C r- WH 22
MT127P l
r - H91816
SC
6 VANE HEAT
I - H93816 "'"
.-
,C t--- W99C22
x:
STALL
WARNING
w",_I~
:
""
P'"
8 SELF-TEST
SIGNAL
'
HI
, LO
J ,"CONO,"'
OA22
W453
MT ' 27
TRANSDUCER
lI'f
30-40
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
pm
W89C22~W88A22
'"
"
"
JI
JlARI
CBles
STALL
WARNING
9U 100
"'
,
""'"
<EAT
"
CB14S
STALL
WARNING
T ""
"
'"
W219
P311
1- -] 24-02
2454
W"""i
28VDC
W,,,.,,
AI46 PANEL
ASSMBlVCIRCUIT BREAKER,
WI29A22
R<
A223 PANEL
ASSEMBlVSUBPANEl ,
LH INOOARD
A2A I
r - - H91AI6 -
W126A22
H92A16 -
WI27A22'-~CI)
WI26A22
Pl1SA20 - --
24-53
H94AI6 -
PI 160f.20 - - -
FULL Fl.AP
SIG IN
HAlFS~
FlAP TRA NS
EXCT SIG OUT
W95m-]
W96A22 -
2751
W97A22-
1
Pl65
WI 17A22Nf l K l
Wl17B22
JI 3-561
se2J l-4
1.59[--
"
",
r - - H96A 16N-
iii!
91-1S [ - -
.......
f.----I-- S2'20,- @ - - - . . J
2:.....a.~
3 56 SWITCH
STALL
WARN TEST
'";"'
S23- ~
GNO S2SWGEAA
SQUAT
W"""~j
"'" tJ=
Jl~
AIR
~~S2-2.20~~
,..+-I-jf.--- W93822 -
91-42 [--~
SE LFTEST
SIG IN
91 15
JHl6-:-I AI07Pl
Jl65
P505 ,1505
~===~"';;;"
;'~6N;;:-:t ;C
; - - - H95A16 N-
L-
9152 [- -
G",,"NO
2BVDC IN
28VDC OUT
MOOlA..ATEO
28V STALL
WARN SIG OUT
(I HZ TO 10 HZ)
STALL WARN
"
"
J2e3
J I21
",
"
"
W98A20 - . r ; T ' \
32.61 .02 [~ -
_~ER [
SEC~RY
SIG IN
"',,,,
4--~ L
0;
L- M
I iii
moe"
iii
BLU22
III 'B
"
"
,."
"""
BLU-22
..C
BLU22
"
WHT22
"C
WHT'22
ORN22
,0;
OR N22
BLU'22
WHT2
'"
EIIII! C~PUTER _
'-- K
- ) 23-53.ro
""
~ H95BI6 ----..::":":q1
J302
W449
iii
lIr
,C
'"
1111
5C
l--
WHT 22
W45~
-------4iI- C
,------111- 0
,------111-- E
7 GROUNO
M127Pl
P315,:@15
OfF SIG
TRANSDUCER
SELFTEST
StGOUT
TRANSDUCER
HI SlG OUT
TRANSDUCER
LO SIG OUT
'- ,
W314Pl0
J304
~~~ ~
HEATE~
MI27P2
I - - H9IBI6 -{:n--1!~+--...J
:" "
E
BlU 22
WH~~~.J
SELF.TEST
1iI--'.::(j
",,;'
IU
SOGNAl
P336 2 HI
P33
5 LO
I - - BlU22
WHT.22
P331 4 SECONDARY
t-- ORN-22
P339 3
C-_--l
- -] 91-23
W4!)3
~WARNIt-fG
'-4T 121
TRANSDUCER
LOFT
WING, LH
30-41
Flight!!~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
QUESTIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
8.
A. 24- 30
B. 26- 32
C. 32-38
30-42
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 31
INDICATING AND RECORDING SYSTEM
CONTENTS
Page
RODUCTION ........ ... .... .. ... .. ... .. .... ... ... ... .. ......... ............. ..... ...... ..... ... ... .. .... ...... ...... ......... 31-1
NUNCIATOR SYSTEM .... .. .. ...... .... .. .. .. ... .... .... ........... .. .. ... .... ...... ....... ... ... ... ... .. ... .. ...... .. 31-3
31-i
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
ILLUSTRATIONS
Title
Page
.1
.2
-3
-4
-5
-6
.7
.a
Annunciator Power-A 141 PCB ...... .......... ..... ............. .. ....................................... 31-9
-9
Annunciator PCB Locations ............. ............ ........ ... . ......... .............. ......... ........... 31-10
31-iii
FlightSafety.
w..........
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
CHAPTER 31
DICATING AND RECORDING SYSTEM
DUCTION
chapter presents general information on the cockpit instrument panel and master
. lights system.
31-1
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
:z
'"~
'"
:=;
i'f
'"
0
0~
~
'"
u::
'"
'"
'"
~
---'
3:
'"
""
0
u
'"
z
I
~
'"'"ex:
u
'"
~
"'
ex:
~
~
""
~
~
::0
is
~
'"
"'
'"
'"
'"
z
::0
~
z
z
eo
z
t'j
~
0~
~
""0
u
'">-
~
~
~
::;;
:;;
'"
3:
3:
9
5
.z
0
~
ex:
>-
ex:
>
is
~
"'
:=;
~
8:
x
'"~
:=;
i'f
~
'"'"if,
~
31-2
~
~
"'
~
is
x
~
---'
>-
"'
0
::0
'"
.-
'"
'"
~
~
~
'"
~
~
~
'"
~
9
~
u::
'"
::0
""
'=
~
II
~
~
>-
'"x
>-
'"
ex:
f2
'"
'"u""ex:
'l'
'"
'"
~
'"
ex:
'">=
"'
:>
'"
z
::0
0
z
---'
'"
3:
>=
3:
>-
~
~
ex:
>
'"0
~
~
>-
8:
x
f2
::0
'"
x
"'
'"
0
~
'"
~
~
'">-
~
~
::0
'"3:
'"0
'"
~
~
~
::0
z
~
'"
:>
z
~
~
.-
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
UNCIATOR SYSTEM
NOTES
.annu lnc, ator syste m cons ists of a red warnann uncia t o r panel locate d in th e
d, and an amber caution , green adand a wh ite s tatu s annun c ia to r panel
in the ce nte r su bpane l area.
NOTE
The stat us portion is o nl y app licabl e
to th e 19000 mode l.
illu mi nat io n of a red warning o r an a mber
li gh t w ill tri gger its assoc iated maswarni ng or master caution li g ht to flash.
ng e ither the pilot 's or copilot's masng o r ca uti o n li g ht sw itch will reset
te m in the eve nt a ny ad diti o na l m a lsho uld occur. An advisory or stawill not illuminate the
vari ou s warning , caution , advisory, a nd
syste ms run throu g h a se ri es of printed
t boards ( PCB s) to illumin a te the apate an nun cia tor sys tem light s .
uni qu e PCB is th e annunciator power
card . It contains a large number of
fu ses corresponding to the annunciator
tha t it monitors. Should a fa ilure occur
of th ose c ircuits , a fu se will ope n and
th at circuit from the res t o f th e card.
a pi co fuse opens, it wi II a Iso tri gger an
ANN PWR SOURCE annunciator to
1II'lIl1al'e. This would indi cate a partial loss
to the a nnunci ato r sys te m .
31-3
Flight,~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
WARNING PANEL
L DCGEN
L FUEL QTY
L FWVALVE
L FUEL FEED
L BKDI OVHT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BATTERY CHARGE
BATTTIE OPEN
1-
L NO FUEL XFR
1-
I
I
I
R FUEL QTY
R FUEL FEED
RBKDIOVHT
II
II
R DCGEN
R FWVALVE
I
R NO FUEL XFR
L AUTO FEATHER
LIGNITION ON
TAXlUGHT
EXtERNAL POWER
RIGNITION ON
R 6 11
1 "
L ENG ANTI ICE
LENVIROFF
LBKOEICEON
FUEl TRANSFER
RBKDElCEON
AIRCOND
'OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Figure 31-2.
31-4
Annunciator Lights-UC
:'
RENVIR OFF
FlightSafety.
...
l DC GEN
l FUEL QTY
BATTERY CHARGE
R FUElQTY
RDCGEN
l FWVA lVE
l FUEL FEED
R FUEL FEED
R FWVAlVE
lBKDIOVHT
R BKDI OVHT
l CHIP DETECT
R CHIP DETECT
TAlOLIGHT
EXTERNAl. POWER
tEClRIM OFF
LBKDEICON
RIGNIOOMON
RBKDElCEON
A1RCONDN,
Figure 31-3.
RAUlO
Annunciator Lights-UB
31-5
Flight~~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
P5~
r--------------------J- 2- ,
31 -51-03 _
SPARE
SPAR E
37
SPAR E
36
EXTERNAL POWER
19
W233A22
A IGNITION ON
20
W234A22
R AUTOFEATHER
21
10
RH
GREEN
~ 3151-01 -
W26C20; J . .
W26J20
" - - W26E20
W278A22
24-41 C
W231B22 -
80-12 (
J11D20 -
W230A22
11
W232A22
12
W23BA22
13
W229A22
24-52 (
P28C20 -
32-41 C
H207A22 -
30-21-02 W211A22
SPAR E
14
W228A22
R ENV1A OFF
15
W237A22
r:::--...-'
f--J
W211C22-
15
16
17 r - - '
18
19
20
21 r - - '
22
23 i-->"
24
25 r - - '
r-
W172D22
RH r OS 34 THROUGH 36
GREEN POS40THROUGH42 28 -
~W172A22
W172C22
W172822
52. 53 & 54
31-51 -01
--J 31 -51-03
J1
COMMON
r-
21-51 ( - H195A22 -
KEY
lH ~
2
3 r--'
4
5 r--'
6
7
8
9
10
11 r - - '
12
13 r - - '
14
61-22-02 ( - K72A22 -
[ W211 B22:1-
GREEN
W235A22
(OPT) R BK DEICE ON
COMMON
P263 ~ 1
W26D20 _
POS 43, 44 , 45
27
49, SO, 51
P313
J313
-3 91-46
W149C22
W149D22
KEY 29
12
W180A22
SPARE
11
W157A22
L ENVIR OFF
10
Wt85A22
W178A22
32-52-01 C
21 -31-01 (
(OPT) l BK DEICE ON
W92A22
W139A22
32-41
TAXI LIGHT 18
L IGN1TION ON 17
l AUTOFEATHER 16
W179A22
W1 84A22
W281A22
W282A22
W283A22
33-46 C
,.....
:----*'
H205A22 -
--
BO- 11
31 -51-03
J2D20 -
W26F20 ~ W26H20 .
91-48 [;-oJ
(- ~~~~~g
f.1-
Figure 31-4.
6
7 f--*'
4
5 '--*'
2
3 f--*'
l189A20 -
61-22-01 ( - K73A22 -
---J 31-51-03
31-6
H130B22 -
I-
,.....
G126A22 -
c- Caol22
-.J1
24
25 '--*'
22
23 f--*'
20
21
18
19 ~
16
17 '--*'
14
15 '--*'
12
13 f--*'
10
11
8
9
28-21 ( - Q16C22 -
27-31
SPARE 33
SPARE 34
W149B22 ~ W149A22
P351
FUEL TRANSFER
...
31 -51-01 ~
P26B
pas 37 THROUGH 39 25
pas 33 THROUGH 35 37
c-
31 -51-02
30-11
Press-to-Test Circuit
..-
FlightSafety.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
1. ADVISORY LOGIC
PTT
GREEN \ -_ _ _ _ _~
INPUTS
ADVISORY
CARD
ANNUN
2. FAULT LOGIC
PTT
RED
OR
AMBER '<------~
INPUTS
FAULT
DETECTION
CARD
CONTROL
CARD
Figure 31-5.
Annunciator Logic
31-7
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
PTI
,
REDOR
AMBER
INPUTS
ANNUNCIATOR
-l
FAULT
CARD
_T
AUTO DIM
MAST ER
WAR N
..
--
I
I
I
I
OSCILLATOR
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l(Q
/
/
MASTER
CAUTION
CONTROL
CARD
Figure 31-6.
OSCI LLATORS
DIM CONTROLS
CAUTION CANCEL
GEN OUT LIGHTS
AUTO DIMM ING
DARK COCKPIT
PILOT FLIGHT INSTRUMENT LIGHTS ON
OVERHEAD FLOOD LIGHT OFF
AT LEAST ONE GENERATOR ON-LINE
ANNUNCIATOR
POWER
ANNUNCIATOR PTI
LH AND RH FIRE
INV OUT
Figure 31-7.
31-8
~-I"
I .---
"T1
10"
c
"Tl
:rJ
r ..
m
<\;
G
2
...CD
'"0>,
..
..
..
-i
:rJ
z
z
Gl
"U
>
''""
n
'"
;"
:rJ
a(fJ
"tI
0
m
(fJ
az
'<
..
-...
"U
:':
:E
CD
<0
~
rn
"
"
"'" "m
~
00
KEY
w
~
"tI
(")
til
CA2 f
A3
~F3"TCA7
GR9 CRS
CA6 f
~
FSEA11 CA1 3CA12 CA1 0f
' l IF9
CA14f
A4
AS
:!1
~
cz ~,.
z <n
<n
() . . :. . -<
!io
"rnrnr"
A6
A7
-< G>
AS
A9
"rn
z
zo
; ~
"
ill
c
L.......
A12
'1011 fe A23 CA2S CA24 CA22f A1 3
"rn
~]~~;H
.~
17
>
.-ill
-ill
A16
An
:!i 6
' t n fe A3s CA37 CA36 CA34t
A1S
A1 9
:!i s
A20
'4
.~
27
"
,.
"
21
0z
0
<n
:II
-m
rZ
:>
"z
'=
oooorn
rn -<r
rn
rn
co co
co
,.
:II
....
...III
s:
co
:I:
m
m
n
:z:
o
o
.~
A14
A1 S
:!i 4
' t1SfeA 31 CA33CA32 CA30t
A2
A10
fe A19 CA21 CA20 CA1Bl A11
.:!' 2
' t13feA27 CR29 CA2S CA26t
III
~10
T
> g
~
CRS CR4
F1"TCA3
~ ~j
..
Q1
-i
m
Z
:>
'4
(")
4TE4
F4F44
:rJ
~
F4
F47
'4
-i
:>
Z
z
Gl
2:
-mIT::
~
'",
EQQJ-
s:
:>
:>
;-
:!!
,I....
':<
<0
INDICATING AND
RECORDING SYSTEMS
Flight~ty.
BEECH 1900 AIRLINER MAINTENANCE TRAINING MANUAL
o
o
o
0
I'-------/-!\~\
FS
183.25
FS
198.25
CABIN ALT
WARNING SWITCH
Figure 31-9.
31-10
PC BOARD
BOX ASSEMBLY
FS
213.25
PC BOARD RELAY
BOX ASSEMBLY
FlightSafety.
"'''"'''''''''''
ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL
NO.2 ANNUNCIATOR FAULT DETECTOR
NO. 1 AN NUNCIATOR FAULT DETECTOR
NO. 3 ANNUNCIATOR FAULT DETECTOR
RH ICE VANE , N1 SPEED, AND BATIERY MONITOR
NO. 4 ANNUNC IATOR FAULT DETECTOR
ANNUNCIATOR LEGEND POWER SOURCE
NOTUSED
NOT USED
BRAKE DEICE, LH ICE VANE , AND EXT POWER
BUS-TIE CONTROL
NO. 5 ANNUNCIATOR FAULT DETECTO R
GROUNDING
. t
,~
~
4'~""'~'
-~
,
:
:: I'. /
~u----~utUtQj7
;6----~
~
)
,
,,
,
0',
,
I l\e ~ ie
~
eI ~ I
~
, , , , ,.
~
ro
: 8
..
~
0
t]'-
--- - -- - ---
,,
I.....
,~
FS
[VIle
___
--~1.
:i
---7---
" 0
""
MODULE RAI L
,e'' '
3~' , ~
--
,,
<-;
:., --""
, / :. -7
GROUNDING
BLOCK
(J155)
183.25
Figure 31-9.
,,
,,
:,
I, '~
:e,,
,,
,
,,,,,
~
,,
,,
DIMMING
TRANSISTORS
(01 AND 02)
""
0 :
"7
"0
I I
IIII" IIII"
~
,
,
I I "
CABIN ALTITUDE
WARN SW (S1 17)
GROMMET
_---'>..
~ ./
FS
198.25
31-11